802Dsl LIS 0206 en PDF

SINUMERIK 802D sl
Lists
Valid for
Control system
SINUMERIK 802D sl
Software version
1
02.06 Edition
6FC53975CP100BA0
Machine / Setting Data

Explanations
Machine Data
Overview
Setting Data
Overview
Machine Data
Description
Setting Data
Description
Interface Signals
PLC User Interface -
SINAMICS Parameters
Safety-related information
This manual contains important information related to your personal safety and the protection of
equipment. The notices referring to your personal safety are highlighted in the manual by a triangular
safety alert symbol, notices referring to property damage only have no safety alert symbol. These
notices shown below are graded according to the degree of danger:
!
!
!
Danger
indicates that death or severe personal injury will result if proper precautions are not taken.
Warning
indicates that death or severe personal injury may result if proper precautions are not taken.
Caution
with a safety alert symbol, indicates that minor personal injury can result if proper precautions are not
taken.
Caution
without a safety alert symbol, indicates that property damage can result if proper precautions are not
taken.
Notice
indicates that an undesirable event or state may arise if the relevant note is not observed.
If more than one degree of danger is present, the warning notice representing the highest degree of
danger will be used. A notice warning of injury to persons with a warning symbol may also include a
warning relating to property damage.
Qualified personnel
The device/system may only be set up and used in conjunction with this documentation.
Commissioning and operation of a device/system may only be performed by qualified personnel.
Qualified persons as far as the safety instructions given in this documentation are concerned are
those who have the necessary authorization to commission, ground and identify equipment, systems
and circuits in accordance with the relevant safety standards.
Use as prescribed
Note the following:
Warning
This device and its components may only be used for the applications described in the catalog or in
the technical descriptions, and only in combination with third-party devices and components which
have been approved or recommended by Siemens. This product can only function correctly and
safely if it is transported, stored, set up, and installed correctly, and operated and maintained as
recommended.
Trademarks
All designations with the trademark symbol are registered trademarks of Siemens AG. Other
designations in this documentation may be trademarks whose use by third parties for their own
purposes may infringe the rights of the owner.
Disclaimer of liability
We have checked the contents of this manual for agreement with the hardware and software
described. Since discrepancies cannot be precluded entirely, we cannot guarantee full agreement.
The information given in this publication is reviewed at regular intervals and any corrections that
might be necessary are made in the subsequent editions.
Siemens AG
Automation and Drives
Postfach 48 48
90437 NRNBERG
DEUTSCHLAND
6FC53975CP100BA0
02/2006 Edition
Copyright Siemens AG 2006.

Subject to change without prior
notice
Preface
SINUMERIK Documentation
The SINUMERIK Documentation is organized in 3 levels:
General Documentation:
User Documentation
Manufacturer/Service Documentation:
A monthly overview of publications with specification of the available languages can be found
on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/motioncontrol
Follow the menu items Support/Technical Documentation/Overview of Publications.
The Internet edition of DOConCD DOConWEB can be found at:
http://www.automation.siemens.com/doconweb
Information of our training offer and answers to frequently asked questions (FAQs) can be
found on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/motioncontrol and there under the menu option Support.
Target group
The present publication is aimed at planning engineers, programmers and startup engineers.
Utility value
The present Lists Manual provides knowledge in respect of parameters and their effects on
the system.
Standard scope
The present documentation describes the functionality of the standard scope. Any amendments made by the machine manufacturer are documented by the machine manufacturer.
Other functions not described in this documentation can possibly also be performed on the
control system. However, the customer is not entitled to demand these functions when the
new equipment is supplied or servicing is carried out.
For reasons of clarity, this documentation does not contain all detailed information on all types of the product and can thus not consider any conceivable case of installation, operation
and maintenance.
Technical Support
If you have any questions, do not hesitate to call our hotline:
SINUMERIK 802D sl Lists (LIS), 02/06 Edition

6FC53975CP100BA0
iii
Preface
Time zones Europe and Africa

A&D Technical Support
Tel.: +49 (0) 180 / 5050 222
Fax: +49 (0) 180 / 5050 223
Internet: http://www.siemens.com/automation/supportrequest
Email: mailto:adsupport@siemens.com
Time zones Asia and Australia
Tel.: +86 1064 719 990
Fax: +86 1064 747 474
Time zone America
Tel.: +1 423 262 2522
Fax: +1 423 262 2289
Questions regarding the Manual

If you have any questions (suggestions, corrections) regarding the Documentation, please
send a fax to the following number or an email to the following address:
Fax: +49 (0) 9131 / 98 63315
Email: mailto:motioncontrol.docu@siemens.com
Fax form: see return fax form at the end of this publication
Internet address for SINUMERIK

http://www.siemens.com/sinumerik
EU Declaration of Conformity
The EU Declaration of Conformity in respect of the EMC Guideline can be obtained
iv
on the Internet:
http://www.ad.siemens.de/csinfo
under the product order number 15257461
and from the appropriate regional office of the business area A&D MC of Siemens AG.

6FC53975CP100BA0
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
1
Machine and Setting Data Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17

1.1
Specifications in the list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-17
1.2
Overview of the machine and setting data areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-22
List of Machine Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23

2.1
Display machine data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-23
2.2
General machine data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-29
2.3
Channelspecific machine data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-38
2.4
Axisspecific machine data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-49
Setting Data Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65

3.1
Setting data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-65
3.2
Channelspecific setting data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-67
3.3
Axisspecific setting data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-71
Machine Data Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75

4.1
Display machine data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-75
4.2
General machine data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-78
4.3
Channel-specific machine data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-82
4.4
Axis-specific machine data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-90
Setting Data Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-119

5.1
General setting data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-119
5.2
Channel-specific setting data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-121
5.3
Spindle-specific setting data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-123
Interface Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-127

6.1
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-127
6.2
6.2.1
6.2.2
6.2.3
6.2.4
6.2.5
Signals from/to HMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Programcontrol signals from HMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signals from HMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signals from operator panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General selection/status signals from HMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General selection/status signals to HMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.3
Auxiliary function transfer from NC channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-134
6.4
6.4.1
6.4.2
NCK signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-137

General signals to NCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-137
General signals from NCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-138
6.5
Mode signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-140
6.6
6.6.1
6.6.2
Channel-specific signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-143

Signals to channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-143
Signals from the channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-154
6.7
6.7.1
6.7.2
6.7.3
Axis/spindle-specific signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transferred axisspecific M and S functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signals to axis/spindle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signals from axis/spindle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6FC53975CP100BA0
6-129
6-129
6-130
6-131
6-131
6-132
6-162
6-162
6-163
6-174
Table of Contents
6.8
vi
Tool management functions from NC channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-182
PLC User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-183

7.1
Address ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-183
7.2
7.2.1
7.2.2
7.2.3
7.2.4
7.2.5
7.2.6
User data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
User data 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
User data2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signals from MCP (connected to the MCPA module) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signals to MCP (connected to the MCPA module) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reading/writing NC data: Job [F20.6] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Read/write NC data: Result [F20.6] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3
Retentive data area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-187
7.4
7.4.1
7.4.2
7.4.3
User alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
User alarm: Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variable for alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Active alarm reaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-188
7-188
7-188
7-189
7.5
7.5.1
7.5.2
7.5.3
7.5.4
7.5.5
7.5.6
7.5.7
7.5.8
Signals from/to HMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Program control signals from HMI (retentive area) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Program selection from PLC (retentive area) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checkback signal Program selection from HMI (retentive area) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signals from HMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signals from PLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signals from operator panel (retentive area) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General selection/status signals from HMI (retentive area) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General selection/status signals to HMI (retentive area) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-189
7-189
7-190
7-190
7-190
7-191
7-191
7-191
7-192
7.6
7.6.1
7.6.2
7.6.3
7.6.4
7.6.5
7.6.6
Auxiliary function transfer from NC channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Decoded M signals: (M0M99) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transferred T functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transferred M functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transferred S functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transferred D functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transferred H functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-193
7-194
7-194
7-195
7-195
7-195
7-196
7.7
7.7.1
7.7.2
7.7.3
7.7.4
7.7.5
NCK signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General signals to NCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General signals from NCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signals to fast inputs and outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signal from fast inputs and outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating mode signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-197
7-197
7-197
7-198
7-199
7-200
7.8
7.8.1
7.8.2
Channel signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-201

Signals to NC channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-201
Signals from NC channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-204
7.9
7.9.1
7.9.2
7.9.3
Axis/spindle signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transferred M/S functions, axis-specific . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signals to axis/spindle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signals from axis/spindle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-207
7-207
7-207
7-211
7.10
7.10.1
7.10.2
7.10.3
7.10.4
PLC machine data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

INT values (MD 14510 USER_DATA_INT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HEX values (MD 14512 USER_DATA_HEX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FLOAT values (MD 14514 USER_DATA_FLOAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
User alarm: Configuration (MD 14516 USER_DATA_PLC_ALARM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-214
7-214
7-214
7-214
7-215
7.11
Reading and writing PLC variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-215
7.12
Tool management functions from NC channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-216
7-185
7-185
7-185
7-185
7-186
7-186
7-186
SINAMICS Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-217

6FC53975CP100BA0
List of Machine and Setting Data

10000, 4-78
10814 |EXTERN_M_NO_MAC_CYCLE, 2-32
10000 |AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB, 2-29
10815 |EXTERN_M_NO_MAC_CYCLE_NAME, 2-32
10074, 4-78
10816 |EXTERN_G_NO_MAC_CYCLE, 2-32
10074 |PLC_IPO_TIME_RATIO, 2-29
10817 |EXTERN_G_NO_MAC_CYCLE_NAME, 2-32
10088 |REBOOT_DELAY_TIME, 2-29
10818 |EXTERN_INTERRUPT_NUM_ASUP, 2-32
10200 |INT_INCR_PER_MM, 2-29
10820 |EXTERN_INTERRUPT_NUM_RETRAC, 2-33
10210 |INT_INCR_PER_DEG, 2-29
10880 |MM_EXTERN_CNC_SYSTEM, 2-33
10240, 4-79
10881 |MM_EXTERN_GCODE_SYSTEM, 2-33
10240 |SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC, 2-29
10882 |NC_USER_EXTERN_GCODES_TAB, 2-33
10350 |FASTIO_DIG_NUM_INPUTS, 2-29
10884 |EXTERN_FLOATINGPOINT_PROG, 2-33
10360 |FASTIO_DIG_NUM_OUTPUTS, 2-29
10886 |EXTERN_INCREMENT_SYSTEM, 2-33
10366 |HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTIN, 2-30
10888 |EXTERN_DIGITS_TOOL_NO, 2-33
10368 |HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTOUT, 2-30
10890 |EXTERN_TOOLPROG_MODE, 2-33
10450 |SW_CAM_ASSIGN_TAB, 2-30
10900 |INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_1, 2-33
10460 |SW_CAM_MINUS_LEAD_TIME, 2-30
10910 |INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_1, 2-33
10461 |SW_CAM_PLUS_LEAD_TIME, 2-30
10920 |INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_2, 2-34
10470 |SW_CAM_ASSIGN_FASTOUT_1, 2-30
10930 |INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_2, 2-34
10480 |SW_CAM_TIMER_FASTOUT_MASK, 2-30
11100, 4-79
10485 |SW_CAM_MODE, 2-30
11100 |AUXFU_MAXNUM_GROUP_ASSIGN, 2-34
10710 |PROG_SD_RESET_SAVE_TAB, 2-30
11160 |ACCESS_EXEC_CST, 2-34
10713 |M_NO_FCT_STOPRE, 2-31
11161 |ACCESS_EXEC_CMA, 2-34
10714 |M_NO_FCT_EOP, 2-31
11162 |ACCESS_EXEC_CUS, 2-34
10715 |M_NO_FCT_CYCLE, 2-31
11165 |ACCESS_WRITE_CST, 2-34
10716 |M_NO_FCT_CYCLE_NAME, 2-31
11166 |ACCESS_WRITE_CMA, 2-34
10717 |T_NO_FCT_CYCLE_NAME, 2-31
11167 |ACCESS_WRITE_CUS, 2-34
10718 |M_NO_FCT_CYCLE_PAR, 2-31
11170 |ACCESS_WRITE_SACCESS, 2-34
10719 |T_NO_FCT_CYCLE_MODE, 2-31
11171 |ACCESS_WRITE_MACCESS, 2-34
10735 |JOG_MODE_MASK, 2-31
11172 |ACCESS_WRITE_UACCESS, 2-35
10760 |G53_TOOLCORR, 2-31
11210, 4-79
10804 |EXTERN_M_NO_SET_INT, 2-31
11210 |UPLOAD_MD_CHANGES_ONLY, 2-35
10806 |EXTERN_M_NO_DISABLE_INT, 2-31
11240, 4-80
10808 |EXTERN_INTERRUPT_BITS_M96, 2-32
11240 |PROFIBUS_SDB_NUMBER, 2-35
10810 |EXTERN_MEAS_G31_P_SIGNAL, 2-32
11250 |PROFIBUS_SHUTDOWN_TYPE, 2-35
10812 |EXTERN_DOUBLE_TURRET_ON, 2-32
11310, 4-80

6FC53975CP100BA0
vii
11310 |HANDWH_REVERSE, 2-35
20080, 4-82
11320, 4-80
20080 |AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB, 2-38
11320 |HANDWH_IMP_PER_LATCH, 2-35
20090, 4-83
11346, 4-80
20090 |SPIND_DEF_MASTER_SPIND, 2-38
11346 |HANDWH_TRUE_DISTANCE, 2-35
20094 |SPIND_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR, 2-38
11516 |USER_DATA_PLC_ALARM, 2-36
20095 |EXTERN_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR, 2-38
11717 |D_NO_FCT_CYCLE_NAME, 2-35
20106 |PROG_EVENT_IGN_SINGLEBLOCK, 2-38
13060, 4-81
20107 |PROG_EVENT_IGN_INHIBIT, 2-38
13060 |DRIVE_TELEGRAM_TYPE, 2-35
20108 |PROG_EVENT_MASK, 2-39
13070 |DRIVE_FUNCTION_MASK, 2-35
20140, 4-83
13080 |DRIVE_TYPE_DP, 2-35
20140 |TRAFO_RESET_VALUE, 2-39
13120 |CONTROL_UNIT_LOGIC_ADDRESS, 2-35
20172 |COMPRESS_VELO_TOL, 2-39
13200 |MEAS_PROBE_LOW_ACTIVE, 2-35 , 4-81
202, 4-75
13220 |MEAS_PROBE_DELAY_TIME, 2-36
202 |FIRST_LANGUAGE, 2-23
14510, 4-81
20204 |WAB_CLEARANCE_TOLERANCE, 2-39
14510 |USER_DATA_INT, 2-36
203, 4-75
14512, 4-81
203 |DISPLAY_RESOLUTION, 2-23
14512 |USER_DATA_HEX, 2-36
20310 |TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK, 2-39
14514, 4-81
20320 |TOOL_TIME_MONITOR_MASK, 2-39
14514 |USER_DATA_FLOAT, 2-36
20360, 4-83
14516, 4-81
20360 |TOOL_PARAMETER_DEF_MASK, 2-39
15700 |LANG_SUB_NAME, 2-36
204, 4-75
15702 |LANG_SUB_PATH, 2-36
204 |DISPLAY_RESOLUTION_INCH, 2-23
17400 |OEM_GLOBAL_INFO, 2-36
20450 |LOOKAH_RELIEVE_BLOCK_CYCLE, 2-39
17530 |TOOL_DATA_CHANGE_COUNTER, 2-36
20460 |LOOKAH_SMOOTH_FACTOR, 2-39
18030 |HW_SERIAL_NUMBER, 2-36
205, 4-75
18040 |VERSION_INFO, 2-36
205 |DISPLAY_RESOLUTION_SPINDLE, 2-23
18080 |MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK, 2-37
20500 |CONST_VELO_MIN_TIME, 2-39
18102 |MM_TYPE_OF_CUTTING_EDGE, 2-37
20550 |EXACT_POS_MODE, 2-39
18120 |MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_NCK, 2-37
20552 |EXACT_POS_MODE_G0_TO_G1, 2-40
18130 |MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_CHAN, 2-37
20610 |ADD_MOVE_ACCEL_RESERVE, 2-40
18150 |MM_GUD_VALUES_MEM, 2-37
20624 |HANDWH_CHAN_STOP_COND, 2-40
20050, 4-82
207 |USER_CLASS_READ_TOA, 2-23
20050 |AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB, 2-38
20700, 4-83
20070, 4-82
20700 |REFP_NC_START_LOCK, 2-40
20070 |AXCONF_MACHAX_USED, 2-38
20730|G0_LINEAR_MODE, 2-40
viii

6FC53975CP100BA0
20732 |EXTERN_G0_LINEAR_MODE, 2-40
22256 |AUXFU_ASSOC_M1_VALUE, 2-42
20734 |EXTERN_FUNCTION_MASK, 2-40
223 |USER_CLASS_WRITE_PWA, 2-24
208 |USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_GEO, 2-23
22400 |S_VALUES_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET, 2-42
209 |USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_WEAR, 2-23
22410 |F_VALUES_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET, 2-42
210 |USER_CLASS_WRITE_ZOA, 2-23
22534, 4-85
21000, 4-84
22534 |TRAFO_CHANGE_M_CODE, 2-42
21000 |CIRCLE_ERROR_CONST, 2-40
22550, 4-85
21010 |CIRCLE_ERROR_FACTOR, 2-40
22550 |TOOL_CHANGE_MODE, 2-42
21020, 4-84
22910 |WEIGHTING_FACTOR_FOR_SCALE, 2-42
21020 |WORKAREA_WITH_TOOL_RADIUS, 2-40
22914 |AXES_SCALE_ENABLE, 2-42
21190 |TOFF_MODE, 2-40
22920 |EXTERN_FIXED_FEEDRATE_F1_ON, 2-42
21194 |TOFF_VELO, 2-40
22930 |EXTERN_PARALLEL_GEOAX, 2-42
21196 |TOFF_ACCEL, 2-41
24020 |FRAME_SUPPRESS_MODE, 2-42
212 |USER_CLASS_WRITE_SEA, 2-23
24100, 4-85
213 |USER_CLASS_READ_PROGRAM, 2-24
24100 |TRAFO_TYPE_1, 2-43
214 |USER_CLASS_WRITE_PROGRAM, 2-24
24110, 4-85
215 |USER_CLASS_SELECT_PROGRAM, 2-24
24110 |TRAFO_AXES_IN_1, 2-43
217 |USER_CLASS_WRITE_CYCLES, 2-24
24120, 4-86
218 |USER_CLASS_WRITE_RPA, 2-24
24120 |TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1, 2-43
219 |USER_CLASS_SET_V24, 2-24
24130 |TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_1, 2-43
22000, 4-84
24200 , 4-86
22000 |AUXFU_ASSIGN_GROUP, 2-41
24200 |TRAFO_TYPE_2, 2-43
22010, 4-84
24210 , 4-86
22010 |AUXFU_ASSIGN_TYPE, 2-41
24210 |TRAFO_AXES_IN_2, 2-43
22020, 4-85
24220 , 4-86
22020 |AUXFU_ASSIGN_EXTENSION, 2-41
24220 |TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_2, 2-43
22030, 4-85
24230 |TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_2, 2-43
22030 |AUXFU_ASSIGN_VALUE, 2-41
247 |V24_PG_PC_BAUD, 2-24
22035 |AUXFU_ASSIGN_SPEC, 2-41
24700 |TRAANG_ANGLE_1, 2-44
22040 |AUXFU_PREDEF_GROUP, 2-41
24710 |TRAANG_BASE_TOOL_1, 2-44
22050 |AUXFU_PREDEF_TYPE, 2-41
24720 |TRAANG_PARALLEL_VELO_RES_1, 2-44
22060 |AUXFU_PREDEF_EXTENSION, 2-41
24721 |TRAANG_PARALLEL_ACCEL_RES_1, 2-44
22070 |AUXFU_PREDEF_VALUE, 2-41
24750 |TRAANG_ANGLE_2, 2-44
221 |USER_CLASS_DIR_ACCESS, 2-24
24760 |TRAANG_BASE_TOOL_2, 2-44
222 |USER_CLASS_PLC_ACCESS, 2-24
24770 |TRAANG_PARALLEL_VELO_RES_2, 2-44
22254 |AUXFU_ASSOC_M0_VALUE, 2-42
24771 |TRAANG_PARALLEL_ACCEL_RES_2, 2-44

6FC53975CP100BA0
ix
24800, 4-86
26018 |NIBBLE_PRE_START_TIME, 2-47
24800 |TRACYL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1, 2-44
26020 |NIBBLE_SIGNAL_CHECK, 2-47
24805 |TRACYL_ROT_AX_FRAME_1, 2-44
27100 |ABSBLOCK_FUNCTION_MASK, 2-47
24808 |TRACYL_DEFAULT_MODE_1, 2-45
27400 |OEM_CHAN_INFO, 2-48
24810, 4-86
27800, 4-87
24810 |TRACYL_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_1, 2-45
27800 |TECHNOLOGY_MODE, 2-48
24820, 4-86
27860, 4-88
24820 |TRACYL_BASE_TOOL_1, 2-45
27860 |PROCESSTIMER_MODE, 2-48
24850 |TRACYL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_2, 2-45
27880, 4-89
24855 |TRACYL_ROT_AX_FRAME_2, 2-45
27880 |PART_COUNTER, 2-48
24858 |TRACYL_DEFAULT_MODE_2, 2-45
27882, 4-89
24860 |TRACYL_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_2, 2-45
27882 |PART_COUNTER_MCODE, 2-48
24870 |TRACYL_BASE_TOOL_2, 2-45
280 |V24_PPI_ADDR_PLC, 2-24
24900, 4-87
281 |V24_PPI_ADDR_NCK, 2-24
24900 |TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1, 2-45
28400 |MM_ABSBLOCK, 2-48
24905 |TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_FRAME_1, 2-45
28402 |MM_ABSBLOCK_BUFFER_CONF, 2-48
24910, 4-87
289, 4-76
24910 |TRANSMIT_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_1, 2-46
289 |CTM_SIMULATION_TIME_NEW_POS, 2-24
24911, 4-87
290, 4-76
24911 |TRANSMIT_POLE_SIDE_FIX_1, 2-46
290 |CTM_POS_COORDINATE_SYSTEM, 2-24
24920, 4-87
291, 4-76
24920 |TRANSMIT_BASE_TOOL_1, 2-46
291 |CTM_CROSS_AX_DIAMETER_ON, 2-25
24950 |TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_OFFSET_2, 2-46
292, 4-76
24955 |TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_FRAME_2, 2-46
292 |CTM_G91_DIAMETER_ON, 2-25
24960 |TRANSMIT_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_2, 2-46
30100 |CTRLOUT_SEGMENT_NR, 2-49
24961 |TRANSMIT_POLE_SIDE_FIX_2, 2-46
30110, 4-90
24970 |TRANSMIT_BASE_TOOL_2, 2-46
30110 |CTRLOUT_MODULE_NR, 2-49
26000 |PUNCHNIB_ASSIGN_FASTIN, 2-46
30120, 4-90
26002 |PUNCHNIB_ASSIGN_FASTOUT, 2-46
30120 |CTRLOUT_NR, 2-49
26004 |NIBBLE_PUNCH_OUTMASK, 2-47
30130, 4-90
26006 |NIBBLE_PUNCH_INMASK, 2-47
30130 |CTRLOUT_TYPE, 2-49
26008 |NIBBLE_PUNCH_CODE, 2-47
30134, 4-90
26010 |PUNCHNIB_AXIS_MASK, 2-47
30134 |IS_UNIPOLAR_OUTPUT, 2-49
26012 |PUNCHNIB_ACTIVATION, 2-47
30200, 4-90
26014 |PUNCH_PATH_SPLITTING, 2-47
30200 |NUM_ENCS, 2-49
26016 |PUNCH_PARTITION_TYPE, 2-47
30220, 4-90

6FC53975CP100BA0
30220 |ENC_MODULE_NR, 2-50
31050 |DRIVE_AX_RATIO_DENOM, 2-51
30230, 4-91
31060, 4-93
30230 |ENC_INPUT_NR, 2-50
31060 |DRIVE_AX_RATIO_NUMERA, 2-51
30240, 4-91
31064 |DRIVE_AX_RATIO2_DENOM, 2-51
30240 |ENC_TYPE, 2-50
31066 |DRIVE_AX_RATIO2_NUMERA, 2-51
30270 |ENC_ABS_BUFFERING, 2-50
31070, 4-93
30300, 4-91
31070 |DRIVE_ENC_RATIO_DENOM, 2-51
30300 |IS_ROT_AX, 2-50
31080, 4-93
30310, 4-91
31080 |DRIVE_ENC_RATIO_NUMERA, 2-51
30310 |ROT_IS_MODULO, 2-50
311 |FG_GROUP2, 2-25
30320, 4-92
31122, 4-93
30320 |DISPLAY_IS_MODULO, 2-50
31122 |BERO_DELAY_TIME_PLUS, 2-51
30350, 4-92
31123, 4-93
30350 |SIMU_AX_VDI_OUTPUT, 2-50
31123 |BERO_DELAY_TIME_MINUS, 2-52
30465 |AXIS_LANG_SUB_MASK, 2-50
312 |FG_GROUP3, 2-25
305 |G_GROUP1, 2-25
313 |FG_GROUP4, 2-25
30500 |INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB, 2-50
314 |FG_GROUP5, 2-25
306 |G_GROUP2, 2-25
32000, 4-94
30600 , 4-92
32000 |MAX_AX_VELO, 2-52
30600 |FIX_POINT_POS, 2-50
32010, 4-94
307 |G_GROUP3, 2-25
32010 |JOG_VELO_RAPID, 2-52
308 |G_GROUP4, 2-25
32020, 4-94
309 |G_GROUP5, 2-25
32020 |JOG_VELO, 2-52
310 |FG_GROUP1, 2-25
32100, 4-94
31000, 4-92
32100 |AX_MOTION_DIR, 2-52
31000 |ENC_IS_LINEAR, 2-51
32110, 4-95
31010, 4-92
32110 |ENC_FEEDBACK_POL, 2-52
31010 |ENC_GRID_POINT_DIST, 2-51
32200, 4-95
31020, 4-92
32200 |POSCTRL_GAIN, 2-52
31020 |ENC_RESOL, 2-51
32210 |POSCTRL_INTEGR_TIME, 2-52
31030, 4-93
32220 |POSCTRL_INTEGR_ENABLE, 2-52
31030 |LEADSCREW_PITCH, 2-51
32230 |POSCTRL_CONFIG, 2-53
31040, 4-93
32300 |MAX_AX_ACCEL, 2-53 , 4-95
31040 |ENC_IS_DIRECT, 2-51
32301 |JOG_MAX_ACCEL, 2-53
31044 |ENC_IS_DIRECT2, 2-51
32320 |DYN_LIMIT_RESET_MASK, 2-53
31050, 4-93
32420 |JOG_AND_POS_JERK_ENABLE, 2-53 , 4-95

6FC53975CP100BA0
xi
32430 |JOG_AND_POS_MAX_JERK, 2-53 , 4-95
34030, 4-98
32431, 4-96
34030 |REFP_MAX_CAM_DIST, 2-55
32431 |MAX_AX_JERK, 2-53
34040, 4-98
32432, 4-96
34040 |REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER, 2-55
32432 |PATH_TRANS_JERK_LIM, 2-53
34050, 4-98
32436 |JOG_MAX_JERK, 2-53
34050 |REFP_SEARCH_MARKER_REVERSE, 2-55
32440 |LOOKAH_FREQUENCY, 2-53
34060, 4-98
32450, 4-96
34060 |REFP_MAX_MARKER_DIST, 2-55
32450 |BACKLASH, 2-53
34070, 4-99
32490 |FRICT_COMP_MODE, 2-54
34070 |REFP_VELO_POS, 2-56
32500 |FRICT_COMP_ENABLE, 2-54
34080, 4-99
32510 |FRICT_COMP_ADAPT_ENABLE, 2-54
34080 |REFP_MOVE_DIST, 2-56
32520 |FRICT_COMP_CONST_MAX, 2-54
34090, 4-99
32530 |FRICT_COMP_CONST_MIN, 2-54
34090 |REFP_MOVE_DIST_CORR, 2-56
32540 |FRICT_COMP_TIME, 2-54
34092, 4-100
32610 |VELO_FFW_WEIGHT, 2-54
34092 |REFP_CAM_SHIFT, 2-56
32630, 4-96
34093, 4-100
32630 |FFW_ACTIVATION_MODE, 2-54
34093 |REFP_CAM_MARKER_DIST, 2-56
32640 |STIFFNESS_CONTROL_ENABLE, 2-54
34100, 4-100
32642 |STIFFNESS_CONTROL_CONFIG, 2-54
34100 |REFP_SET_POS, 2-56
32644 |STIFFNESS_DELAY_TIME, 2-54
34110, 4-101
32700, 4-96
34110 |REFP_CYCLE_NR, 2-56
32700 |ENC_COMP_ENABLE, 2-55
34120 |REFP_BERO_LOW_ACTIVE, 2-56
32810, 4-97
34200, 4-101
32810 |EQUIV_SPEEDCTRL_TIME, 2-55
34200 |ENC_REFP_MODE, 2-56
330 |CMM_POS_COORDINATE_SYSTEM, 2-26
34210 , 4-102
33050, 4-97
34210 |ENC_REFP_STATE, 2-56
33050 |LUBRICATION_DIST, 2-55
34220 , 4-102
331 |CONTOUR_MASK, 2-26
34220 |ENC_ABS_TURNS_MODULO, 2-57
332 |TOOL_LIST_PLACE_NO, 2-26
343 |V24_PPI_ADDR_MMC, 2-26
34000, 4-97
344 |V24_PPI_MODEM_ACTIVE, 2-26
34000 |REFP_CAM_IS_ACTIVE, 2-55
345 |V24_PPI_MODEM_BAUD, 2-26
34010, 4-97
346 |V24_PPI_MODEM_PARITY, 2-26
34010 |REFP_CAM_DIR_IS_MINUS, 2-55
34990 |ENC_ACTVAL_SMOOTH_TIME, 2-57
34020, 4-97
35000, 4-103
34020 |REFP_VELO_SEARCH_CAM, 2-55
35000 |SPIND_ASSIGN_TO_MACHAX, 2-57
xii

6FC53975CP100BA0
35010, 4-103
35400 |SPIND_OSCILL_DES_VELO, 2-59
35010 |GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_ENABLE, 2-57
35410, 4-107
35012 |GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_POSITION, 2-57
35410 |SPIND_OSCILL_ACCEL, 2-59
35014 |GEAR_STEP_USED_IN_AXISMODE, 2-57
35430, 4-107
35020 |SPIND_DEFAULT_MODE, 2-57
35430 |SPIND_OSCILL_START_DI, 2-59
35030 |SPIND_DEFAULT_ACT_MASK, 2-57
35440, 4-107
35040, 4-103
35440 |SPIND_OSCILL_TIME_CW, 2-59
35040 |SPIND_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET, 2-57
35450, 4-107
35100, 4-104
35450 |SPIND_OSCILL_TIME_CCW, 2-59
35100 |SPIND_VELO_LIMIT, 2-57
35500, 4-108
35110, 4-104
35500 |SPIND_ON_SPEED_AT_IPO_START, 2-59
35110 |GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO, 2-57
35510, 4-108
35112 |GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO2, 2-58
35510 |SPIND_STOPPED_AT_IPO_START, 2-59
35120, 4-104
35550 |DRILL_VELO_LIMIT, 2-59
35120 |GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO, 2-58
356 |HMI_COL_TITLE_FOCUS_FORE, 2-26
35122 |GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO2, 2-58
357 |HMI_COL_TITLE_FOCUS_BACK, 2-26
35130, 4-104
360 |SPINDLE_LOAD_DISPL1, 2-26
35130 |GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO_LIMIT, 2-58
36000 |STOP_LIMIT_COARSE, 2-59 , 4-108
35140, 4-105
36010, 4-109
35140 |GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO_LIMIT, 2-58
36010 |STOP_LIMIT_FINE, 2-59
35150, 4-105
36020 |POSITIONING_TIME, 2-60 , 4-109
35150 |SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL, 2-58
36030 |STANDSTILL_POS_TOL, 2-60 , 4-109
35160, 4-105
36040 |STANDSTILL_DELAY_TIME, 2-60 , 4-109
35160 |SPIND_EXTERN_VELO_LIMIT, 2-58
36050, 4-109
35200, 4-106
36050 |CLAMP_POS_TOL, 2-60
35200 |GEAR_STEP_SPEEDCTRL_ACCEL, 2-58
36060, 4-110
35210, 4-106
36060 |STANDSTILL_VELO_TOL, 2-60
35210 |GEAR_STEP_POSCTRL_ACCEL, 2-58
361, 4-76
35212 |GEAR_STEP_POSCTRL_ACCEL2, 2-58
361 |USER_MEAS_TOOL_CHANGE, 2-27
35300, 4-106
36100 |POS_LIMIT_MINUS, 2-60 , 4-110
35300 |SPIND_POSCTRL_VELO, 2-58
36110 |POS_LIMIT_PLUS, 2-60 , 4-110
35310, 4-106
36120 |POS_LIMIT_MINUS2, 2-60 , 4-110
35310 |SPIND_POSIT_DELAY_TIME, 2-59
36130 |POS_LIMIT_PLUS2, 2-60 , 4-110
35350, 4-106
362 |SPINDLE_LOAD_DISPL2, 2-27
35350 |SPIND_POSITIONING_DIR, 2-59
36200 |AX_VELO_LIMIT, 2-60 , 4-111
35400, 4-106
36210, 4-111

6FC53975CP100BA0
xiii
36210 |CTRLOUT_LIMIT, 2-60
37040, 4-116
363 |SPINDLE_LOAD_BAR_LIM2, 2-27
37040 |FIXED_STOP_BY_SENSOR, 2-62
36300 |ENC_FREQ_LIMIT, 2-61 , 4-111
37050, 4-116
36302, 4-111
37050 |FIXED_STOP_ALARM_MASK, 2-62
36302 |ENC_FREQ_LIMIT_LOW, 2-61
37060, 4-116
36310 |ENC_ZERO_MONITORING, 2-61 , 4-112
37060 |FIXED_STOP_ACKN_MASK, 2-63
364 |SPINDLE_LOAD_BAR_LIM3, 2-27
371 |TOOL_REF_PROBE_AXIS2, 2-27
36400 |CONTOUR_TOL, 2-61 , 4-112
365 |SPINDLE_LOAD_BAR_MAX, 2-27
373, 4-77
36500, 4-112
373 |MEAS_SAVE_POS_LENGTH2, 2-27
36500 |ENC_CHANGE_TOL, 2-61
374 |TOOL_WEAR_LIMIT_VALUE, 2-27
366 |SPINDLE_LOAD_BAR_COL1, 2-27
37400, 4-116
36600 |BRAKE_MODE_CHOICE, 2-61 , 4-112
37400 |EPS_TLIFT_TANG_STEP, 2-63
36610 |AX_EMERGENCY_STOP_TIME, 2-61 , 4-113
37402, 4-117
36620, 4-114
37402 |TANG_OFFSET, 2-63
36620 |SERVO_DISABLE_DELAY_TIME, 2-61
375 |USER_CLASS_READ_CUS_DIR, 2-28
376 |USER_CLASS_WRITE_CUS_DIR, 2-28
36710 |DRIFT_LIMIT, 2-61
37610 |PROFIBUS_CTRL_CONFIG, 2-63
36720, 4-114
37620 |PROFIBUS_TORQUE_RED_RESOL, 2-63
36720 |DRIFT_VALUE, 2-61
377 |USER_CLASS_WRITE_TO_MON_DAT, 2-28
378 |USER_CLASS_LADDER_VIEW, 2-28
369 |PROBE_MODE, 2-27
37800 |OEM_AXIS_INFO, 2-63
379 |SPINDLE_DISP_MODE, 2-28
37000, 4-114
38000, 4-117
37000 |FIXED_STOP_MODE, 2-61
38000 |MM_ENC_COMP_MAX_POINTS, 2-63
37002, 4-114
383 |V24_PPI_ADDR_DRV1, 2-28
37002 |FIXED_STOP_CONTROL, 2-62
41010, 5-119
37010, 4-115
41010 |JOG_VAR_INCR_SIZE, 3-65
37010 |FIXED_STOP_TORQUE_DEF, 2-62
41110, 5-119
37012, 4-115
41110 |JOG_SET_VELO, 3-65
37012 |FIXED_STOP_TORQUE_RAMP_TIME, 2-62
41130, 5-119
37014 |FIXED_STOP_TORQUE_FACTOR, 2-62
41130 |JOG_ROT_AX_SET_VELO, 3-65
37020, 4-115
41200, 5-120
37020 |FIXED_STOP_WINDOW_DEF, 2-62
41200 |JOG_SPIND_SET_VELO, 3-65
37030, 4-115
41500 |SW_CAM_MINUS_POS_TAB_1, 3-65
37030 |FIXED_STOP_THRESHOLD, 2-62
41501 |SW_CAM_PLUS_POS_TAB_1, 3-65
xiv

6FC53975CP100BA0
41520 |SW_CAM_MINUS_TIME_TAB_1, 3-66
42520 |CORNER_SLOWDOWN_START, 3-69
41521 |SW_CAM_PLUS_TIME_TAB_1, 3-66
42522 |CORNER_SLOWDOWN_END, 3-69
42000, 5-121
42524 |CORNER_SLOWDOWN_OVR, 3-69
42000 |THREAD_START_ANGLE, 3-67
42526 |CORNER_SLOWDOWN_CRIT, 3-69
42010, 5-121
42528 |CUTCOM_DECEL_LIMIT, 3-70
42010 |THREAD_RAMP_DISP, 3-67
42940, 5-122
42100, 5-121
42940 |TOOL_LENGTH_CONST, 3-70
42100 |DRY_RUN_FEED, 3-67
42950, 5-122
42101 |DRY_RUN_FEED_MODE, 3-67
42950 |TOOL_LENGTH_TYPE, 3-70
42110, 5-121
42990 |MAX_BLOCKS_IN_IPOBUFFER, 3-70
42110 |DEFAULT_FEED, 3-67
42995 |CONE_ANGLE, 3-70
42120 |APPROACH_FEED, 3-67
43120 |DEFAULT_SCALE_FACTOR_AXIS, 3-71
42140 |DEFAULT_SCALE_FACTOR_P, 3-67
43200 |SPIND_S, 3-71
42150 |DEFAULT_ROT_FACTOR_R, 3-67
43202 |SPIND_CONSTCUT_S, 3-71
42160 |EXTERN_FIXED_FEEDRATE_F1_F9, 3-67
43206 |SPIND_SPEED_TYPE, 3-71
42162 |EXTERN_DOUBLE_TURRET_DIST, 3-68
43210, 5-123
42200 |SINGLEBLOCK2_STOPRE, 3-68
43210 |SPIND_MIN_VELO_G25, 3-71
42400 |PUNCH_DWELLTIME, 3-68
43220, 5-123
42402 |NIBPUNCH_PRE_START_TIME, 3-68
43220 |SPIND_MAX_VELO_G26, 3-71
42404 |MINTIME_BETWEEN_STROKES, 3-68
43230, 5-123
42440 |FRAME_OFFSET_INCR_PROG, 3-68
43230 |SPIND_MAX_VELO_LIMS, 3-71
42442 |TOOL_OFFSET_INCR_PROG, 3-68
43240 |M19_SPOS, 3-71
42444 |TARGET_BLOCK_INCR_PROG, 3-68
43250 |M19_SPOSMODE, 3-71
42450 |CONTPREC, 3-68
43400, 5-124
42465 |SMOOTH_CONTUR_TOL, 3-68
43400 |WORKAREA_PLUS_ENABLE, 3-71
42470 |CRIT_SPLINE_ANGLE, 3-68
43410, 5-124
42471 |MIN_CURV_RADIUS, 3-68
43410 |WORKAREA_MINUS_ENABLE, 3-72
42475 |COMPRESS_CONTUR_TOL, 3-69
43420, 5-124
42480 |STOP_CUTCOM_STOPRE, 3-69
43420 |WORKAREA_LIMIT_PLUS, 3-72
42490 |CUTCOM_G40_STOPRE, 3-69
43430, 5-124
42494 |CUTCOM_ACT_DEACT_CTRL, 3-69
43430 |WORKAREA_LIMIT_MINUS, 3-72
42496 |CUTCOM_CLSD_CONT, 3-69
43500, 5-124
42500 |SD_MAX_PATH_ACCEL, 3-69
43500 |FIXED_STOP_SWITCH, 3-72
42502 |IS_SD_MAX_PATH_ACCEL, 3-69
43510, 5-125
42510 |SD_MAX_PATH_JERK, 3-69
43510 |FIXED_STOP_TORQUE, 3-72
42512 |IS_SD_MAX_PATH_JERK, 3-69
43700 |OSCILL_REVERSE_POS1, 3-72

6FC53975CP100BA0
xv
43710 |OSCILL_REVERSE_POS2, 3-72
43760 |OSCILL_END_POS, 3-73
43720 |OSCILL_DWELL_TIME1, 3-72
43770 |OSCILL_CTRL_MASK, 3-73
43730 |OSCILL_DWELL_TIME2, 3-72
43780 |OSCILL_IS_ACTIVE, 3-73
43740 |OSCILL_VELO, 3-72
43790 |OSCILL_START_POS, 3-73
43750 |OSCILL_NUM_SPARK_CYCLES, 3-73
xvi

6FC53975CP100BA0
Machine and Setting Data Explanations
1.1
Specifications in the list

The machine and setting data are listed in the form of tables.
MD numMD identifier
ber
Unit
Brief description
Display filter
System
Dimension Default value
Minimum value
Attributes
Maximum value
Cross
reference
Activation
Data type
Protection
The following information are specified:
Number and identifier

MD and SD are addressed via their numbers or their names (identifiers). The number and
the name, as well as the activation type and the unit are displayed on the screen of the control system.
Cross reference
For a detailed description of the appropriate data, please refer to the description of functions
or manual/guide specified.
Example: [FS1]
Description of Functions 802D sl, Chapter Spindle (S1)
Unit/unit system
Depending on MD 10240 SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC, the physical units of the machine data (MD) differ as follows:
MD 10240 = 1
MD 10240 = 0
mm
inch
mm/min
inch/min
m/s2
inch/s2
m/s3
inch/s3
mm/rev.
inch/rev.
If there are machine data with no physical unit assigned, a hyphen () can be found in the
relevant field.

6FC53975CP100BA0
1-17

1.1
Note
The default setting is MD 10240 SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC = 1 (metric).
Activation
The activation stages are listed according to their priority. If any data is changed, it comes
into effect after:
POWER ON (po) Turning off / turning on the SINUMERIK 802D sl
NEW_CONF (cf) With RESET at the PLC interface (V3000 0000.7)
RESET (re) With RESET at the PLC interface (V3000 0000.7) or at the end of the program M2/M30
IMMEDIATELY (im) After input of the value
Display filter
The number of machine data displayed in a specific area can be reduced thanks to a display
filter.
Display filters are offered for the following machine data areas:
General machine data
Channelspecific machine data
Axisspecific machine data
To parameterize the display filter for a machine data area, use the Select group softkey to
call the relevant machine data area.
Note for reader

SINUMERIK 802D sl, Operation and Programming..., Chapter System
Table 1-1
Display filters in the individual data areas
Code
Display filter
1-18
N01
Configuration / scaling
N02
Memory configuration
N03
PLC machine data
N04
Drive control
N05
Status data / diagnosis
N06
Monitoring functions / limitations
N07
Auxiliary functions
N08
Corrections / compensations

6FC53975CP100BA0

1.1
Table 1-1
Display filters in the individual data areas, contd
Code
Display filter
N09
Technological functions
N10
I/O configuration
N11
Standard machine
C01
Configuration
C02
Memory configuration
C03
Default settings
C04
Auxiliary functions
C05
Speeds/velocities
C06
C07
Transformations
C08
C09
C10
Standard machine
A01
Configuration (including memory)
A02
Measuring system
A03
Machine geometry
A04
Speeds, velocities / accelerations / jerk
A05
A06
Spindle
A07
Controller data
A08
Status data
A09
A10
A11
Standard machine

6FC53975CP100BA0
1-19

1.1
Data type
BOOLEAN
Boolean value: 1 (TRUE) or 0 (FALSE)
BYTE
8bit value,
as an INTEGER value: -128 ... 127,
as a hexadecimal value: 00 ... FF
as a character as per ASCII character set, e.g. a
STRING
Sequence of characters (max. 16)
WORD
16bit value,
as an INTEGER value: -32768 ... 32767,
as a hexadecimal value: 0000 ... FFFF
UNSIGNED WORD
16bit value,
as an INTEGER value: 0 ... 65535,
as a hexadecimal value: 0000 ... FFFF
INTEGER
16bit value (here defined locally),

INTEGER value: -32768 ... 32767
DWORD
32bit value,
as a hexadecimal value: 0000 0000 ... FFFF
UNSIGNED WORD
32bit value,
as a hexadecimal value: 0000 0000 ... FFFF FFFF
DOUBLE
64bit value,
floating point value: " 4.19 10-307 ... " 1.67 10308
System
Specifies the control system for which the data with the entered values applies. The following entries are possible:
1-20
default
The entered values apply for all SINUMERIK 802D sl.
Any deviations in the range of values must be entered in the following lines of the table. If
no default entry exists, the data only applies for the control variants specified.
tm1
Turning/milling value
tm2
Turning/milling plus
tm3
Turning/milling pro
ng2
Nibbling/grinding plus
ng3
Nibbling/grinding pro

6FC53975CP100BA0

1.1
Default values
This value is used to specify a default value for the machine data. If the default values for
the channels are different, this is marked by a , .
Range of values (minimum/maximum value)

Specifies the input limits. If no range of values is specified, the data type determines the input limits, and the field is marked with ***.
Protection levels
The SINUMERIK 802D sl provides a concept of protection levels for enabling data areas.
There are the protection levels 0 to 7 whereby 0 is the highest and 7 the lowest level.
The protection levels can be set for certain function areas (e.g. program editor) using the
display machine data (USER_CLASS...).
When the control system is delivered, certain default passwords are already set for the protection levels 1 to 3. If necessary, the appropriate authorized person can change these passwords.
Table 1-2
Protection level concept

Locked by
Protection
level
0
Area
Siemens, reserved
Password: SUNRISE (default)
Expert mode (OEM HIGH)
Password: EVENING (default)
Machine manufacturer (OEM LOW)
Password: CUSTOMER (default)
Authorized operator, setter
4 to 7
No password and
user interface from PLC NCK
Authorized operator, setter or appropriate graduations as desired
Protection levels 1 ... 3

The protection levels 1 to 3 require a password. The passwords can be changed after activation. For example, if the passwords are no longer known, the control system must be reinitialized (booting with default machine data). This will reset all passwords to their defaults
according to the software release you have acquired.
The password remains set until it is reset by selecting the Delete password softkey.
POWER ON will not reset the password.
Protection levels 4 ... 7
Protection level 7 is set automatically if no password is set and no protection level interface
signal is set. The protection levels 4 to 7 can be set from the PLC user program even without a password by setting the bits in the user interface.

6FC53975CP100BA0
1-21

1.2
1.2
Overview of the machine and setting data areas

The machine and setting data are divided into the following areas:
Table 1-3

Designation
Area
1-22
from
to
200
400
Display machine data
1 000
19 999
20 000
29 999
30 000
39 999
41 000
41 999
General setting data
42 000
42 999
Channelspecific setting data
43 000
43 999
Axisspecific setting data

6FC53975CP100BA0
List of Machine Data
2.1
Number
Schematic view
Name, miscellaneous
Unit
Activation
Default value
202
Foreground language
Display resolution
Display resolution
Display resolution
207
FT3
POWER ON
1
FT3
5
2/3
BYTE
FT3
5
2/3
BYTE
immediately
7
3/3
BYTE
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_GEO
decimal
Protection level for Write tool geometry
immediately
7
3/3
BYTE
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_WEAR
decimal
Protection level for Write wear data
immediately
7
3/3
BYTE
USER_CLASS_WRITE_ZOA
decimal
Protection level for Write settable work offset
212
2/3
BYTE
USER_CLASS_READ_TOA
Protection level for Read tool offsets, general
210
immediately
0
209
FT3
immediately
0
2/3
BYTE
immediately
decimal
208
DISPLAY_RESOLUTION_SPINDLE
decimal
Read/write
protection level
Data type
DISPLAY_RESOLUTION_INCH
decimal
205
Maximum value
DISPLAY_RESOLUTION
decimal
204
Minimum value
FIRST_LANGUAGE
decimal
203
Cross reference
MD identifier
immediately
7
3/3
BYTE
USER_CLASS_WRITE_SEA
decimal
Protection level for Write setting data

6FC53975CP100BA0
immediately
7
3/3
BYTE
2-23

2.1
213
USER_CLASS_READ_PROGRAM
decimal
Protection level for Read part program
214
Protection level for Enter part program
Protection level for program selection
Protection level for Write cycles
Protection level for Write R parameters
Protection level for Set V24
Protection level for directory access
Protection level for PLC project
BYTE
immediately
7
Protection level for protected working area
immediately
7
immediately
7
immediately
7
immediately
7
V24_PG_PC_BAUD
immediately
BYTE
126
126
3/3
V24_PPI_ADDR_PLC
PLC station address
2
POWER ON
3/3
BYTE
V24_PPI_ADDR_NCK
NCK station address
3
POWER ON
Simulation of actual-value refresh rate
100
FK1
immediately
4000
Position of the coordinate system
3/4
INTEGER
CTM_POS_COORDINATE_SYSTEM
decimal
3/3
BYTE
CTM_SIMULATION_TIME_NEW_POS
decimal
2-24
2/3
BYTE
290
2/2
BYTE
PG: Baud rate (300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400)
289
3/3
BYTE
281
3/3
BYTE
Bit pattern
280
3/3
BYTE
USER_CLASS_WRITE_PWA
decimal
247
3/3
USER_CLASS_PLC_ACCESS
decimal
223
immediately
USER_CLASS_DIR_ACCESS
decimal
222
3/3
BYTE
USER_CLASS_SET_V24
decimal
221
immediately
7
USER_CLASS_WRITE_RPA
decimal
219
3/3
BYTE
USER_CLASS_WRITE_CYCLES
decimal
218
immediately
7
USER_CLASS_SELECT_PROGRAM
decimal
217
3/3
BYTE
USER_CLASS_WRITE_PROGRAM
decimal
215
immediately
7
FK1
immediately
7
3/4
BYTE

6FC53975CP100BA0

2.1
291
CTM_CROSS_AX_DIAMETER_ON
decimal
Diameter for Transverse axis active
292
Incremental feed
User-oriented G group for position display

1
Useroriented G group for position display
immediately
1000
10
immediately
1000
immediately
1000
immediately
1000
3/7
INTEGER
immediately
1000
3/7
INTEGER
FG_GROUP1
Useroriented G group for position display (external language)
immediately
INTEGER
1000
3/7
FG_GROUP2
decimal
immediately
INTEGER
1000
3/7
FG_GROUP3
decimal
immediately
INTEGER
1000
3/7
FG_GROUP4
decimal
immediately
INTEGER
314
3/7
INTEGER
313
3/7
INTEGER
decimal
312
3/7
INTEGER
G_GROUP5
decimal
311
3/7
BYTE
G_GROUP4
decimal
310
G_GROUP3
decimal
309
FK1
G_GROUP2
decimal
308
3/4
BYTE
G_GROUP1
307
immediately
decimal
306
FK1
immediately
CTM_G91_DIAMETER_ON
decimal
305
1000
3/7
FG_GROUP5
decimal
immediately
10
INTEGER

6FC53975CP100BA0
1000
3/7
2-25

2.1
330
CMM_POS_COORDINATE_SYSTEM
decimal
Coordinate position of machine *)
*)
immediately
7
3/7
BYTE
Explanation:
Both the position and the size of the representation are handed over during initialization. The position of the coordinate system
can be influenced by the Axis direction parameter in the header of the file.
The following positions are possible:
Position
X+
Z+
up
to the right
0
1
up
to the left
2
down
to the right
3
down
to the left
4
to the right
top
5
to the left
up
6
to the right
down
7
to the left
down
The positions of the elements must be specified in position 4 (mathematic coordinate system). The simulation will then automatically convert the representation to the relevant system.
331
CONTOUR_MASK
decimal
Activating the 802 contour definition programming
332
Activate location number in tool list
immediately
126
344
345
Baud rate for modem connection
Parity for modem connection
356
357
decimal
3/3
Byte
immediately
2
3/3
Byte
immediately
15
0/3
Byte
HMI_COL_TITLE_FOCUS_BACK
Color settings title bar focus window background
0
immediately
15
0/3
Byte
SPINDLE_LOAD_DISPL1
Activate utilization display for spindle 1
0
2-26
3/3
Byte
immediately
9
Color settings title bar focus window foreground
360
immediately
HMI_COL_TITLE_FOCUS_FORE
15
decimal
V24_PPI_MODEM_PARITY
decimal
decimal
3/3
V24_PPI_MODEM_BAUD
decimal
346
POWER ON
V24_PPI_MODEM_ACTIVE
decimal
0
3/3
INTEGER
V24_PPI_ADDR_MMC
decimal
0
3/7
BYTE
TOOL_LIST_PLACE_NO
decimal
343
immediately
1
immediately
1
3/3
INTEGER

6FC53975CP100BA0

2.1
361
decimal
USER_MEAS_TOOL_CHANGE
Input enable for T/D no. in the Tool gauging window
0
362
decimal
363
364
365
366
decimal
368
369
370
decimal
371
372
373
374
decimal
immediately
9999999
2/2
INTEGER
immediately
120
Utilization display color for the spindle, range 1
2/2
INTEGER
immediately
15
3/3
Byte
SPINDLE_LOAD_BAR_COL2
0
immediately
15
3/3
Byte
0
immediately
15
3/3
Byte
PROBE_MODE
Measuring system type: 1: Probe, 2: Opt. measuring technique
immediately
INTEGER
3/3
TOOL_REF_PROBE_AXIS1
Absolute position of probe X
999999.999
immediately
999999.999
2/2
DOUBLE
Absolute position of probe Y
999999.999
immediately
999999.999
2/2
DOUBLE
Absolute position of probe Z
9
decimal
2/2
INTEGER
decimal
immediately
9999999
Utilization display for the spindle, maximum
decimal
3/3
INTEGER
SPINDLE_LOAD_BAR_MAX
decimal
Activate utilization display for the spindle, limit value 3
decimal
immediately
1
SPINDLE_LOAD_BAR_LIM3
10
367
Activate utilization display for the spindle, limit value 2
120
decimal
3/3
Byte
SPINDLE_LOAD_BAR_LIM2
100
decimal
immediately
1
Activate utilization display for spindle 2
100
decimal
SPINDLE_LOAD_DISPL2
1
decimal
999999.999
immediately
999999.999
2/2
DOUBLE
MEAS_SAVE_POS_LENGTH2
Activate tool gauging; select Save Pos softkey for all values
immediately
Byte
2/2
TOOL_WEAR_LIMIT_VALUE
Limit value for wear control during input
9.999

6FC53975CP100BA0
immediately
9.999
2/2
DOUBLE
2-27

2.1
375
USER_CLASS_READ_CUS_DIR
decimal
Protection level for Read user cycles
376
Protection level for Write user cycles
Protection level for Tool monitoring
Protection level for Select user ladder view
0: Default mode, display of spindle speed

1: Constant cutting rate, display with G96 set
2: Mixed display
2/3
Byte
immediately
7
2/2
Byte
immediately
2
3/3
Byte
V24_PPI_ADDR_DRV1
decimal
Station address for the drives
2-28
immediately
7
SPINDLE_DISP_MODE
decimal
383
2/2
Byte
USER_CLASS_LADDER_VIEW
decimal
379
immediately
7
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TO_MON_DAT
decimal
378
2/3
Byte
USER_CLASS_WRITE_CUS_DIR
decimal
377
immediately
7
POWER ON
126
3/3
Byte

6FC53975CP100BA0

2.2
2.2
MD
MD identifier
number
Unit
Brief description
Display filter
System *
Dimension
Default value
* Values other than those in the default system
Note regarding the value definition:
TRUE corresponds to 1
FALSE corresponds to 0
Minimum value
Attributes
Maximum value
Activation
Data type
Protection
POWER ON
STRING
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
50
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
0.0
1.0
immediately
DOUBLE
2/2
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0e9
1.0e9
1.0e9
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
2/2
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0e9
1.0e9
1.0e9
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
2/2
SCAL
POWER ON
BOOLEAN
2/2
10000
N01, N11
Default
AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB
Machine axis name
ng2
ng3
tm1
10074
N01, N05
Default
PLC_IPO_TIME_RATIO
Factor of the PLC task for main run
10088
s
EXP
Default
REBOOT_DELAY_TIME
Reboot delay
10200
N01
Default
ng2
ng3
INT_INCR_PER_MM
Computational resolution for linear positions
10210
N01
Default
ng2
ng3
INT_INCR_PER_DEG
Computational resolution for angular positions
10240
N01
Default
SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC
Metric basic system
10350
N10
Default
FASTIO_DIG_NUM_INPUTS
Number of active digital NCK input bytes
10360
N10
Default
FASTIO_DIG_NUM_OUTPUTS
Number of active digital NCK output bytes
X1, Y1, Z1, SP,

A1, PLCX1
X1, Z1, C1, A1, B1,
PLCX1
X1, Z1, C1, A1, B1,
PLCX1
X1, Y1, Z1, SP
0.2
1000.0
100000.0
100000.0
1000.0
100000.0
100000.0
TRUE

6FC53975CP100BA0
MAXNUM_DIG_
FASTIN_BYTES
MAXNUM_DIG_
FASTOUT_BYTES
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
2-29

2.2
10366
N10
Default
ng2
ng3
HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTIN
Hardware assignment of external digital NCK inputs
10368
N10
Default
ng2
ng3
HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTOUT
Hardware assignment of external digital NCK outputs
10450
N09
ng2
ng3
SW_CAM_ASSIGN_TAB
Assignment software cams to machine axes
10460
s
N09
ng2
SW_CAM_MINUS_LEAD_TIME
Lead or delay time at minus cams 116
ng3
10461
s
N09
ng2
SW_CAM_PLUS_LEAD_TIME
Lead or delay time at plus cams 116
ng3
10470
N09
ng2
ng3
SW_CAM_ASSIGN_FASTOUT_1
Hardware assignment for output of cams 18 to NCK I/Os
10480
N09
ng2
ng3
SW_CAM_TIMER_FASTOUT_MASK
Screenform for output of cam signals via timer interr. to NCU
10485
N09
ng2
ng3
SW_CAM_MODE
Behavior of SW cams
10710
EXP, N01
ng2
ng3
tm2
tm3
PROG_SD_RESET_SAVE_TAB
Setting data to be updated
2-30
1
1
1
1
1
1
8
8
30
30
30
30
0x0
0x00010101
0x00010101
0x0
0x00010101
0x00010101
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,

0.0, 0.0
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,

0.0, 0.0
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0, 0, 0...
0, 0, 0...
0, 0, 0...
0, 0, 0...
0x00010101
0x00010101
0x00010101
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2/2
2/2
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x00010101
0x00010101
0x00010101
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2/2
2/2
0
0
6
6
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
DOUBLE
3/3
3/3
POWER ON
DOUBLE
3/3
3/3
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
0x0
0x0
0x0

6FC53975CP100BA0

2.2
10713
M_NO_FCT_STOPRE
M function with preprocessing stop

EXP, N12, N07
Default
15
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
10716
M_NO_FCT_CYCLE_NAME
Subroutine name for replacement of an M function

EXP, N12, N07
Default
10
POWER ON
STRING
2/2
10717
T_NO_FCT_CYCLE_NAME
Subroutine name for replacement of a T function

EXP, N12, N07
Default
1
POWER ON
STRING
2/2
10718
M_NO_FCT_CYCLE_PAR
M function replacement by parameters

EXP, N12, N07
Default
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
10719
T_NO_FCT_CYCLE_MODE
Parameterization of the T function replacement

EXP, N12, N07
Default
0
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
10735
EXP, N01
Default
JOG_MODE_MASK
Enable jogging in the AUTOMATIC mode
0
0x1
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
10760
N12
tm1
tm2
tm3
G53_TOOLCORR
Effect with G53, G153 and SUPA
POWER ON
BOOLEAN
2/2
2/2
2/2
10804
EXP, N12
tm1
tm2
tm3
EXTERN_M_NO_SET_INT
M function to activate ASUB
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2/2
2/2
10806
EXP, N12
tm1
tm2
tm3
EXTERN_M_NO_DISABLE_INT
M function to deactivate ASUB
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2/2
2/2
10714
EXP, N07
Default
M_NO_FCT_EOP
M function active for spindle after reset
10715
M_NO_FCT_CYCLE
M function to be replaced by a subroutine

EXP, N12, N07
Default
10
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, 1
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
96
96
96
97
97
97

6FC53975CP100BA0
2-31

2.2
10808
EXP, N12
tm1
tm2
tm3
EXTERN_INTERRUPT_BITS_M96
Activate interrupt program (ASUB)
10810
EXP, N12
tm1
tm2
tm3
EXTERN_MEAS_G31_P_SIGNAL
Assignment of the measuring inputs for G31 P..
10812
EXP, N12
tm1
tm2
tm3
EXTERN_DOUBLE_TURRET_ON
Doubleresolver head with G68
10814
EXP, N12
tm1
EXTERN_M_NO_MAC_CYCLE
Macro call via M function
tm2
10
tm3
10
10815
EXP, N12
tm1
tm2
tm3
EXTERN_M_NO_MAC_CYCLE_NAME
Name of subroutine for M function macro call
10816
EXP, N12
tm1
EXTERN_G_NO_MAC_CYCLE
G function for macro call
tm2
50
tm3
50
10817
EXP, N12
tm1
tm2
tm3
EXTERN_G_NO_MAC_CYCLE_NAME
Name of subroutine for G function macro call
10818
EXP, N12
tm1
tm2
tm3
EXTERN_INTERRUPT_NUM_ASUP
Interrupt number for ASUB start (M96)
2-32
4
4
4
10
0
0
0
1, 1, 1, 1
1, 1, 1, 1
1, 1, 1, 1
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, 1
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, 1
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, 1
10
10
10
50
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, 1, 1 ....
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, 1, 1 ....
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, 1, 1 ....
50
50
50
1
1
1
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2/2
2/2
0
0
0
3
3
3
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
BOOLEAN
2/2
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
STRING
2/2
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
STRING
2/2
2/2
2/2
1
1
1
8
8
8
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
2/2
2/2

6FC53975CP100BA0

2.2
10820
EXP, N12
tm1
tm2
tm3
EXTERN_INTERRUPT_NUM_RETRAC
Interrupt number f. rapid retraction (G10.6)
10880
N01, N12
tm1
tm2
tm3
MM_EXTERN_CNC_SYSTEM
Def. of control system to be adapted
10881
N01, N12
Default
MM_EXTERN_GCODE_SYSTEM
ISO_3 Mode: GCodeSystem
10882
N12
Default
NC_USER_EXTERN_GCODES_TAB
List of userspecific G commands, ext. language
2
2
2
1
1
1
60
1
1
1
8
8
8
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
2/2
2/2
1
1
1
3
3
3
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
POWER ON
STRING
2/2
10884
N12
Default
EXTERN_FLOATINGPOINT_PROG
Evaluation of progr. values without decimal point
10886
N12
Default
EXTERN_INCREMENT_SYSTEM
Increment system
TRUE
FALSE
POWER ON
BOOLEAN
2/2
POWER ON
BOOLEAN
2/2
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
60
60
60
60
RESET
DWORD
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
10888
N12
Default
EXTERN_DIGITS_TOOL_NO
Number of digits for T number
10890
N12
Default
EXTERN_TOOLPROG_MODE
Tool change program with ext. language
10900
N09
ng2
ng3
tm2
tm3
INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_1
Number of positions for indexing axis table 1
10910
mm/inch,
degrees
N09
ng2
ng3
tm2
tm3
INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_1
Indexing position table 1
60
60
60
60
0
0
0
0
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 ....

0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 ....
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 ....
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 ....

6FC53975CP100BA0
0
0
0
0
RESET
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2-33

2.2
10920
N09
ng2
ng3
tm2
tm3
INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_2
Number of positions for indexing axis table 2
10930
N09
ng2
ng3
tm2
tm3
INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_2
Indexing position table 2
60
60
60
60
0
0
0
0
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0....

0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0....
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0....
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0....
0
0
0
0
60
60
60
60
RESET
DWORD
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
RESET
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
11100
AUXFU_MAXNUM_GROUP_ASSIGN
Number of auxiliary functions in AuxF groups

N01, N07, N02
Default
1
1
255
11160
N01
Default
ACCESS_EXEC_CST
Right of execution for /_N_CST_DIR
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
11161
N01
Default
ACCESS_EXEC_CMA
Right of execution for /_N_CMA_DIR
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
11162
N01
Default
ACCESS_EXEC_CUS
Right of execution for /_N_CUS_DIR
POWER ON
BYTE
3/3
11165
N01
Default
ACCESS_WRITE_CST
Write protection for /_N_CST_DIR
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
11166
N01
Default
ACCESS_WRITE_CMA
Write protection for directory /_N_CMA_DIR
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
11167
N01
Default
ng2
ng3
ACCESS_WRITE_CUS
Write protection for directory /_N_CUS_DIR
POWER ON
DWORD
3/3
2/2
2/2
11170
N01
Default
ACCESS_WRITE_SACCESS
Write protection for _N_SACCESS_DEF
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
11171
N01
Default
ACCESS_WRITE_MACCESS
Write protection for _N_MACCESS_DEF
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
2-34
1
1
1
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2

6FC53975CP100BA0

2.2
11172
N01
Default
ACCESS_WRITE_UACCESS
Write protection for _N_UACCESS_DEF
11210
N01, N05
Default
UPLOAD_MD_CHANGES_ONLY
MD backup only for changed MD
11240
N01, N05
Default
PROFIBUS_SDB_NUMBER
SDB1000 number
POWER ON
BYTE
3/3
immediately
BYTE
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/2
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
11717
D_NO_FCT_CYCLE_NAME
Name of subroutine for D code substitution

EXP, N12, N07
Default
1
POWER ON
STRING
2/2
13060
N04, N10
Default
DRIVE_TELEGRAM_TYPE
Default message frame type for Profibus DP
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
13070
N04, N10
Default
DRIVE_FUNCTION_MASK
Used DP functions
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
13080
EXP
Default
DRIVE_TYPE_DP
Drive type with Profibus
0
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
13120
N04, N10
Default
CONTROL_UNIT_LOGIC_ADDRESS
SINAMICSCU logic address
0
8191
POWER ON
DWORD
7/2
13200
N10, N09
Default
MEAS_PROBE_LOW_ACTIVE
Polarity change of the probe
POWER ON
BOOLEAN
3/3
0x0F
0, 1, 0, 1
11250
EXP, N01
Default
PROFIBUS_SHUTDOWN_TYPE
Profibus Shutdown handling
11310
N09
Default
HANDWH_REVERSE
Threshold for handwheel direction reversal
11320
N09
Default
HANDWH_IMP_PER_LATCH
Handwheel pulses per locking position
11346
N01
Default
HANDWH_TRUE_DISTANCE
Handwheel travel or speed specification
31
31
1., 1., 1., 1., 1., 1.
102, 102, 102...
2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2
0, 0, 0...
6500
FALSE, FALSE

6FC53975CP100BA0
2-35

2.2
13220
s
N10, N09
Default
MEAS_PROBE_DELAY_TIME
Detection of probe deflection delay time
14510
N03
Default
USER_DATA_INT
User data (INT)
14512
N03
Default
USER_DATA_HEX
User data (HEX)
14514
N03
Default
USER_DATA_FLOAT
User data (FLOAT)
11516
N03
Default
USER_DATA_PLC_ALARM
User data (HEX)
15700
N01
Default
LANG_SUB_NAME
Name of subroutine for substitution
15702
N01
Default
LANG_SUB_PATH
Path of subroutine for substitution
17400
Default
OEM_GLOBAL_INFO
OEM version info
17530
EXP, N01
Default
TOOL_DATA_CHANGE_COUNTER
Mark tool data change for HMI
18030
N05
Default
HW_SERIAL_NUMBER
to be defined
18040
N05
ng2
ng3
tm1
tm2
tm3
VERSION_INFO
Version and (if necessary) date of PCMCIA card
2-36
32
32
64
0.0, 0.0
0, 0, 0...
0, 0, 0...
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,

0.0, 0.0
0, 0, 0
4
4
4
4
4
802D slNG2
802D slNG3
802D slTM1
802D slTM2
802D slTM3
0.1
POWER ON
DOUBLE
3/3
32768
32767
POWER ON
DWORD
7/3
0x0FF
POWER ON
DWORD
7/3
3.40e38
3.40e38
POWER ON
DOUBLE
7/3
POWER ON
BYTE
7/3
POWER ON
STRING
2/2
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
POWER ON
STRING
2/2
0xF
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
READ
POWER ON
STRING
2/2
READ
POWER ON
STRING
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2

6FC53975CP100BA0

2.2
18080
N02, N09
ng2
ng3
tm2
tm3
MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
Reserved memory for the tool management (SRAM)
18102
N02, N09
Default
MM_TYPE_OF_CUTTING_EDGE
Type of D number programming (SRAM)
18120
N02
Default
MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_NCK
Number of global GUD definitions (SRAM)
18130
N02
Default
MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_CHAN
Number of channel GUD definitions (SRAM)
18150
N02
Default
MM_GUD_VALUES_MEM
Memory space for GUD values (SRAM)
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0
0
0
0
0xFFFF
0xFFFF
0xFFFF
0xFFFF
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
50
150
32

6FC53975CP100BA0
2-37

2.3
2.3
MD
MD identifier
number
Unit
Brief description
Display filter
System
Dimension
Default value
20050
C01, C10
Default
ng2
ng3
AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB
Assignment geometry/channel axis
20070
C01, C10
Default
tm1
AXCONF_MACHAX_USED
Machine axis number valid in channel
3
3
3
6
4
1, 2, 3
1, 0, 2
1, 0, 2
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0
1, 2, 3, 4
20080
AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB
Name of channel axis in the channel

C01, C11, C10
Default
6
X, Y, Z, SP, A,
PLCX
ng2
6
X, Z, C, A, B,
PLCX
ng3
6
X, Z, C, A, B,
PLCX
tm1
4
X, Y, Z, SP
20090
C01, C03
tm2
tm3
Activation
Data type
Protection
0
0
0
6
6
6
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
2/2
2/2
0
0
6
6
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
STRING
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
1
1
2
2
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2/2
0x1F
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
0x1F
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
SPIND_DEF_MASTER_SPIND
Number of master spindle
1
1
20094
SPIND_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR
M function for axis mode (Siemens mode)

C01, C03, C10
tm2
70
tm3
70
20095
EXTERN_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR
M function for axis mode (external mode)

C01, C11, C03, C10
tm2
29
tm3
29
20106
N01
Default
PROG_EVENT_IGN_SINGLEBLOCK
Prog events ignore single block
20107
N01
Default
PROG_EVENT_IGN_INHIBIT
Prog events ignore readin disable
2-38
Minimum value
Attributes
Maximum value
0x0
0x0

6FC53975CP100BA0

2.3
20108
N01
Default
PROG_EVENT_MASK
Eventcontrolled program calls
20140
C03
ng2
ng3
tm2
tm3
TRAFO_RESET_VALUE
Active transformation in case of RESET
20172
mm/min
C09
tm3
COMPRESS_VELO_TOL
Max. permissible deviation of path feedrate during compression
20204
mm
C06
Default
WAB_CLEARANCE_TOLERANCE
Direction reversal with SAR
20310
C09
ng2
ng3
tm2
tm3
TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
Activate tool management functions
20320
C06, C09
Default
tm1
TOOL_TIME_MONITOR_MASK
Time monitoring for the tool in the toolholder
20360
C09
Default
TOOL_PARAMETER_DEF_MASK
Definition of the tool parameters
20450
EXP, C05
Default
LOOKAH_RELIEVE_BLOCK_CYCLE
Block cycle time relief factor
20460
%
EXP, C05
Default
LOOKAH_SMOOTH_FACTOR
Smoothing factor for Look Ahead
20500
s
EXP, C05
Default
CONST_VELO_MIN_TIME
Minimum time with constant velocity
20550
EXP
Default
EXACT_POS_MODE
Exact stop conditions with G00 and G01
0x0
0
0
0
0
60000.0
0.01
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x1
0x0
0x0
0.0
0.0
0.0

6FC53975CP100BA0
0xF
POWER ON
DWORD
7/2
0
0
0
0
8
8
8
8
RESET
BYTE
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/2
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/2
0
0
0
0
0xFFFFFFF
0xFFFFFFF
0xFFFFFFF
0xFFFFFFF
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2/2
0xFFFF
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/2
0.
500.0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
0.0
0.1
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/2
33
NEW CONF
BYTE
2/2
2-39

2.3
20552
EXP
Default
EXACT_POS_MODE_G0_TO_G1
Exact stop conditions with the transition G00>G01
20610
C05
ng2
ng3
ADD_MOVE_ACCEL_RESERVE
Acceleration margin for overlaid movements
20624
EXP, C09
ng3
HANDWH_CHAN_STOP_COND
Def. of response of handwheel travel to channelspecific VDI ISs
20700
C01, C03
Default
REFP_NC_START_LOCK
NC start disable without reference point
20730
C09
Default
G0_LINEAR_MODE
Interpolation behavior with G0
20732
N12
tm1
tm2
tm3
EXTERN_G0_LINEAR_MODE
Interpolation behavior with G00
20734
N12
tm1
tm2
tm3
EXTERN_FUNCTION_MASK
Function mask for external language
21000
mm
C06
Default
CIRCLE_ERROR_CONST
Circle end point monitoring constant
21010
C06
Default
CIRCLE_ERROR_FACTOR
Circle end point monitoring factor
21020
C03, C06
Default
WORKAREA_WITH_TOOL_RADIUS
Tool radius with working area limitation
21190
C03, C06
ng3
TOFF_MODE
Mode of correction in tool direction
21194
mm/min
C08
ng3
TOFF_VELO
Feedrate for online correction in tool dir.
2-40
.2
.2
0x13FF
TRUE
TRUE
TRUE
TRUE
TRUE
0
0
0
0.01
0.001
FALSE
0., 0., 0.
NEW CONF
BYTE
2/2
0.
0.
0.9
0.9
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
0xFFFF
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
RESET
BOOLEAN
2/2
POWER ON
BOOLEAN
2/2
POWER ON
BOOLEAN
2/2
2/2
2/2
0
0
0
0xFFFF
0xFFFF
0xFFFF
RESET
DWORD
2/2
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/2
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/2
RESET
BOOLEAN
2/2
RESET
BYTE
2/2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2

6FC53975CP100BA0

2.3
21196
m/s2
C08
ng3
TOFF_ACCEL
Acceleration for online correction in tool dir.
22000
C04
Default
AUXFU_ASSIGN_GROUP
Auxiliary function group
22010
C04
Default
AUXFU_ASSIGN_TYPE
Auxiliary function type
22020
C04
Default
AUXFU_ASSIGN_EXTENSION
Auxiliary function extension
22030
C04
Default
AUXFU_ASSIGN_VALUE
Auxiliary function value
22035
C04
Default
tm1
tm2
tm3
AUXFU_ASSIGN_SPEC
Output specification
22040
C04
Default
AUXFU_PREDEF_GROUP
Predefined auxiliary function groups
22050
C04
Default
AUXFU_PREDEF_TYPE
Predefined auxiliary function type
22060
C04
Default
AUXFU_PREDEF_EXTENSION
Predefined auxiliary function extension
22070
C04
Default
AUXFU_PREDEF_VALUE
Predefined auxiliary function value
64
64
64
64
255
64
64
64
33
33
33
33
100., 100., 100.
0
0
0
0
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 3, 1, 1, 1, ...
M, M, M, M, M, M,
M, M, M, M, M, M,
M, M, M, M, M, S,
F, D, L, T, M, M...
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0,
0, 1, 0, 0
0, 1, 2, 17, 30, 6, 3, 4, 5,
19, 70, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44,
45, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, 20, 23, 22, 25, 26,
122, 125, 27, 0...

6FC53975CP100BA0
1.0e3
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
64
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
POWER ON
STRING
2/2
99
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
64
POWER ON
BYTE
7/2
POWER ON
STRING
2/2
99
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2-41

2.3
22254
AUXFU_ASSOC_M0_VALUE
Additional M functions for program stop

C01, C03, C10
Default
1
22256
AUXFU_ASSOC_M1_VALUE
Additional M functions for conditional stop

C01, C03, C10
Default
1
22400
S_VALUES_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET
S function active even after RESET

C04, C03, C05
Default
FALSE
22410
F_VALUES_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET
F function active even after RESET

C04, C03, C05
Default
FALSE
22534
C04
Default
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
POWER ON
BOOLEAN
2/2
POWER ON
BOOLEAN
2/2
99999999
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
POWER ON
BOOLEAN
2/2
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
BOOLEAN
2/2
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
BOOLEAN
2/2
2/2
2/2
TRAFO_CHANGE_M_CODE
M code when switching the transformation type
22550
TOOL_CHANGE_MODE
New tool offset with T or M function

C01, C11, C04, C09
Default
0
22910
WEIGHTING_FACTOR_FOR_SCALE
Input resolution for scaling factor

EXP, C01, C11
tm1
FALSE
tm2
FALSE
tm3
FALSE
22914
AXES_SCALE_ENABLE
Activation for axial scaling factor G51

EXP, C01, C11
tm1
FALSE
tm2
FALSE
tm3
FALSE
22920
EXTERN_FIXED_FEEDRATE_F1_ON
Activate fixed feedrate F1 F9

EXP, C01, C11
tm1
FALSE
tm2
FALSE
tm3
FALSE
22930
EXTERN_PARALLEL_GEOAX
Assignment of parallel channel geometry axis

EXP, C01, C11
tm1
3
0
0
tm2
3
0
0
tm3
3
0
0
24020
C03
Default
2-42
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
2/2
2/2
6
6
6
FRAME_SUPPRESS_MODE
Positions with frame suppression
0x0
0x0000003
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2

6FC53975CP100BA0

2.3
24100
C07
ng2
ng3
tm2
tm3
TRAFO_TYPE_1
Transformation 1 in the channel
24110
C07
ng2
ng3
tm2
tm3
TRAFO_AXES_IN_1
Axis assignment for transformation 1
24120
C07
ng2
ng3
tm2
tm3
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1
GEO/channel axis assignment for transformation 1
24130
C07
ng2
ng3
tm2
tm3
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_1
Tool handling with active 1st transformation
24200
C07
ng2
ng3
tm2
tm3
TRAFO_TYPE_2
Transformation 2 in the channel
24210
C07
ng2
ng3
tm2
tm3
TRAFO_AXES_IN_2
Axis assignment for transformation 2
24220
C07
ng2
ng3
tm2
tm3
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_2
GEO/channel axis assignment for transformation 2
24230
C07
ng2
ng3
tm2
tm3
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_2
Tool handling with active 2nd transformation
6
6
6
6
3
3
3
3
6
6
6
6
3
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0
0
0
0
0
TRUE
TRUE
TRUE
TRUE
0
0
0
0
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0
0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0
TRUE
TRUE
TRUE
TRUE

6FC53975CP100BA0
NEW CONF
DWORD
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
0
0
0
0
6
6
6
6
NEW CONF
BYTE
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
0
0
0
0
6
6
6
6
NEW CONF
BYTE
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
NEW CONF
DWORD
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
0
0
0
0
6
6
6
6
NEW CONF
BYTE
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
0
0
0
0
6
6
6
6
NEW CONF
BYTE
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2-43

2.3
24700
degrees
C07
ng2
ng3
TRAANG_ANGLE_1
Angle between Cartesian axis and real (inclined) axis
24710
mm
C07
ng2
ng3
TRAANG_BASE_TOOL_1
Vector of base tool for 1st TRAANG transformation
24720
C07
ng2
ng3
TRAANG_PARALLEL_VELO_RES_1
Velocity margin of parallel axis for the 1st TRAANG transf.
24721
C07
ng2
ng3
TRAANG_PARALLEL_ACCEL_RES_1
Acceleration margin of parallel axis for the 1st TRAANG transf.
24750
degrees
C07
ng2
ng3
TRAANG_ANGLE_2
Angle between Cartesian axis and real (inclined) axis
24760
mm
C07
ng2
ng3
TRAANG_BASE_TOOL_2
Vector of base tool for 2nd TRAANG transformation
24770
C07
ng2
ng3
TRAANG_PARALLEL_VELO_RES_2
Velocity margin of parallel axis for the 2nd TRAANG transform.
24771
C07
ng2
ng3
TRAANG_PARALLEL_ACCEL_RES_2
Acceler. margin of parallel axis for the 2nd TRAANG transform.
24800
degrees
C07
tm2
tm3
TRACYL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1
Rotary axis offset TRACYL 1
24805
C07
tm2
tm3
TRACYL_ROT_AX_FRAME_1
2-44
3
3
3
3
0.0
0.0
0.0, 0.0, 0.0

0.0, 0.0, 0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0, 0.0, 0.0

0.0, 0.0, 0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0
0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
1.0
1.0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
1.0
1.0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
1.0
1.0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
0.0
0.0
1.0
1.0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
0
0
2
2
NEW CONF
BYTE
2/2
2/2
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0

6FC53975CP100BA0

2.3
24808
C07
tm2
tm3
TRACYL_DEFAULT_MODE_1
Selection of the TRACYL mode
24810
C07
tm2
tm3
TRACYL_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_1
Sign of the rotary axis
24820
mm
C07
tm2
tm3
TRACYL_BASE_TOOL_1
Base tool vector
24850
degrees
C07
tm2
tm3
24855
C07
tm2
tm3
TRACYL_ROT_AX_FRAME_2
24858
C07
tm2
tm3
TRACYL_DEFAULT_MODE_2
Selection of the TRACYL mode
24860
C07
tm2
tm3
24870
mm
C07
tm2
tm3
TRACYL_BASE_TOOL_2
Base tool vector
24900
degrees
C07
tm2
tm3
TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1
Rotary axis offset TRANSMIT 1
24905
C07
tm2
tm3
TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_FRAME_1
3
3
3
3
0
0
TRUE
TRUE
0.0, 0.0, 0.0

0.0, 0.0, 0.0
0.0
0.0
0
0
0
0
TRUE
TRUE
0.0, 0.0, 0.0

0.0, 0.0, 0.0
0.0
0.0
0
0

6FC53975CP100BA0
0
0
1
1
NEW CONF
BYTE
2/2
2/2
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN
2/2
2/2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
0
0
2
2
NEW CONF
BYTE
2/2
2/2
0
0
1
1
NEW CONF
BYTE
2/2
2/2
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN
2/2
2/2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
0
0
2
2
NEW CONF
BYTE
2/2
2/2
2-45

2.3
24910
C07
tm2
tm3
TRANSMIT_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_1
24911
C07
tm2
tm3
TRANSMIT_POLE_SIDE_FIX_1
Limiting of working area in front of / after the pole
24920
mm
C07
tm2
tm3
TRANSMIT_BASE_TOOL_1
Base tool vector
24950
degrees
C07
tm2
tm3
24955
C07
tm2
tm3
TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_FRAME_2
24960
C07
tm2
tm3
24961
C07
tm2
tm3
Limitation of the working area in front of/after the pole
24970
mm
C07
tm2
tm3
TRANSMIT_BASE_TOOL_2
Base tool vector
26000
C01, C09
ng2
ng3
PUNCHNIB_ASSIGN_FASTIN
Hardware assignment for input byte for stroke control
26002
C01, C09
ng2
ng3
PUNCHNIB_ASSIGN_FASTOUT
Hardware assignment for output byte for stroke control
2-46
3
3
3
3
TRUE
TRUE
0
0
0.0, 0.0, 0.0

0.0, 0.0, 0.0
0.0
0.0
0
0
TRUE
TRUE
0
0
0.0, 0.0, 0.0

0.0, 0.0, 0.0
0
0
0
0
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN
2/2
2/2
0
0
2
2
NEW CONF
BYTE
2/2
2/2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
0
0
2
2
NEW CONF
BYTE
2/2
2/2
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN
2/2
2/2
0
0
2
2
NEW CONF
BYTE
2/2
2/2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2/2

6FC53975CP100BA0

2.3
26004
C01, C09
ng2
ng3
NIBBLE_PUNCH_OUTMASK
Screenform for fast output bits
26006
C01, C09
ng2
ng3
NIBBLE_PUNCH_INMASK
Screenform for fast input bits
26008
C09
ng2
ng3
NIBBLE_PUNCH_CODE
Definition of M functions
26010
C09
ng2
ng3
PUNCHNIB_AXIS_MASK
Definition of punching and nibbling axes
26012
C09
ng2
ng3
PUNCHNIB_ACTIVATION
Activation of punching and nibbling functions
26014
C09
ng2
ng3
PUNCH_PATH_SPLITTING
Activation of automatic path segmentation
26016
C09
ng2
ng3
PUNCH_PARTITION_TYPE
Behavior of individual axes with automatic path segmentation
26018
s
C09
ng2
ng3
NIBBLE_PRE_START_TIME
Delay time for nibbling/punching with G603
26020
C09
ng2
ng3
NIBBLE_SIGNAL_CHECK
Alarm on chattering punching signal
27100
N01
ng2
ng3
tm2
tm3
ABSBLOCK_FUNCTION_MASK
Block display parameterized with absolute values
8
8
8
8
8
8
1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 23, 22, 25, 26, 0, 0, 0

0, 23, 22, 25, 26, 0, 0, 0
7, 0, 0...
7, 0, 0...
0
0
2
2
0.
0.
0, 0, 0...
0, 0, 0...
0
0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0

6FC53975CP100BA0
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2/2
0x1
0x1
0x1
0x1
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
0
0
0
0
2-47

2.3
27400
Default
OEM_CHAN_INFO
OEM version info
27800
C09
Default
ng2
ng3
TECHNOLOGY_MODE
Technology in the channel
27860
C09
ng2
ng3
tm2
tm3
PROCESSTIMER_MODE
Activating the program runtime measurement
27880
C09
ng2
ng3
tm2
tm3
PART_COUNTER
Activate workpiece counter
27882
C09
ng2
ng3
tm2
tm3
PART_COUNTER_MCODE
Workpiece counting using a userdefined M command
28400
EXP, C02
Default
MM_ABSBLOCK
Activate block display with absolute values
28402
EXP, C02
Default
MM_ABSBLOCK_BUFFER_CONF
Dimension size of upload buffer
2-48
3
3
3
3
, ,
0
21
21
0x07
0x07
0x07
0x07
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
2, 2, 2
2, 2, 2
2, 2, 2
2, 2, 2
0, 0, 0, 0 ...
0, 0 ...
POWER ON
STRING
2/2
NEW CONF
BYTE
2/2
2/2
2/2
0
0
0
0
0x0FF
0x0FF
0x0FF
0x0FF
RESET
DWORD
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
0
0
0
0
0x0FFFF
0x0FFFF
0x0FFFF
0x0FFFF
RESET
DWORD
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
0
0
0
0
99
99
99
99
POWER ON
BYTE
3/2
3/2
3/2
3/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2

6FC53975CP100BA0

2.4
2.4
MD
MD identifier
number
Unit
Brief description
Display filter
System *
Dimension
Default value
* Values other than those in the standard system
Minimum value
Attributes
Maximum value
Activation
Data type
Protection
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
31
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
31
2/2
31
2/2
31
2/2
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2

30100
EXP,
Default
CTRLOUT_SEGMENT_NR
Setpoint assignment: bus segment number
30110
,
Default
CTRLOUT_MODULE_NR
Setpoint: Drive no./module no.
tm1
tm2
tm3
30120
EXP,
Default
CTRLOUT_NR
Setpoint: Output to module
30130
,
Default
CTRLOUT_TYPE
Setpoint output type
30134
Default
IS_UNIPOLAR_OUTPUT
Setpoint output is unipolar
30200
,
Default
NUM_ENCS
Number of encoders
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,
11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24,
25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31
2, 3, 4, 1, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,
11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24,
25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31
2, 3, 4, 1, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,
11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24,
25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31
2, 3, 4, 1, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,
11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24,
25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31

6FC53975CP100BA0
2-49

2.4
30220
, ,
ng2
ng3
tm1
tm2
tm3
ENC_MODULE_NR
Actual value: Drive no./measuring circuit no.
1
1
1
1
1
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
2, 3, 4, 1
2, 3, 4, 1, 5, 6
2, 3, 4, 1, 5, 6
31
31
31
31
31
POWER ON
BYTE
7/2
7/2
7/2
7/2
7/2
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
SCAL, CTEQ
POWER ON
BOOLEAN
2/2
CTEQ
POWER ON
BOOLEAN
2/2
CTEQ
POWER ON
BOOLEAN
2/2
CTEQ
POWER ON
BOOLEAN
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
0
0
0
0
3
3
3
3
RESET
BYTE
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
1
1
1
1
1
30230
, ,
Default
ENC_INPUT_NR
Actual value: Input number on module/measuring circuit board
30240
, ,
Default
ENC_TYPE
Actual value: Encoder type
30270
EXP, ,
Default
ENC_ABS_BUFFERING
Absolute encoder: Traversing range extension
30300
, ,
Default
IS_ROT_AX
Rotary axis/spindle
30310
, ,
Default
ROT_IS_MODULO
Modulo conversion for rotary axis/spindle
30320
, ,
Default
DISPLAY_IS_MODULO
Display modulo 360 degrees for rotary axis
30350
,
Default
SIMU_AX_VDI_OUTPUT
Axis signals for simulation axis
30465
N01
Default
AXIS_LANG_SUB_MASK
Substitution of NC language commands
30500
,
ng2
ng3
tm2
tm3
INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB
Axis is indexing axis
30600
mm,
degrees
,
Default
FIX_POINT_POS
Axis position with G75
2-50
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
0
0
0
0
0.0, 0.0
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/2

6FC53975CP100BA0

2.4
31000
,
Default
ENC_IS_LINEAR
Linear scale
31010
mm
,
Default
ENC_GRID_POINT_DIST
Scale division with linear scales
31020
,
Default
ENC_RESOL
Encoder lines per revolution
31030
mm
,
Default
LEADSCREW_PITCH
Lead of the ballscrew
31040
,
Default
ENC_IS_DIRECT
Encoder mounted directly on the machine
31044
Default
ENC_IS_DIRECT2
Encoders installed at the attached gearbox
31050
,
Default
DRIVE_AX_RATIO_DENOM
Load gearbox denominator
31060
,
Default
DRIVE_AX_RATIO_NUMERA
Load gearbox numerator
31064
Default
DRIVE_AX_RATIO2_DENOM
Denominator of attached gearbox
31066
Default
DRIVE_AX_RATIO2_NUMERA
Numerator of attached gearbox
31070
,
Default
DRIVE_ENC_RATIO_DENOM
Measuring gearbox denominator
31080
,
Default
DRIVE_ENC_RATIO_NUMERA
Measuring gearbox numerator
31122
s
,
Default
BERO_DELAY_TIME_PLUS
BERO delay time
FALSE
0.01
2048
10.0
FALSE
FALSE
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1
0.000110

6FC53975CP100BA0
POWER ON
BOOLEAN
2/2
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/2
POWER ON
BOOLEAN
2/2
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN
2/2
2147000000
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2147000000
2147000000
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2147000000
NEW CONF
DWORD
2/2
2147000000
2147000000
NEW CONF
DWORD
2/2
2147000000
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2147000000
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
2-51

2.4
31123
s
,
Default
BERO_DELAY_TIME_MINUS
BERO delay time
32000
mm/min,
rev/min
,
Default
MAX_AX_VELO
Maximum axis velocity
32010
mm/min,
rev/min
,
Default
JOG_VELO_RAPID
Rapid traverse in the JOG mode
32020
mm/min,
rev/min
,
Default
JOG_VELO
JOG axis velocity
0.000078
10000.
10000.
2000.
NEW CONF
1.e9
DOUBLE
7/2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
CTEQ
2000.
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/2
0
0
0
0
10000.0
10000.0
10000.0
10000.0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
BOOLEAN
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
32200
1,000 r.p.m.
,
Default
POSCTRL_GAIN
Servo gain factor
32210
s
ng2
tm1
tm2
tm3
POSCTRL_INTEGR_TIME
Integral action time of the position controller
32220
ng2
tm1
tm2
tm3
POSCTRL_INTEGR_ENABLE
Activation of the integral portion of the position controller
2-52
16.66666667,
16.66666667,
16.66666667,
16.66666667,
16.66666667,
16.66666667
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
DOUBLE
7/2
CTEQ
ENC_FEEDBACK_POL
Sign of actual value (control direction)
1
CTEQ
32110
, ,
Default
DOUBLE
7/2
RESET
AX_MOTION_DIR
Traversing direction (not control direction)
1
1
1
1
CTEQ
RESET
32100
, ,
ng2
tm1
tm2
tm3
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2

6FC53975CP100BA0

2.4
32230
Default
POSCTRL_CONFIG
Configuration of the position controller structure
32300
m/s, rev/s2
,
Default
MAX_AX_ACCEL
Axis acceleration
32301
m/s, rev/s2
,
Default
JOG_MAX_ACCEL
maximum axis acceleration in jog movement
32320
,
Default
DYN_LIMIT_RESET_MASK
to be defined
32420
Default
JOG_AND_POS_JERK_ENABLE
Enable axial jerk limitation
32430
m/s,
degrees/s
Default
JOG_AND_POS_MAX_JERK
Axial jerk
32431
m/s,
degrees/s
tm1
tm2
tm3
MAX_AX_JERK
Maximum axial jerk when traveling along the path
32432
m/s,
degrees/s
tm1
tm2
tm3
PATH_TRANS_JERK_LIM
Max. axial jerk when traveling along the path with block transition
32436
m/s,
degrees/s
Default
JOG_MAX_JERK
Maximum axial jerk for jog movement
32440
EXP,
Default
LOOKAH_FREQUENCY
Smoothing frequency with LookAhead
32450
mm, degrees
Default
BACKLASH
Backlash on reversal
5
5
5
5
5
5
17
POWER ON
BYTE
7/2
CTEQ
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/2
0.0
CTEQ
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/2
CTEQ
0x01
RESET
DWORD
2/2
CTEQ
RESET
BOOLEAN
2/2
1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0
0.0
FALSE
1000.0
1.e3, 1.e3, 1.e3, 1.e3, 1.e3

1.e3, 1.e3, 1.e3, 1.e3, 1.e3
1.e3, 1.e3, 1.e3, 1.e3, 1.e3
1.e3, 1.e3, 1.e3, 1.e3, 1.e3

1.e3, 1.e3, 1.e3, 1.e3, 1.e3
1.e3, 1.e3, 1.e3, 1.e3, 1.e3
0.0
10.
0.0, 0.0

6FC53975CP100BA0
1.0e3
RESET
1.e9
1.e9
1.e9
1.e9
CTEQ
DOUBLE
2/2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
3/3
3/3
3/3
NEW CONF
CTEQ
DOUBLE
3/3
3/3
3/3
NEW CONF
0.0
DOUBLE
2/2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
2-53

2.4
32490
Default
FRICT_COMP_MODE
Type of friction compensation
32500
Default
FRICT_COMP_ENABLE
Friction compensation active
32510
EXP,
Default
FRICT_COMP_ADAPT_ENABLE
Friction compensation adaptation active
32520
mm/min,
rev/min
EXP,
Default
FRICT_COMP_CONST_MAX
Maximum friction compensation value
32530
mm/min,
rev/min
EXP,
Default
FRICT_COMP_CONST_MIN
Minimum friction compensation value
32540
s
EXP,
Default
FRICT_COMP_TIME
Friction compensation time constant
32610
VELO_FFW_WEIGHT
Feedforward factor for speed feedforward control
,
ng3
tm3
6
6
FALSE
FALSE
0.0
0.0
0.015
1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0

1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN
2/2
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN
2/2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
CTEQ
RESET
BYTE
2/2
2/2
CTEQ
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN
2/2
FFW_ACTIVATION_MODE
Feedforward control can be activated from the program
32640
,
Default
STIFFNESS_CONTROL_ENABLE
Dynamic stiffness control
32642
,
Default
STIFFNESS_CONTROL_CONFIG
Configure dynamic stiffness control
32644
s
,
Default
tm1
tm2
tm3
STIFFNESS_DELAY_TIME
Dyn. stiffness control: Delay
2-54
1
1
1
1
1
1
FALSE
0.0
0.0015
0.0015
0.0015
DOUBLE
2/2
NEW CONF
32630
,
ng3
tm3
CTEQ
1
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
0.02
0,02
0,02
0,02
CTEQ
0.02
0,02
0,02
0,02
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2

6FC53975CP100BA0

2.4
32700
Default
ENC_COMP_ENABLE
Encoder/lead error compensation
32810
s
,
Default
EQUIV_SPEEDCTRL_TIME
Equivalent time constant for the speed control loop
tm1
tm2
tm3
33050
mm, degrees
,
Default
LUBRICATION_DIST
Travel for the lubrication pulse PLC signal
34000
,
Default
REFP_CAM_IS_ACTIVE
Axis with reference point cam
34010
,
Default
REFP_CAM_DIR_IS_MINUS
Reference point approach in the negative direction
34020
mm/min,
rev/min
, ,
Default
REFP_VELO_SEARCH_CAM
Cam approach velocity
34030
mm, degrees
,
Default
REFP_MAX_CAM_DIST
Max. distance to reference cam
34040
mm/min,
rev/min
, ,
Default
REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER
Velocity when searching for the reference mark
34050
,
Default
REFP_SEARCH_MARKER_REVERSE
Direction reversal on reference cam
34060
mm, degrees
,
Default
REFP_MAX_MARKER_DIST
Max. distance to reference mark
FALSE
FALSE
20.0

6FC53975CP100BA0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
DOUBLE
3/3
RESET
BOOLEAN
2/2
RESET
BOOLEAN
2/2
RESET
DOUBLE
2/2
RESET
10000.0
FALSE
5000.00
300.00
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN
2/2
NEW CONF
1.0e8
TRUE
0.008, 0.008, 0.008, 0.008,

0.008, 0.008
0.003, 0.003, 0.003, 0.003,
0.003, 0.003
0.003, 0.003, 0.003, 0.003,
0.003, 0.003
0.003, 0.003, 0.003, 0.003,
0.003, 0.003
DOUBLE
2/2
RESET
DOUBLE
2/2
RESET
BOOLEAN
2/2
RESET
DOUBLE
2/2
2-55

2.4
34070
mm/min,
rev/min
, ,
Default
tm1
tm2
tm3
REFP_VELO_POS
Reference point approach velocity
34080
mm, degrees
,
Default
REFP_MOVE_DIST
Reference point distance
34090
mm, degrees
, , ,
Default
REFP_MOVE_DIST_CORR
Reference point offset
34092
mm, degrees
,
Default
REFP_CAM_SHIFT
Electr. cam offset of incremental measuring systems
34093
mm, degrees
,
Default
REFP_CAM_MARKER_DIST
Reference cam/marker distance
34100
mm, degrees
,
Default
REFP_SET_POS
Reference point position
34110
Default
REFP_CYCLE_NR
Order of axes when referencing
34120
Default
REFP_BERO_LOW_ACTIVE
Polarity change of the BERO cam
34200
,
Default
ENC_REFP_MODE
Referencing mode
34210
, ,
Default
ENC_REFP_STATE
Absolute encoder adjusting status
2-56
RESET
10000.00
1000.00
1000.00
1000.00
2.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
FALSE
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
NEW CONF
1e15
1e15
DOUBLE
2/2
NEW CONF
1e15
1e15
DOUBLE
2/2
RESET
DOUBLE
2/2
POWER ON
READ
DOUBLE
2/2
RESET
45000000
45000000
DOUBLE
2/2
31
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,
11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24,
25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31,
32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38,
39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45,
46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52,
53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59,
60, 61, 62, 63, 64
POWER ON
BOOLEAN
2/2
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
immediately
BYTE
2/2

6FC53975CP100BA0

2.4
34220
,
Default
ENC_ABS_TURNS_MODULO
Modulo range of the rotary absolute encoder
34990
s
Default
ENC_ACTVAL_SMOOTH_TIME
Smoothing time constant for actual values
35000
, ,
ng2
ng3
tm1
tm2
tm3
4096
0.0
100000
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
0.0
0.5
RESET
DOUBLE
3/3
0
0
0
0
0
2
3
1
2
2
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
CTEQ
0x2B
RESET
DWORD
2/2
SPIND_ASSIGN_TO_MACHAX
Assignment spindle machine axis
0
0
0
0
0
35010
,
Default
GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_ENABLE
Gear stage change possible
35012
mm, degrees
,
Default
GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_POSITION
Gear stage change position
35014
, ,
Default
GEAR_STEP_USED_IN_AXISMODE
Gear stage for axis mode with M70
35020
,
Default
SPIND_DEFAULT_MODE
Spindle park position
35030
,
Default
SPIND_DEFAULT_ACT_MASK
Activate spindle park position
35040
,
Default
SPIND_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET
Own spindle RESET
35100
rev/min
, ,
Default
SPIND_VELO_LIMIT
Maximum spindle speed
35110
rev/min
, ,
Default
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO
Maximum speed for gear stage change
0x00
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0
0x00
10000.0
500.0, 500.0, 1000.0,

2000.0, 4000.0, 8000.0

6FC53975CP100BA0
NEW CONF
CTEQ
DOUBLE
2/2
CTEQ
5
NEW CONF
DWORD
2/2
CTEQ
3
RESET
BYTE
2/2
CTEQ
0x03
RESET
BYTE
2/2
CTEQ
2
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
1.0e3
CTEQ
POWER ON
DOUBLE
7/2
CTEQ
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
2-57

2.4
35112
rev/min
, ,
Default
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO2
to be defined
35120
rev/min
, ,
Default
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO
Minimum speed for gear stage change
35122
rev/min
, ,
Default
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO2
to be defined
35130
rev/min
, ,
Default
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO_LIMIT
Maximum speed of gear stage
35140
rev/min
, ,
Default
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO_LIMIT
Minimum speed of gear stage
35150
, , , ,
Default
SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL
Spindle speed tolerance
35160
rev/min
,
Default
SPIND_EXTERN_VELO_LIMIT
Spindle speed limitation from PLC
35200
rev/s2
, ,
Default
GEAR_STEP_SPEEDCTRL_ACCEL
Acceleration in the control mode
35210
rev/s2
, ,
Default
GEAR_STEP_POSCTRL_ACCEL
Acceleration in the positioncontrolled mode
35212
rev/s2
, ,
Default
GEAR_STEP_POSCTRL_ACCEL2
to be defined
35300
rev/min
,
Default
SPIND_POSCTRL_VELO
Position controller starting speed
2-58
500.0, 500.0, 1000.0,

2000.0, 4000.0, 8000.0
50.0, 50.0, 400.0, 800.0,

1500.0, 3000.0
50.0, 50.0, 400.0, 800.0,

1500.0, 3000.0
500.0, 500.0, 1000.0,

2000.0, 4000.0, 8000.0
5.0, 5.0, 10.0, 20.0, 40.0,

80.0
0.1
1000.0
30.0, 30.0, 25.0, 20.0,

15.0, 10.0
30.0, 30.0, 25.0, 20.0,

15.0, 10.0
30.0, 30.0, 25.0, 20.0,

15.0, 10.0
500.0
CTEQ
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
CTEQ
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
CTEQ
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
1.0e3
CTEQ
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
CTEQ
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
0.0
1.0
RESET
DOUBLE
2/2
1.0e3
CTEQ
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
1.0e3
CTEQ
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
1.0e3
CTEQ
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
1.0e3
CTEQ
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
CTEQ
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2

6FC53975CP100BA0

2.4
35310
s
,
Default
SPIND_POSIT_DELAY_TIME
Positioning delay time
35350
Default
SPIND_POSITIONING_DIR
Direction of rotation when positioning
35400
rev/min
,
Default
SPIND_OSCILL_DES_VELO
Reciprocating speed
35410
rev/s2
,
Default
SPIND_OSCILL_ACCEL
Acceleration when reciprocating
35430
Default
SPIND_OSCILL_START_DIR
Starting direction when reciprocating
35440
s
Default
SPIND_OSCILL_TIME_CW
Reciprocation time for M3 direction
35450
s
Default
SPIND_OSCILL_TIME_CCW
Reciprocation time for M4 direction
35500
, ,
Default
SPIND_ON_SPEED_AT_IPO_START
Feed enable with spindle in setpoint range
35510
, ,
Default
SPIND_STOPPED_AT_IPO_START
Feed enable with the spindle stopped
35550
rev/min
, ,
Default
DRILL_VELO_LIMIT
Maximum speeds for tapping
36000
mm,
degrees
Default
STOP_LIMIT_COARSE
Exact stop coarse
36010
mm, degrees
Default
STOP_LIMIT_FINE
Exact stop fine
0.0, 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
500.0
16.0
CTEQ
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
CTEQ
4
RESET
BYTE
2/2
CTEQ
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
1.0e3
CTEQ
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
CTEQ
4
RESET
BYTE
2/2
CTEQ
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
CTEQ
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
CTEQ
2
RESET
BYTE
2/2
CTEQ
RESET
BOOLEAN
2/2
CTEQ
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
1.0
0.5
FALSE
10000.0, 10000.0,
10000.0, 10000.0,
10000.0, 10000.0
0.04
0.01

6FC53975CP100BA0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
2-59

2.4
36020
s
Default
POSITIONING_TIME
Exact stop fine delay time
36030
mm, degrees
Default
STANDSTILL_POS_TOL
Standstill tolerance
36040
s
Default
STANDSTILL_DELAY_TIME
Standstill monitoring delay time
36050
mm,
degrees
Default
CLAMP_POS_TOL
Clamping tolerance
36060
mm/min,
rev/min
,
Default
STANDSTILL_VELO_TOL
Threshold velocity for axis stopped
36100
mm, degrees
, ,
Default
POS_LIMIT_MINUS
1st software limit switch minus
36110
mm, degrees
, ,
Default
POS_LIMIT_PLUS
1st software limit switch, plus
36120
mm, degrees
,
Default
POS_LIMIT_MINUS2
2nd software limit switch minus
36130
mm, degrees
,
Default
POS_LIMIT_PLUS2
2nd software limit switch, plus
36200
mm/min,
rev/min
, ,
Default
AX_VELO_LIMIT
Velocity monitoring threshold value
36210
%
EXP,
Default
CTRLOUT_LIMIT
Maximum speed setpoint
2-60
1.0
0.2
0.4
0.5
5.00
1.0e8
1.0e8
1.0e8
1.0e8
11500.0, 11500.0,
11500.0, 11500.0,
11500.0, 11500.0
110.0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
NEW CONF
CTEQ
DOUBLE
2/2
NEW CONF
CTEQ
DOUBLE
2/2
NEW CONF
CTEQ
DOUBLE
2/2
NEW CONF
CTEQ
DOUBLE
2/2
NEW CONF
CTEQ
DOUBLE
2/2
CTEQ
200
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/2

6FC53975CP100BA0

2.4
36300
EXP, , ,
Default
ENC_FREQ_LIMIT
Encoder limit frequency
36302
%
EXP, , ,
Default
ENC_FREQ_LIMIT_LOW
Encoder limit frequency resynchronization
36310
EXP, ,
Default
ENC_ZERO_MONITORING
Zero mark monitoring
36400
mm,
degrees
,
Default
CONTOUR_TOL
Contour monitoring tolerance band
36500
mm, degrees
,
Default
ENC_CHANGE_TOL
Position actualvalue switching tolerance
36600
EXP,
Default
BRAKE_MODE_CHOICE
Brake behavior at hardware limit switch
36610
s
Default
AX_EMERGENCY_STOP_TIME
Time of braking ramp in case of errors
36620
s
Default
SERVO_DISABLE_DELAY_TIME
Cutout delay controller enable
36710
%
EXP, ,
Default
DRIFT_LIMIT
Limit value for automatic drift compensation
36720
%
EXP, ,
Default
DRIFT_VALUE
Drift base value
37000
ng2
ng3
tm2
tm3
FIXED_STOP_MODE
Mode Traversing to fixed stop
3.0e5
99.9
0.1
0.05
0.1
1.0
0.0
0
0
0
0

6FC53975CP100BA0
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/2
100
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
NEW CONF
DWORD
2/2
1.0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
CTEQ
1
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
1.e9
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
3/3
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
0
0
0
0
CTEQ
3
3
3
3
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2-61

2.4
37002
ng2
ng3
tm2
tm3
FIXED_STOP_CONTROL
Sequence control when traveling to fixed stop
37010
%
ng2
ng3
tm2
tm3
FIXED_STOP_TORQUE_DEF
Fixed stop clamping torque default setting
37012
s
tm2
tm3
FIXED_STOP_TORQUE_RAMP_TIME
Time until the changed torque limit is reached
37014
tm2
tm3
FIXED_STOP_TORQUE_FACTOR
Torque limit adaptation factor
37020
mm, degrees
,
ng2
ng3
tm2
tm3
FIXED_STOP_WINDOW_DEF
Fixed stop monitoring window default setting
37030
mm, degrees
ng2
ng3
tm2
tm3
FIXED_STOP_THRESHOLD
Threshold for fixed stop detection
37040
ng2
ng3
tm2
tm3
FIXED_STOP_BY_SENSOR
Fixed stop detection via sensor
37050
,
ng2
ng3
tm2
tm3
FIXED_STOP_ALARM_MASK
Enabling of the fixedstop alarms
2-62
0
0
0
0
3
3
3
3
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
CTEQ
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
0
0
0
0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
0.0
0.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
POWER ON
CTEQ
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
0
0
0
0
CTEQ
3
3
3
3
immediately
BYTE
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
0
0
0
0
15
15
15
15
NEW CONF
BYTE
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2

6FC53975CP100BA0

2.4
37060
ng2
ng3
tm2
tm3
FIXED_STOP_ACKN_MASK
Masking of PLC acknowledgments
37400
mm, degrees
ng3
tm3
EPS_TLIFT_TANG_STEP
Angle of tangent for corner recognition
37402
mm, degrees
ng3
tm3
TANG_OFFSET
Default angle for tangential correction
37610
EXP,
Default
PROFIBUS_CTRL_CONFIG
Profibus control bit configuration
37620
%
EXP,
Default
PROFIBUS_TORQUE_RED_RESOL
Resolution of Profibus torque reduction
37800
,
Default
OEM_AXIS_INFO
OEM version info
38000
, ,
Default
MM_ENC_COMP_MAX_POINTS
Intermediate points for encoder/spindle compensation
0
0
0
0
5.0
5.0
0.0
0.0
1.0
125

6FC53975CP100BA0
0
0
0
0
CTEQ
3
3
3
3
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
RESET
CTEQ
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
RESET
CTEQ
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
POWER ON
BYTE
7/2
0.005
10.0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/2
POWER ON
STRING
7/2
5000
POWER ON
DWORD
7/0
2-63

2.4
This sheet has been left empty for your notes.
2-64

6FC53975CP100BA0
Setting Data Overview
3.1
Setting data
MD
SD identifier
number
Unit
Brief description
Display filter
System *
Dimension
Default value
* Values other than those in the Default system
as of version
Activation
Data type
Protection
Minimum value
Attributes
Maximum value
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7

41010
Default
JOG_VAR_INCR_SIZE
JOG mode: Size of variable increment
41110
mm/min
Default
JOG_SET_VELO
Axis velocity in the JOG mode
41130
rev/min
Default
JOG_ROT_AX_SET_VELO
Axis velocity of the rotary axes in the JOG mode
41200
rev/min
Default
JOG_SPIND_SET_VELO
Speed for spindle jog mode
41500
mm/inch,
degrees
ng2
SW_CAM_MINUS_POS_TAB_1
Switching points with falling edge of cams 18
ng3
41501
mm/inch,
degrees
ng2
SW_CAM_PLUS_POS_TAB_1
Switching points with rising edge of cams 18
ng3
0.
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,

0.0, 0.0
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,

0.0, 0.0
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0

6FC53975CP100BA0
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
7/7
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
7/7
3-65

3.1
Setting data
41520
mm/inch,
degrees
ng2
SW_CAM_MINUS_TIME_TAB_1
Lead times for the switching points of cams 18
ng3
41521
mm/inch,
degrees
ng2
SW_CAM_PLUS_TIME_TAB_1
Lead times for the + switching points of cams 18
ng3
3-66
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,

0.0, 0.0
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,

0.0, 0.0
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
7/7
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
7/7

6FC53975CP100BA0

3.2
3.2
MD
SD identifier
number
Unit
Brief description
Display filter
System
Dimension
Default value
as of version
Minimum value
Attributes
Maximum value
Activation
Data type
Protection
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
3/3
3/3
3/3
999999.
999999.
999999.
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
3/3
3/3
3/3
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
12
IMMEDIATELY
BYTE
7/7
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
2/2
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
7/7
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7

42000
degrees
tm1
tm2
tm3
THREAD_START_ANGLE
Thread start angle [deg]
42010
mm
tm1
tm2
tm3
THREAD_RAMP_DISP
Acceleration pattern of the axis when thread cutting
42100
mm/min
Default
DRY_RUN_FEED
At least the programmed velocity with active dry run
42101
Default
DRY_RUN_FEED_MODE
Mode for dry run velocity
42110
mm/min
Default
DEFAULT_FEED
Default value for path feedrate
42120
mm/min
Default
APPROACH_FEED
Path feed in approach blocks
2
2
2
0
0
0
1.0, 1.0
1.0, 1.0
1.0, 1.0
5000
42140
Default
DEFAULT_SCALE_FACTOR_P
Default scaling factor for address P
42150
Default
DEFAULT_ROT_FACTOR_R
Default rotation factor for address R
42160
Default
EXTERN_FIXED_FEEDRATE_F1_F9
Fixed feedrates F1 F9
10
0.
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,

0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0

6FC53975CP100BA0
1.0
1.0
1.0
3-67

3.2
42162
Default
EXTERN_DOUBLE_TURRET_DIST
Tool distance of dual resolver head
42200
Default
SINGLEBLOCK2_STOPRE
Activate debug mode for SBL2
42400
s
ng2
ng3
PUNCH_DWELLTIME
Dwell time for punching and nibbling
42402
s
ng2
ng3
NIBPUNCH_PRE_START_TIME
Delay time (punch/nibble) with G603
42404
s
ng3
MINTIME_BETWEEN_STROKES
Minimum time between 2 strokes in seconds
42440
Default
FRAME_OFFSET_INCR_PROG
Work offset in frames
42442
Default
TOOL_OFFSET_INCR_PROG
Tool length compensations
42444
Default
TARGET_BLOCK_INCR_PROG
Incremental programming with block search
42450
mm
tm3
CONTPREC
Contour accuracy
42465
mm
tm3
SMOOTH_CONTUR_TOL
Maximal contour tolerance on smoothing
42470
degrees
tm3
CRIT_SPLINE_ANGLE
Critical angle of spline and polynomial interpol. and compressor
42471
mm
EXP, C09
tm3
MIN_CURV_RADIUS
Minimum radius of curvature
3-68
0.
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
IMMEDIATELY
BOOLEAN
7/7
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
3/3
3/3
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
3/3
3/3
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
3/3
IMMEDIATELY
BOOLEAN
7/7
IMMEDIATELY
BOOLEAN
7/7
IMMEDIATELY
BOOLEAN
7/7
0.000001
999999.
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
3/3
0.000001
999999.
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
3/3
0.0
89.0
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
3/3
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
3/3
FALSE
1.0
1.0
.02
.02
0.0
TRUE
TRUE
TRUE
0.1
0.05
36.0
3.0

6FC53975CP100BA0

3.2
42475
mm
tm3
COMPRESS_CONTUR_TOL
Maximal contour deviation with compressor
42480
Default
STOP_CUTCOM_STOPRE
Alarm response with TRC and preprocessing stop
42490
Default
CUTCOM_G40_STOPRE
Retraction behavior of TRC with preprocessing stop
42494
Default
CUTCOM_ACT_DEACT_CTRL
Approach/retraction behavior with 21/2D TRC
42496
Default
CUTCOM_CLSD_CONT
Behavior of the TRC with closed contour
42500
m/s2
tm3
SD_MAX_PATH_ACCEL
Max. path acceleration
42502
tm3
IS_SD_MAX_PATH_ACCEL
Evaluate SD SC_SD_MAX_PATH_ACCEL
42510
m/s2
tm3
SD_MAX_PATH_JERK
Max. pathrelated jerk as SD
42512
tm3
IS_SD_MAX_PATH_JERK
Evaluate SD SD_MAX_PATH_JERK
42520
mm
tm3
CORNER_SLOWDOWN_START
Start of feed reduction at G62.
42522
mm
tm3
CORNER_SLOWDOWN_END
End of feed reduction at G62.
42524
%
tm3
CORNER_SLOWDOWN_OVR
Feed override reduction at G62
42526
degrees
tm3
CORNER_SLOWDOWN_CRIT
Corner detection at G62
0.05
TRUE
FALSE
2222
FALSE
10000.
FALSE
100000.
FALSE
0.
FALSE
0.
0.

6FC53975CP100BA0
999999.
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
3/3
IMMEDIATELY
BOOLEAN
3/3
IMMEDIATELY
BOOLEAN
3/3
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
3/3
IMMEDIATELY
BOOLEAN
3/3
1.0e3
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
3/3
IMMEDIATELY
BOOLEAN
3/3
1.0e9
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
3/3
IMMEDIATELY
BOOLEAN
3/3
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
3/3
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
3/3
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
3/3
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
3/3
0.000001
3-69

3.2
42528
tm3
CUTCOM_DECEL_LIMIT
Feedrate reduction at circles with TRC
42940
Default
TOOL_LENGTH_CONST
Tool length component when changing the plane
42950
Default
TOOL_LENGTH_TYPE
Tool length component not depending on tool type
42990
ng3
tm3
MAX_BLOCKS_IN_IPOBUFFER
Max. number of blocks in the IPO buffer
42995
Default
CONE_ANGLE
Cone angle
3-70
0.
1
1
1.
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
3/3
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
3/3
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
3/3
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
2/2
2/2
90
90
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
0.

6FC53975CP100BA0

3.3
3.3
MD numSD identifier
ber
Unit
Brief description
Display filter
System
Dimension
Default value
Minimum value
Attributes
Maximum value
Activation
Data type
Protection
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
7/7
7/7
7/7
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
93
972
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
10000000.0
10000000.0
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
7/7
CTEQ
IMMEDIATELY
BOOLEAN
7/7

43120
tm1
tm2
tm3
DEFAULT_SCALE_FACTOR_AXIS
Default scaling factor with active G51
43200
rev/min
Default
SPIND_S
Speed for spindle start through virtual interface
43202
m/min
Default
SPIND_CONSTCUT_S
Cutting rate for spindle start through virtual interface
43206
Default
SPIND_SPEED_TYPE
Speed type for spindle start by VDI
43210
rev/min
Default
SPIND_MIN_VELO_G25
Limits the spindle speed to the specified minimum value
43220
rev/min
Default
SPIND_MAX_VELO_G26
Limits the spindle speed to the specified maximum value
43230
rev/min
Default
SPIND_MAX_VELO_LIMS
Limits the spindle speed to the specified maximum value
43240
degrees
,
Default
M19_SPOS
Spindle position with M19
43250
,
Default
M19_SPOSMODE
Spindle position approach mode for spindle positioning with M19.
43400
Default
WORKAREA_PLUS_ENABLE
Working area limitation active in the positive direction
1
1
1
0.0
0.0
94
0.0
1000.0
100.0
0.0
FALSE

6FC53975CP100BA0
3-71

3.3
43410
Default
WORKAREA_MINUS_ENABLE
Working area limitation active in the negative direction
43420
mm, degrees
Default
WORKAREA_LIMIT_PLUS
Axial working area limitation active in the positive direction
43430
mm, degrees
Default
WORKAREA_LIMIT_MINUS
Axial working area limitation active in the negative direction
43500
ng2
ng3
tm2
tm3
FIXED_STOP_SWITCH
Selection Travel to fixed stop
43510
%
tm2
tm3
FIXED_STOP_TORQUE
Fixed stop clamping torque
43700
mm, degrees
ng2
ng3
OSCILL_REVERSE_POS1
Oscillation reversal point 1
43710
mm, degrees
ng2
ng3
OSCILL_REVERSE_POS2
Oscillation reversal point 2
43720
s
ng2
ng3
OSCILL_DWELL_TIME1
Hold time at oscillation reversal point 1
43730
s
ng2
ng3
OSCILL_DWELL_TIME2
Hold time at oscillation reversal point 2
43740
mm/min,
rev/min
ng2
ng3
OSCILL_VELO
Feedrate of reciprocating axis
3-72
FALSE
1.0e+8
1.0e+8
0
0
0
0
5.0
5.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
CTEQ
IMMEDIATELY
BOOLEAN
7/7
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
IMMEDIATELY
BYTE
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
0.0
0.0
800.0
800.0
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
2/2
2/2
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
7/7
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
7/7
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
7/7
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
7/7
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
7/7

6FC53975CP100BA0

3.3
43750
ng2
ng3
OSCILL_NUM_SPARK_CYCLES
Number of sparkout strokes
43760
mm, degrees
ng2
ng3
OSCILL_END_POS
End position of the reciprocating axis
43770
ng2
ng3
OSCILL_CTRL_MASK
Oscillation sequence control screenform
43780
ng2
ng3
OSCILL_IS_ACTIVE
Activate oscillation movement
43790
mm, degrees
ng2
ng3
OSCILL_START_POS
to be defined
0
0
0.0
0.0
0
0
FALSE
FALSE
0.0
0.0

6FC53975CP100BA0
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
7/7
7/7
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
7/7
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
7/7
7/7
IMMEDIATELY
BOOLEAN
7/7
7/7
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
7/7
3-73

3.3
3-74

6FC53975CP100BA0
Machine Data Description
This Chapter describes machine data which are of general importance but for which there
are no specific chapters in this description of functions.
4.1
202
MD number
FIRST_LANGUAGE
Foreground language
Meaning:
The language (1 or 2) which is to be automatically active after each system startup is set in the machine
data.
Two languages are available simultaneously in SINUMERIK 802D. Languages other than those included in
the control ex works can be loaded.
It is possible to temporarily switch to a second language using a softkey in the Diagnosis area. After power
ON the predefined language set in MD is again active.
References
Operation and Programming
203
MD number
DISPLAY_RESOLUTION
Display resolution
Meaning:
This machine data defines the number of places after the decimal point in the position display for linear
axes in metric systems as well as in general for rotary axes.
Spindle positions are treated as rotary axis positions.
The position is displayed with 10 symbols max. including the plus/minus sign and the decimal point. A plus
sign is not displayed.
All 3 positions after the decimal point are displayed per default.
MD value=3: Display resolution = 103 [mm] or [degrees].
Related to ....
MD 10200: INT_INCR_PER_MM or MD 10210: INT_INCR_PER_DEG
204
MD number
DISPLAY_RESOLUTION_INCH
Display resolution for the INCH dimension system
Meaning:
This machine data specifies the number of places after the decimal point for linear axes for Inch dimension
systems.
The position is displayed with max. 10 characters including the plus/minus sign and the decimal point. A
plus sign is not displayed.
All 4 positions after the decimal point are displayed per default.
MD value=4: Display resolution = 10 4 [inch]
The display is retained according to MD 203 for rotary axes and spindle positions
Related to ....
MD 10200: INT_INCR_PER_MM, MD 203: DISPLAY_RESOLUTION
205
MD number
Meaning:
DISPLAY_RESOLUTION_SPINDLE
Display resolution for spindle values
This machine data specifies the number of places after the decimal point of the spindle speed display.
The values are displayed with 10 symbols max. including the plus/minus sign and the decimal point. A
plus sign is not displayed.
1 position after the decimal point is displayed per default.
MD value=1: Display resolution = 101

6FC53975CP100BA0
4-75

4.1
289
MD number
Meaning:
Note for the reader:
CTM_SIMULATION_TIME_NEW_POS
Simulation updating rate of actual value
This MD is set to specify the time intervals at which the simulation graphic must be updated in accordance
with the current machining process on the machine tool.
Value = 0 means no update.
SINUMERIK 802D sl Description of Functions: K1
290
MD number
Meaning:
CTM_POS_COORDINATE_SYSTEM
Simulation of actual-value refresh rate
The position of the coordinate system can be altered as follows:
+X
+X
1
+Z
+Z
+Z
+Z
3
+X
+Z
+X
+Z
4
5
+X
+X
+X
+X
7
+Z
291
MD number
Meaning:
CTM_CROSS_AX_DIAMETER_ON
Diameter display for active transverse axes
0:
Inputs for absolute values as radius value.
Zero offsets always as radius,
tool lengths always as radius,
tool wear always as radius
1:
Position display as diameter,
distance to go as diameter
absolute distances as diameter

292
MD number
Meaning:
361
MD number
Meaning:
4-76
+Z
CTM_G91_DIAMETER_ON
Incremental infeed
0:
Input in radius
1:
Input in diameter
MEAS_TOOL_CHANGE
Input enable for T/D no. for tool measuring
0:
T/D number input blocked
1:
T/D number input enabled
SINUMERIK 802D sl Description of Functions: M5

6FC53975CP100BA0

4.1
373
MD number
Meaning:
MEAS_SAVE_POS_LENGTH2
Enable tool measuring SK Save Pos for all values.
Controls Save/Pos softkey for Manual tool measuring function:
0: The SK Save Pos is only active when measuring length 1
1: SK Save Pos is generally active

6FC53975CP100BA0
4-77

4.2
4.2
10000
MD number
AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB[0]...[4]
Machine axis name
Meaning:
The name of the machine axis is entered in this MD
The preferred axis label (name) should be used comprising a valid address letter
(A, B, C, Q, U, V, W, X, Y, Z), followed by an optional, numerical expansion (199).
The selected machine axis label (name) must differ from the label (name) of geometry axes (X, Y, Z) and
additional channel axes (MD 20080: AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB if a transformation is planned
(e.g.: TRANSMITT).
Comment: Transformation for SINUMERIK 802D, SW release P1, transformations are not available.
A free entered machine axis label (axis name) may not be a name, address, keyword or predefined
label or name that is already being used in the control or is reserved for other functions (e.g.: SPOS,
DIAMON, ...).
Note: Not all the SINUMERIK control system functions are documented for 802D. Use of a free axis
identifier is therefore conditional.
Special cases, errors, ... ...
We recommend the following for machine axis identifiers:

X1, Y1, Z1, U1, V1, W1, Q1
for linear axes,
A1, B1, C1
for rotary axes
Related to ....
MD 20060: AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB (geometry axis identifier)

MD 20080 :AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB (channel axis identifier)
10074
MD number
PLC_IPO_TIME_RATIO
PLC task factor for main run (IPO)
Meaning:
Division ratio between IPO and PLC tasks.

A value of 2 means, for example, that the PLC task is processed in every second IPO cycle only. The PLC
cycle time therefore equals 2 IPO times. More runtime is therefore available for the other tasks.
The PLC runtime must not exceed this PLC cycle time, or a PLC STOP alarm will be triggered.
Application example(s)
10200
MD number
Meaning:
10210
MD number
Meaning:
4-78
INT_INCR_PER_MM
Calculation resolution for linear positions
The number of internal increments per millimeter is defined in this MD. The precision of the linear position
input is limited to the calculation resolution by rounding-off the product of the programmed value and the calculation resolution to an integer value. To make the rounding clear, powers of 10 should be used for the calculation resolution.
The calculation resolution can be increased to u1000 incr./mm for linear axes operating to high accuracy
requirements.
SINUMERIK 802D sl Description of Functions: G2
INT_INCR_PER_DEG
Computational resolution for angular positions
The number of internal increments per degree is defined in this MD. The precision of the angular position
input is limited to the calculation resolution by rounding-off the product of the programmed value and the calculation resolution to an integer value. To make the rounding clear, powers of 10 should be used for the calculation resolution.
The calculation resolution can be changed to u1000 incr./degrees for a high-resolution rotary axis.

6FC53975CP100BA0

4.2
10240
MD number
Meaning:
11100
MD number
Meaning:
Related to ....
SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC
Basic system metric
The MD defines the basic system used by the control to scale length-dependent physical
quantities during data input/output.
All related data are stored internally in the basic units 1 mm, 1 degree and 1 sec.
When accessing a part program via the operator panel or from an external device, scaling is in the
following units:
SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC = 1: normalized to:
mm, mm/min, m/s2, m/s3mm/rev
SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC = 0: normalized to:
inch, inch/min, inch/s2inch/s3, inch/rev
The selection of the basic system also specifies the interpretation of the programmed F value for
linear axes:
metric
inch
G94
mm/min
inch/min
G95
mm/rev
inch/rev
A power-up is necessary after changing this machine data, as associated machine data that have
physical units will otherwise be normalized incorrectly.
Perform the following steps:
MD change by manual input
First perform start-up and then enter the physical units in the related machine
data.
MD change via machine data file
First perform start-up and then reload the machine data file
so that the new physical units are activated.
If the machine data are altered, alarm 4070 Scaling machine data altered is output.
Installation in the metric system and then conversion to inch system.
AUXFU_MAXNUM_GROUP_ASSIGN
Number of auxiliary functions distributed among the AUXFU groups
The number of the auxiliary functions that have been distributed to the groups must be entered in the MD.
This number only includes the customer-specific auxiliary functions, not the predefined auxiliary functions.
MD 22010: AUXFU_ASSIGN_TYPE [n] (auxiliary function type)
SINUMERIK 802D sl Description of Functions: H2
11210
MD number
UPLOAD_MD_CHANGES_ONLY
MD backup of changed MD only
Meaning:
Selection of differential MD upload:

Bit0(LSB) Effectiveness of the differential upload for TEA files (machine data files)
0: All data are output
1: only the values changed as compared to the compiled MD are output
Bit1
Effectiveness of the differential upload for INI files
0: All data are output
1: only the values changed as compared to the compiled MD are output
Bit2
change of a field element
0: complete arrays are output
1: only changed field elements of an array are output
Bit3
R parameter (for INI files only)
0: All R parameters are output
1: only R parameters unequal to 0 are output
Bit4
frames (for INI files only)
0: All frames are output
1: only frames are output which are not zero frames.
Bit5
tool data (cutting edge parameter) (for INI files only)
0: All tool data are output
1: only tool data unequal to 0 are output.

6FC53975CP100BA0
4-79

4.2
11240
MD number
PROFIBUS_SDB_NUMBER
SDB1000 number
Meaning:
BUS_SDB_NUMBER [0] = 0
Digital inputs and outputs via I/O modules (PP modules)
The assignment is provided via DIL switches. Max. 3 modules with the addresses 9, 8 and 7 are possible.
PROFIBUS_SDB_NUMBER [2] = X
Number of the system module you are using for configuring the hardware I/Os.
SINUMERIK 802D sl offers the following options to choose from:
0:
1:
2:
3:
2 SINAMICS drives with SLM

4: 3 SINAMICS drives with ALM

Note:
With the SDB reloaded from the toolbox, PROFIBUS_SDB_NUMBER[2] = 0 must be set. This activates the
module.
The machine data PROFIBUS_SDB_NUMBER[1] and PROFIBUS_SDB_NUMBER[3] are reserved internally
for Siemens.
11310
MD number
Meaning:
MN_HANDWH_REVERSE
Threshold for change in handwheel direction
0: No immediate movement in the opposite direction
> 0: Immediate movement in the opposite direction if the handwheel is turned in the opposite direction by at
least the number of pulses indicated

11320
MD number
Meaning:
Related to ....
11346
MD number
Meaning:
Related to ....
4-80
HANDWH_IMP_PER_LATCH[0]...[2]
Handwheel pulses per detent position [handwheel index]:
This adapts the connected handwheels to the control system.
The number of pulses generated by the handwheel for each handwheel detent position is entered. The
handwheel pulse weighting may be defined for each connected handwheel (1 to 2) separately.
When adapted to the control, each handwheel detent position has the same effect as one press of the traverse key in incremental jogging mode.
If a negative value is entered, the handwheel is active in the reverse direction.
MD: JOG_INCR_WEIGHT (weighting of an increment of a machine axis for INC/manual).
HANDWH_TRUE_DISTANCE
Handwheel path or velocity values
0: The settings from the handwheel are velocity settings. When the handwheel is stationary, braking is
realized along the shortest path.
1: The settings from the handwheel are distance settings. No pulses are lost. Limiting the velocity to the
maximum permissible value can cause the axes to overtravel.
2: Effect as for value=0, however, with a longer braking travel when the handwheel is stationary.
3: Effect as for value=1, however, with a longer braking travel when the handwheel is stationary.

6FC53975CP100BA0

4.2
13060
MD number
Meaning:

13200
MD number
Meaning:
DRIVE_TELEGRAM_TYPE[n]
Default message frame type for drives connected to PROFIBUS DP
The message frame type:
102: must be specified for each drive. Standard message frame for SINAMICS actual
actual-value
value assignment
103: SINAMICS Spindle with second direct measuring system
Index [n] of the machine data has the following code: [drive index]:
n=0: Drive number 1
n=1: Drive number 2, etc.
MEAS_PROBE_LOW_ACTIVE[0]
Switching characteristics of probe
0:
non-deflected status 0 V
deflected status
1:
non-deflected status 24 V
deflected status
14510
MD number
USER_DATA_INT[0]...[31]
User data (INT)
Meaning:
User machine data, evaluation in PLC (displayed as whole number, decimal)
14512
MD number
USER_DATA_HEX[0]...[31]
User data (HEX)
Meaning:
User machine data, evaluation in PLC (display in HEX format) 1)
14514
MD number
USER_DATA_FLOAT[0]...[7]
User data (FLOAT)
Meaning:
User machine data, evaluation in PLC (floating point format, restricted to 32Bit IEEE format in PLC)
14516
MD number
USER_DATA_PLC_ALARM[0]...[31]
User data (HEX)
Meaning:
User data, evaluation in PLC (display in HEX format) 1)
18080 **
MD number
Meaning:
MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
Memory reservation for the tool monitoring
Value = 0:
no memory is reserved, tool monitoring not possible
Value = 0x2: Monitoring data/memory is made available
(only possible if Tool monitoring option is present)
Related to ....
MD 20310: TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
SINUMERIK 802D sl Description of Functions: W1
24 V
0V
** This machine data is not available with 802D sl value.

6FC53975CP100BA0
4-81

4.3
Channel-specific machine data
4.3
20050
MD number
AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB[0]...[2]
Assignment between geometry axis and channel axis
Meaning:
This MD assigns a geometry axis to a channel axis.

The assignment must be made for all 3 geometry axes (X,Y,Z). If a geometry axis is not assigned, the value 0
should be entered. The geometry axis is therefore not available and cannot be programmed, e.g. if the second geometry axis is not required for the turning technology Y > entry: value 0 (see default setting for
turning).
It is advisable to assign the first channel axes to the geometry axes.
20070
MD number
AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[0]...[4]
Machine axis number valid in channel
Meaning:
This MD assigns a machine axis to a channel axis.

SINUMERIK 802D has 5 channel axes.
Channel axis identifiers for the axes activated in the channel must be specified in MD 20080: AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB. The axes can be programmed.
A machine axis that has not been assigned to a channel axis is not active i.e. no axis control, no display on
the screen.
A channel axis and therefore indirectly a machine axis must be assigned to each geometry axis to be programmed. The remaining axes (besides the geometry axes) in the channel are additional axes also programmable.
Example of assigning the machine axis (MA) to the channel axes:

AXCONF_MACHAX_USED [0] = 3
;3rd MA is 1st axis in the channel
;1st MA is 2nd axis in the channel
;5th MA is 3rd axis in the channel
; no assignment
Note: Leave no spaces!, Example of programming error:
;1st MA is 1st axis in the channel
;2nd MA is 2nd axis in the channel
;space in list ...
;... of the channel axes
Related to ....
MD 20080: AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB[0]...[4] (channel axis identifier)
20080
MD number
AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB[0]...[4]
Channel axis name
Meaning:
In this MD you can set the name of the channel axis.

The channel axis is displayed with this identifier in the WCS. This identifier is also written in the program.
Generally, the first two or three channel axes are used as geometry axes (see also MD 20050: AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB). The remaining channel axes are defined as special axes.
SINUMERIK 802D has 5 channel axes.
We recommend the following for the channel axis identifiers:

X, Y, Z, U, V, W, Q
for linear axes,
A, B, C
for rotary axes
If you decide to use names other than those recommended, follow the rules for creating axis identifiers (see
MD 10000: AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB).
4-82

6FC53975CP100BA0

4.3
20090
MD number
Meaning:
Further references
20140
MD number
Meaning:
SPIND_DEF_MASTER_SPIND
Definition of the master spindle default setting (in channel).
The spindle number is entered.
A series of functions are linked to the master spindle which are not possible for a different spindle.
Note:
The SETMS(n) language command can be used to declare the spindle number n as master spindle.
The spindle defined as master spindle in this MD is declared as master spindle again with SETMS.
At the program end or program termination, the spindle defined in this MD is also declared as master spindle.
SINUMERIK 802D sl Description of Functions: S1
TRAFO_RESET_VALUE
Active transformation following RESET
Definition of the transformation data set selected during booting and for a
reset or an end of the part program.
(In conjunction with machine data $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK and for a part program start in conjunction
with machine data $MC_START_MODE_MASK)
20310 **
MD number
Meaning:
TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
Activation of the tool monitoring
Value = 0:
no tool monitoring
Value = 0x2: Tool monitoring activated
(only possible if Tool monitoring option is present)
Related to ....
MD 18080: MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
** This machine data is not available with 802D sl value.

20360
MD number
Meaning:

20700
MD number
Meaning:
TOOL_PARAMETER_DEF_MASK
Definition of tool parameters
Bit 0 = 0: For turning tools the wear parameter of the transverse axis X is applied as a
radius value.
Bit 0 = 1: For turning tools the wear parameter of the transverse axis X is applied as a
diameter value.
REFP_NC_START_LOCK
NC start disable without reference point
0: The NC start interface signal (V3200 0007.1) for starting part programs or part program blocks (MDA) is
also possible if none or not all channel axes are referenced. To ensure that the axes move to the correct
position after NC Start, the workpiece coordinate system (WCS) must be set to a correct value by other
methods (scratching method).
1: The NC only starts if all of the axes have been referenced.
SINUMERIK 802D sl Description of Functions: R1

6FC53975CP100BA0
4-83

4.3
21000
MD number
CIRCLE_ERROR_CONST
Circle end point monitoring constant
Meaning:
This machine data identifies the permissible absolute circle difference.

In circle programming, the radii from the programmed center point to the starting point and to the end point
are usually not equal (the circle is overdefined). The maximum permissible difference between these two
radii which is accepted without an alarm being triggered is defined by the larger value in the following data:
MD: CIRCLE_ERROR_CONST
Start radius multiplied by 0.001
I.e. for small circles the tolerance is a fixed value (MD: CIRCLE_ERROR_CONST) and for large circles it
is proportional to the start radius.
Application example
MD 21000: CIRCLE_ERROR_CONST = 0.01 mm

With these MD and a radius 10mm, the constant has an effect, with > 10mm, the proportional factor has
an effect.

21020
MD number
Meaning:
WORKAREA_WITH_TOOL_RADIUS
Allowance for tool radius with working area limiting
0: The tool radius is not taken into account.
1: The tool radius is taken into account with respect to the working area limit.
SINUMERIK 802D sl Description of Functions: A3
22000
MD number
Meaning:
AUXFU_ASSIGN_GROUP[n]
Auxiliary function group [aux. func. no. in channel]: 0 ... 63
see MD 22010: AUXFU_ASSIGN_TYPE [n] (auxiliary function type)
22010
MD number
Meaning:
AUXFU_ASSIGN_TYPE[n]
Auxiliary function type [aux. func. no. in channel]: 0 ... 63
This MD (auxiliary function type) and MD 22020: AUXFU_ASSIGN_EXTENSION[n] (auxiliary function extension) and MD 22030: AUXFU_ASSIGN_VALUE[n] (auxiliary function
value) and MD 22000: AUXFU_ASSIGN_GROUP[n] (auxiliary function group) are used to
allocate an auxiliary function type (M, H, T, D, S), the related extension and the auxiliary
function value to an auxiliary function group.
Example:
M 0 = 99 => Group 5 (corresponds to M99)
Auxiliary function type

Auxiliary function extension
Auxiliary function value
Auxiliary function group
MD: AUXFU_ASSIGN_TYPE[0] = M
MD: AUXFU_ASSIGN_EXTENSION[0] = 0 ; other values only for type H
MD: AUXFU_ASSIGN_VALUE[0] = 99
MD: AUXFU_ASSIGN_GROUP[0] = 5
; (Group 5)
M00, M01, M02, (M17 and M30) are assigned to Group 1 by default. M3, M4, M5 are assigned to Group 2 by default.

Related to ....
4-84
The machine data index [n] indicates the auxiliary function number in the channel: 063
All auxiliary functions that are assigned to auxiliary function groups must be numbered in
ascending order.
[0]81st auxiliary function
[1]82.
,,
...
The machine data for the allocation of an auxiliary function to an auxiliary function group
must be provided with the same index [n].
If the auxiliary function value of an auxiliary function is less than 0, then all auxiliary functions of this type and
extension are assigned to a group.
MD 11100: AUXFU_MAXNUM_GROUP_ASSIGN

6FC53975CP100BA0

4.3
22020
MD number
Meaning:
AUXFU_ASSIGN_EXTENSION[n]
Auxiliary function extension [aux. func. no. in channel]: 0 ... 63
see MD 22010: AUXFU_ASSIGN_TYPE [n] (auxiliary function type)
22030
MD number
Meaning:
AUXFU_ASSIGN_VALUE[n]
Auxiliary function value [aux. func. no. in channel]: 0 ... 63
If the value in this MD is smaller than 0 all auxiliary functions of this type and this
address extension are assigned to this group.
See MD 22010: AUXFU_ASSIGN_TYPE [n] (auxiliary function type)

22534
MD number
Meaning:

22550
MD number
Meaning:
TRAFO_CHANGE_M_CODE
M code for transformation changeover
Number of M code that is output at the VDI interface in the case of a transformation changeover on the geometry axes.
No M code is output if this MD is set to one of the values 0 to 6, 17 or 30.
It is not monitored whether an M code created in this way will conflict with other functions.
TOOL_CHANGE_MODE
New tool offset for M function
The T function is used to select a tool in a program. The setting in this machine data determines whether the
new tool is loaded immediately on execution of the T function:
1:
The new tool is prepared for changing with the T function. This setting is used mainly on milling machines with a tool magazine, in order to bring the new tool into the tool change position without interrupting the
machining process. The old tool is removed from the spindle with an M function and the new tool is loaded
into the spindle. According to DIN 66025, this tool change is programmed using the M function M6.
Related to ....
24100
MD number
Meaning:
MD irrelevant for ... ...

Related to ....
24110
MD number
Meaning:

Related to ....

TRAFO_TYPE_1
Type of 1st transformation
Transformation type of 1st transformation:
0
no transformation
256
TRANSMIT transformation
512
TRACYL transformation
513
TRACYL transformation with X-Y-Z-C kinematics
further transformations are not available with SINUMERIK 802D.
No transformations
TRAFO_TYPE_2
TRAFO_AXES_IN_1[i]
Axis assignment for transformation 1 [axis index]: 0 ... 4
Axis assignment at input of 1st transformation
Example for Transmit:
Index i assumes the values 0,1, 2 with TRANSMIT.
$MC_TRAFO_AXES_IN_1[0]=
channel axis number of axis perpendicular to rotary axis
channel axis number of rotary axis
channel axis number of axis parallel to rotary axis
Example for TRACYL: see TRACYL section
No transformation
TRAFO_AXES_IN_2

6FC53975CP100BA0
4-85

4.3
24120
MD number

Related to ....
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1[i]
Assignment of geometry axes to channel axes with transformation 1
[geometry axis number]: 0 ... 2
This MD specifies the channel axes on which the axes of the Cartesian coordinate system
are mapped when transformation 1 is active.
Index i assumes the values 0, 1, 2 with TRANSMIT. It refers to the first, second and third geometry axis.
No transformation
$MC_TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1[0]= 2 ; 2nd channel axis
$MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB, if no transformation is active.
24200
MD number
Meaning:
TRAFO_TYPE_2
Type of transformation
Same as TRAFO_TYPE_1, but for transformation 2
24210
MD number
Meaning:
TRAFO_AXES_IN_2[i]
Axis assignment for transformation 2/3/4/5/6/7/8 [axis index]: 0 ... 4
Axis assignment at input of 2nd transformation.
Same meaning as for TRAFO_AXES_IN_1.
Meaning:

24220
MD number
Meaning:

24800
MD number
Meaning:
24810
MD number
Meaning:
24820
MD number
Meaning:

4-86
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_2[i]
Assignment of geometry axes to channel axes with transformation 2
[geometry axis number]: 0 ... 2
The channel axes on which the axes of the Cartesian coordinate system are mapped
when transformation 2 is active are set in this MD.
The meaning otherwise corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
Offset of rotary axis for the TRACYL transformation
Specifies the offset of the rotary axis in degrees in relation to the zero position while TRACYL is active for the
first declared TRACYL transformation for each channel.
No TRACYL active
$MC_TRACYL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1=15.0
Sign of rotary axis for the TRACYL transformation
Specifies the sign which is applied to the rotary axis during the TRACYL transformation for the TRACYL
transformation.
No TRACYL transformation
$MC_TRACYL_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_1 = 1
TRACYL_BASE_TOOL_1[i]
Vector of base tool for TRACYL transformation, [Geo-Axis-Index]: 0 ... 2
MD specifies the distance of the tool zero point referred to the appropriate geometry axes valid with TRACYL
active and without tool length offset selected for the TRACYL transformation.
Programmed length compensations are added to the base tool.
Index i assumes values 0, 1, 2 for the 1st to 3rd geometry axes.
No TRACYL transformation
$MC_TRACYL_BASE_TOOL_1[0]=tx

6FC53975CP100BA0

4.3
24900
MD number
Meaning:
24910
MD number
Meaning:
24911
MD number
Meaning:
Position offset of rotary axis
Specifies the offset of the rotary axis in degrees in relation to the zero position while TRANSMIT is active
for the TRANSMIT transformation.
No TRANSMIT active
$MC_TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1=15.0
Sign of rotary axis
Specifies the sign which is applied to the rotary axis during the TRANSMIT transformation for the TRANSMIT
transformation.
No TRANSMIT transformation
$MC_TRANSMIT_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_1= 1
Restriction of working range in front of/behind pole
Restriction of working range in front of/behind pole or no restrictions, i.e. traversal through pole.
The setpoints have the following meanings:
0:
No restrictions of working range. Traversal through pole.
1:

24920
MD number
Meaning:
Working range of linear axis for positions >=0,

(if tool length compensation parallel to linear axis equals 0)
2:
Working range of linear axis for positions <=0,
(if tool length compensation parallel to the linear axis equals 0)

TRANSMIT_BASE_TOOL_1[i]
Vector of base tool on activation of transformation, [Geo-Axis-Index]]: 0 ... 2
MD specifies the distance of the tool zero point referred to the appropriate geometry axes valid with TRANSMIT active and without tool length offset selected for the TRANSMIT transformation.
Programmed length compensations are added to the base tool.
Index i assumes values 0, 1, 2 for the 1st to 3rd geometry axes.
No TRANSMIT transformation
$MC_TRANSMIT_BASE_TOOL_1[0]=20.0
27800
MD number
TECHNOLOGY_MODE
Technology in channel
Meaning:
Selection of the technology for display and operating purposes (HMI)

0: Milling
1: Turning
This makes technology-dependent displays and softkeys available in the HMI.

6FC53975CP100BA0
4-87

4.3
27860
MD number
PROCESSTIMER_MODE
Activating the program runtime measurement
Meaning:
The channel-specific timers can be activated/deactivated through this machine data.

Meaning:
Bit 0 = 0
Bit 0 = 1
Bit 1 = 0
Bit 1 = 1
Bit 2 = 0
Bit 2 = 1
Bit 3
No measurement of the total runtime for all part programs

The measurement of the total runtime for all part programs
is active ( $AC_OPERATING_TIME )
No measurement of the current program runtime
The measurement of the current program runtime is active
( $AC_CYCLE_TIME )
No measurement of the tool cutting time
The measurement of the tool cutting time is active
( $AC_CUTTING_TIME )
Reserved
Further bits only for Bit 0, 1, 2 = 1:

Bit 4 = 0
No measurement with active dry run feedrate
Bit 4 = 1
Measurement also with active dry run feed
Bit 5 = 0
No measurement in program test
Bit 5 = 1
Measurement also in program test
Bit 6, 7
Reserved
Application example
Special cases, errors, ...
...
4-88
It is recommended that timers that are never used are deactivated. This helps the free-up computational
time other user applications.

6FC53975CP100BA0

4.3
27880
MD number
PART_COUNTER
Activation of the workpiece counters
Meaning:
The workpiece counters can be set with this machine data.

Meaning of the individual Bits:
Bit 0 3: Activation $AC_REQUIRED_PARTS
Bit 0 = 1: Counter $AC_REQUIRED_PARTS is active

Further meaning Bit 13 only when bit 0 =1:
Bit 1 = 0: Alarm IS output when $AC_ACTUAL_PARTS
matches $AC_REQUIRED_PARTS
Bit 1 = 1: Alarm IS output when $AC_SPECIAL_PARTS
matches $AC_REQUIRED_PARTS
Bit 2, 3
Reserved
Bit 4 7: Activation $AC_TOTAL_PARTS
BBit 4 = 1: Counter $AC_TOTAL_PARTS is active

Further meaning Bit 57 only when Bit 4 =1:
Bit 5 = 0: Counter $AC_TOTAL_PARTS is incremented by 1 on output of M2/M30.
Bit 5 = 1: Counter $AC_TOTAL_PARTS is incremented by 1 on the M command from
MD 27882: PART_COUNTER_MCODE[0]
Bit 6 = 0: Counter $AC_TOTAL_PARTS also active in program test/block search
Bit 6 = 1: no processing $AC_TOTAL_PARTS in program test/block search
Bit 7
Reserved
Bit 8 11: Activation $AC_ACTUAL_PARTS
Bit 8 = 1: Counter $AC_ACTUAL_PARTS is active

Bit 9 = 0: Counter $AC_ACTUAL_PARTS is incremented by 1 on output of M2/M30.
Bit 9 = 1: Counter $AC_ACTUAL_PARTS is incremented by 1 on the M command from
Bit 10 = 0: Counter $AC_ACTUAL_PARTS also active in program test/block search
Bit 10 = 1: no processing $AC_ACTUAL_PARTS in program test/block search
Bit 11
Reserved
Bit 12 15: Activation $AC_SPECIAL_PARTS
Bit 12 = 1: Counter $AC_SPECIAL_PARTS is active

Bit 13 = 0: Counter $AC_SPECIAL_PARTS is incremented by 1 on output of M2/M30
Bit 13 = 1: Counter $AC_SPECIAL_PARTS is incremented by 1 on output of the M command from
Bit 14, 15 Reserved
Application example
Related to ....
MD 27882: PART_COUNTER_MCODE
27882
MD number
PART_COUNTER_MCODE[n]
Workpiece counting via M command
Meaning:
On activation of workpiece counting through MD 27880: PART_COUNTER the counting pulse can be triggered by a special M command.
Only in this case are the values defined here observed.
Meaning:
The workpiece counters are incremented by 1 at the IS signal output of the described
M command. The following applies:
$PART_COUNTER_MCODE[0] for $AC_TOTAL_PARTS
$PART_COUNTER_MCODE[1] for $AC_ACTUAL_PARTS
$PART_COUNTER_MCODE[2] for $AC_SPECIAL_PARTS
IS Required number of workpieces reached (V3300 40001.1)
n = 0 ... 2 , index for counter assignment
Application example
Related to ....
MD 27880: PART_COUNTER

6FC53975CP100BA0
4-89

4.4
Axis-specific machine data
4.4
30110
MD number
Meaning:
CTRLOUT_MODULE_NR[n]
Setpoint: Drive number/module number
For a standard axis, the drive number must be entered.
Index [n] of the machine data is coded as follows: [setpoint branch]: 0

30120
MD number
Meaning:
CTRLOUT_NR[n]
Setpoint: Output to module:
The number of the output on a module via which the setpoint output is addressed is entered here.
Index[n] of the machine data is coded as follows: [setpoint branch]: 0

30130
MD number
Meaning:
CTRLOUT_TYPE[n]
Output type of setpoint
The speed setpoint output type is entered in the MD:
0: Simulation (no HW required)
1: Setpoint output active
The index [n] of the machine data has the following code: [setpoint branch]: 0
Simulation: Machine functions can be simulated even if there is no drive system.
30134
MD number
Meaning:
IS_UNIPOLAR_OUTPUT[0]
Setpoint output is unipolar
Unipolar output driver (for unipolar, analog drive actuator) > analog spindle:
For unipolar setting, only positive speed setpoints are supplied to the drive; the sign of the speed setpoint
value is output separately in its own digital control signal.
Bipolar output ("10V) with pos./neg. speed setpoint value, controller enable (regular case)
Unipolar output 0...+10V with enabling and direction signal
(controller enable, neg. direction of travel)
2: unipolar output 0...+10V with linkage of enabling and direction of travel signals
(controller enabling pos. direction of travel, controller enabling neg. direction of travel)
0:
1:

30200
MD number
Meaning:
NUM_ENCS
Number of encoders
1: Spindle/axis with measuring system (in the motor or direct)
0: No measuring system (possible for spindles)
30220
MD number
Meaning:
ENC_MODULE_NR[n]
Actual value: Drive number/measuring circuit number
For a standard axis, the drive number must be entered.
Index [n] of the machine data is coded as follows: [encoder no.]: 0

4-90

6FC53975CP100BA0

4.4
30230
MD number
Meaning:
30240
MD number
Meaning:
30300
MD number
Meaning:

Related to ....
References
30310
MD number
Meaning:

Related to ....
ENC_INPUT_NR[n]
Actual value: Input number on module/ measuring circuit board
The number of the input on a module via which the encoder is addressed is entered here.
The index[n] of the machine data has the following code: [encoder no.]: 0
Simulation:
Machine functions can be simulated even if there is no measuring system.
ENC_TYPE[n]
Actual value: Encoder type
The encoder type used is entered in the MD:
0: Simulation
1: Raw signal generator (1VPP, sin, cos)
4: Absolute encoder with EnDat interface
2, 3, 5: reserved
Simulation:
Machine functions can be simulated even if there is no measuring system.
IS_ROT_AX
Rotary axis
1: Axis: The axis is defined as a rotary axis .
The units of the axis-specific machine data/setting data are interpreted
by the control in default setting as follows:
position
in degrees
velocity
in rev/min
acceleration
in rev/s2
jerk limiting
in rev/s3
Spindle:
For a spindle the machine data should always be set to 1,
or alarm 4210 Rotary axis declaration missing is sent.
0: The axis is defined as a linear axis.
For axis: alarm 4200 if the axis is already defined as a geometry axis.
For spindle: Alarm 4210
The subsequent machine data only become effective after activating the
MD 30300:IS_ROT_AX = 1:

MD 30310:ROT_IS_MODULO
(modulo conversion for rotary axis))
MD 30320:DISPLAY_IS_MODULO
(position display is modulo)
MD 10210:INT_INCR_PER_DEG
(calculation resolution for angular positions)
Tab. 2.2 Combination options for machine data
ROT_IS_MODULO
Modulo conversion for rotary axis
1:
A modulo conversion is performed on the setpoints for the rotary axis..
The software limit switches and the working area limits are inoperative; the
traversing range is therefore unlimited in both directions.
ROT_IS_AX must be set to 1
0:
no modulo conversion
MD 30300: IS_ROT_AX = 0 (linear axis)
Continuously rotating axes (e.g. for eccentric rotation, grinding, winding)
MD 30320: DISPLAY_IS_MODULO
(position display is modulo 360)
MD 30300: IS_ROT_AX = 1
(rotary axis)
MD 36100: POS_LIMIT_MINUS
(software limit switch minus)
MD 36110: POS_LIMIT_PLUS
(software limit switch plus)
SD 43430: WORKAREA_LIMIT_MINUS
(working area, limiting minus)
SD 43420: WORKAREA_LIMIT_PLUS
(working area, limiting plus)

6FC53975CP100BA0
4-91

4.4
30320
MD number
Meaning:

Related to ....
30350
MD number
Meaning:
DISPLAY_IS_MODULO
Position display Modulo 360
1: Position display Modulo 360 degree is active:
The position display of the rotary axis or spindle (for basic or machine coordinate system) is defined as
Modulo 360 degree. In the positive direction of rotation, the control periodically resets the position display
internally to 0.000 degrees after 359.999 degrees. The display range is always positive and is always
between 0 and 359,999 degrees
0: Absolute position display is active:
Contrary to the modulo 360 degree position display, for the absolute position display e.g. for a positive
direction of rotation after 1 revolution +360 degrees is displayed; after 2 revolutions, +720 degrees etc.
Here, the display range is limited corresponding to the linear axes.
Linear axes MD 30300: IS_ROT_AX = 0
For endlessly rotating rotary axes (MD 30310:ROT_IS_MODULO = 1) we recommend that the position
display is activated with modulo 360 degrees.
For spindles, the position display should always be activated with 360 degrees.
MD 30300: IS_ROT_AX (axis is rotary axis)
SIMU_AX_VDI_OUTPUT
Output of axis signals for simulation axes
The machine data specifies whether axis-specific interface signals are output to the PLC during the simulation of an axis.
1: The axis-specific interface signals of a simulated axis are output to the PLC.
The PLC user program can thus be tested even if the drives are not available.
0: The axis-specific interface signals of a simulated axis are not output to the PLC.
All axis-specific interface signals are set to 0.
MD 30130: CTRLOUT_TYPE (output type of setpoint value) = 1
MD: SIMU_AX_VDI_OUTPUT = 0
For instance, this prevents the brake from being opened during the simulation of an axis.
30600
MD number
FIX_POINT_POS
Fixed value positions of axes with G75
Meaning:
This machine data is used to specify the fixed point position for an axis that is approached when G75 is
programmed.
Travel to fixed point:

G75 X1=0
The machine axis identifier is programmed here! A dummy value, here 0, must be defined for the axis.
References
Operation and Programmingl
31000
MD number
Meaning:
ENC_IS_LINEAR
Direct measuring system (linear scale)
Value 1: Encoder is a linear scale
31010
MD number
Meaning:
ENC_GRID_POINT_DIST
Distance between reference marks on linear scales
Distance of marks with linear encoders
31020
MD number
Meaning:
ENC_RESOL[n]
Encoder pulses per revolution
The encoder lines per encoder revolution should entered in the MD.

4-92

6FC53975CP100BA0

4.4
31030
MD number
Meaning:
LEADSCREW_PITCH
Leadscrew pitch
The pitch of the leadscrew is entered in this MD.
31040
MD number
Meaning:
ENC_IS_DIRECT[n]
Encoder is connected directly to the machine
1:
Encoder for actual-value assignment is mounted directly at the machine.
0:
Encoder for actual-value assignment is mounted on the motor.
Entering the wrong information can cause an incorrect encoder resolution, because, for example, the wrong
gear ratios are used for calculation.

31050
MD number
Meaning:
31060
MD number
Meaning:
31070
MD number
Meaning:
31080
MD number
Meaning:
31122
MD number
Meaning:
Related to ....
31123
MD number
Meaning:
Related to ....
DRIVE_AX_RATIO_DENOM[n]
Load gearbox, denominator
The denominator of the load gearbox should entered in the MD.
The index[n] of the machine data has the following code: [closed-loop control set of parameters set no.]: 05
DRIVE_AX_RATIO_NUMERA[n]
Load gearbox, numerator
The numerator of the load gearbox should entered in the MD.
The index[n] of the machine data has the code: Closed-loop control set of parameters set no.: 05
DRIVE_ENC_RATIO_DENOM[n]
Measuring gearbox denominator
The denominator of the measuring gearbox should entered in the MD.
DRIVE_ENC_RATIO_NUMERA[n]
Measuring gearbox numerator
The numerator of the measuring gearbox should entered in the MD.
BERO_DELAY_TIME_PLUS[0]
BERO delay time plus
In conjunction with the setting MD 34200: ENC_REFP_MODE = 7, the MD causes a
signal propagation delay compensation in the positive direction of motion when a Bero (zero mark) is used for
defining position.
MD 34200: ENC_REFP_MODE
BERO_DELAY_TIME_MINUS[0]
BERO delay time minus
In conjunction with the setting MD 34200: ENC_REFP_MODE = 7, the MD causes a
signal propagation delay compensation in the negative direction of motion when a Bero (zero mark) is used
for defining position.
MD 34200: ENC_REFP_MODE

6FC53975CP100BA0
4-93

4.4
32000
MD number
Meaning:

32010
MD number
Meaning:

Related to ....

32020
MD number
Meaning:

Related to ....

32100
MD number
Meaning:
4-94
MAX_AX_VELO
Maximum axis velocity
The limit velocity to which the axis can accelerate (rapid traverse limit) is entered in this MD. This velocity is
used for traversing when rapid traverse G0 is programmed.
The maximum linear or rotary axis velocity should be entered in the MD in accordance with MD 30300:
IS_ROT_AX.
The maximum permissible axis velocity depends on the machine and drive dynamics and the limit frequency
of the actual-value acquisition.
JOG_VELO_RAPID
Rapid traverse in JOG mode
The axis velocity entered here applies when the rapid traverse override key is operated in JOG mode and
when the feedrate override switch is set to 100%.
The value entered may not exceed the maximum permissible axis velocity
(MD 32000: MAX_AX_VELO).
MD 32010 will not be used for the programmed rapid traverse G0.
Operating modes AUTOMATIC and MDA
MD 32000: MAX_AX_VELO (maximum axis velocity)
IS Rapid transverse override (V3200 1000.5, V3200 1004.5, V3200 1008.5, V380x 0004.5,)
IS Feedrate override (VB380x 0000) axis-specific
IS Rapid transverse override (VB3200 0005) for geom. axes
JOG_VELO
Axis velocity in JOG mode
The velocity entered applies to traversing axes in JOG mode when the feedrate override switch is at position
100%.
The velocity of MD 32020: JOG_VELO is only used when general setting data is SD 41110:
JOG_SET_VELO = 0 for linear axes or
SD 41130: JOG_ROT_AX_SET_VELO = 0 for rotary axes.
If this is the case, the axis velocity is active for
Continuous jogging
Incremental traversing (INC1, ..., INCvar)
Spindle in JOG mode:
This can also be used to define the traverse velocity in JOG mode for specific spindles if
SD 41200: JOG_SPIND_SET_VELO = 0.
The velocity is influenced by the spindle speed override switch.
If different velocities have to be set for the individual axes traversing in JOG mode, this can be done for specific axes in this MD.
SD 41110: JOG_SET_VELO (or equivalent) may be set to 0!
MD 32000: MAX_AX_VELO (maximum axis velocity)
SD 41110: JOG_SET_VELO (JOG velocity for G94, linear axis)
SD 41130: JOG_ROT_AX_SET_VELO (JOG velocity for rotary axes)
SD 41200: JOG_SPIND_SET_VELO (JOG speed for spindle), which applies to all spindles,
Axis-specific IS Feedrate override (VB380x 0000)
Axis-specific IS Spindle override (VB380x 2003)
Channel-specific IS Feedrate override (VB3200 0004) for geom. axes
AX_MOTION_DIR
Traversing direction
The traversing direction of the machine axis can be reversed with this MD. The control direction is not reversed, i.e. closed-loop control remains stable.
0 or 1:
Direction not reversed
1:
Direction reversed

6FC53975CP100BA0

4.4
32110
MD number
Meaning:

32200
MD number
Meaning:
ENC_FEEDBACK_POL[n]
Sign of actual value (control direction)
The direction of evaluation of the rotary encoder signals is entered in this MD.
0 or 1: Direction not reversed
1:
Direction reversed
If the direction is reversed, the control direction is also reversed if the encoder is used for position
control.
The index[n] of the machine data has the following code: [encoder no.]: 0 0
If the wrong control direction is entered, the axis may go out of control.
One of the following alarms is output, depending on the settings of the associated limit values:
Alarm 25040 Zero-speed monitoring
Alarm 25050 Contour monitoring
Alarm 25060 Speed setpoint limit
The associated limit values are described in:
References:
Chapter Axis monitoring functions
The control direction selected might be incorrect if an uncontrolled setpoint jump occurs when a drive is connected.
POSCTRL_GAIN[n]
Servo gain factor
Position controller gain, so-called servo gain factor
The input/output unit for the user is [(m/min)/mm].
That is, MD: POSCTRL_GAIN[n] = 1 corresponds to 1 mm following error at V = 1m/min.
If the value 0 is entered the position controller is opened.

When entering the servo gain factor it is important to check that the gain factor of the whole position control
loop is still dependent on other parameters of the controlled system. A distinction should be made between a
desired servo gain factor (MD: POSCTRL_GAIN) and the actual servo gain (produced by the machine).
Only when all the parameters of the control loop are matched will these servo gain factors be the same.
Note:
Axes which interpolate with one another for a machining operation must either have the same gain setting
(i.e. an identical following error at the same velocity).
The real servo gain factor can be checked with the following error in the service displays.
The index[n] of the machine data has the following code: [closed-loop control set of parameters set no.]: 05
32300
MAX_AX_ACCEL
MD number
Meaning:

Axis acceleration
The acceleration defines a change in velocity of the axis against time. Different axes do not have to have the
same acceleration. The lowest acceleration value of all the axes involved in interpolation is taken into account.
In the case of rotary axes, the entered value corresponds to the angular acceleration.
The machine manufacturer should determine for which continuous deceleration and acceleration the machine
is suitable. This value is entered in the machine data.
The acceleration value is active for every type of acceleration and delay operation.
Error states that lead to rapid stop.
SINUMERIK 802D sl Description of Functions: B2
32420
MD number
Meaning:
Related to ....
JOG_AND_POS_JERK_ENABLE
Enabling axis-specific jerk limitation
Enables the axisspecific jerk limitation function for JOG and REF modes and positioning axis operation.
MD 32430: JOG_AND_POS_MAX_JERK
(axis-specific jerk)
32430
JOG_AND_POS_MAX_JERK
MD number
Axis-specific jerk
Meaning:
The jerk limitation restricts changes to axis acceleration in JOG mode.
Path interpolation and error states that lead to rapid stop.
Related to ....
MD 32420: JOG_AND_POS_JERK_ENABLE (enabling of axis-specific jerk limitation)


6FC53975CP100BA0
4-95

4.4
32431
MAX_AX_JERK
MD number
Maximum axis-specific jerk during path motion (in AUTO, MDA mode)
Meaning:
This maximum axis-specific jerk is active for path motion.

Path motion is possible in AUTO, MDA modes.
Related to ....
MD 32432: PATH_TRANS_JERK_LIM acts at block transition
32432
MD number
Meaning:
PATH_TRANS_JERK_LIM
Maximum axis-specific jerk during path movement at the block transition
The control limits the jerk (acceleration jump) at a block transition between contour sections of different curvature to the value set.
Exact stop

Related to ....
We recommend setting equal values for both MD.
Continuous path mode, SOFT type of acceleration

MD 32431: MAX_AX_JERK (maximum axis-specific jerk with path movement)
It is recommended to set both MD to the same values.

32450
MD number
Meaning:
BACKLASH[n]
Backlash
Backlash between the positive and the negative direction of travel.
The compensation value input is
positive if the encoder leads the machine part (normal case)
negative if the encoder lags behind the machine part.
If zero is entered backlash compensation is deactivated.
Backlash compensation is always activated after reference point approach in all modes.
The index [n] has the following coding: [encoder no.]: 0

Related to ....
32630
MD number
Meaning:
Related to ....
References
32700
MD number
Meaning:
Related to ....
4-96
MD 36500: ENC_CHANGE_TOL
(backlash compensation partial section)
FFW_ACTIVATION_MODE
Feedforward control can be activated from program
This MD can be used to define whether the feedforward control for this axis/spindle can be switched on and
off in the part program.
0:
Feedforward control cannot be switched on/off with FFWON or FFWOF.
1:
Feedforward control can be switched on/off with FFWON or FFWOF in the part program.
The last condition to be active remains active even after Reset (and therefore with JOG).
Because the feedforward control for all axes of a channel is switched on/off with FFWON or FFWOF, this MD
should therefore have identical settings for axes that interpolate with each other.
ENC_COMP_ENABLE[n]
Encoder/spindle error compensation (LEC )
1: LEC is activated for the axis/measuring system.
With LEC, leadscrew errors and measuring system errors can be compensated.
The function is only enabled internally if the measuring system has been referenced (IS: Referenced/
synchronized 1 = 1).
Write protection function (compensation values) active.
0: LEC is not active for the axis/measuring system.
Index
[n] has the following coding: [encoder no.]: 0
IS Referenced/synchronized 1

6FC53975CP100BA0

4.4
32810
MD number
Meaning:
EQUIV_SPEEDCTRL_TIME[n]
n= control parameter set no.: 0 to 5
Equivalent time constant of speed control loop
This equivalent time constant is required for the speed feedforward control function.
The value must correspond with the equivalent time constant of the closed speed control loop.
Setting aid: Guide value is the time constant of the setpoint value smoothing in the drive.
Related to ....
33050
MD number
LUBRICATION_DIST
Path for lubrication pulse PLC signal
Meaning:
Path for triggering the lubrication pulse.

The status of the axis-specific IS: Lubrication pulse (V390x 1002.0) is changed according to the specified
path of the respective axis. This enables travel-dependent control of a lubrication device for one axis by the
PLC user program.
The path is added up after POWER ON.
Related to ....
IS: Lubrication pulse (V390x 1002.0)
34000
MD number
Meaning:
REFP_CAM_IS_ACTIVE
Axis with reference point cam
Machine axes with only one zero mark across their entire traversing range or rotary axes with only one zero
mark per revolution are not identified as a machine axis with reference cam by the MD: REF_CAM_IS_ACTIVE. A machine axis identified as a machine axis with reference cam accelerates, when the plus/minus
travel key is pressed, to the velocity defined in MD 34040: REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER (reference
point creep velocity).

34010
MD number
Meaning:

REFP_CAM_DIR_IS_MINUS
Reference point approach in minus direction
0:
Reference point approach in the positive direction
1:
Reference point approach in negative direction
Approach with incremental measuring systems:
Starting via the traverse key is only possible in the specified direction. If the wrong travel key is pressed,
reference point approach does not start.
If the machine axis is positioned before the reference cam, it accelerates to the velocity specified in MD
34020: REFP_VELO_SEARCH_CAM (reference point creep velocity).
If the machine axis is on the reference cam, it accelerates to the velocity specified in MD 34020:
REFP_VELO_SEARCH_CAM and travels initially away from the preset direction, away from the cam.

34020
MD number
Meaning:

Note for absolute encoders:

The direction of the traversing key is also significant for calibrating the absolute encoders: Approach the direction for fixed position and update values in MD 34090 and MD 34210.
Reference point approach velocity
The reference point approach velocity is the velocity at which the machine axis travels in the direction of the
reference cam when the travel key is pressed (phase 1). This value should be set at a magnitude large
enough for the axis
to be stopped before it reaches a hardware limit switch.

6FC53975CP100BA0
4-97

4.4
34030
MD number
Meaning:

34040
MD number
Meaning:

34050
MD number
Meaning:

34060
MD number
Meaning:
4-98
REFP_MAX_CAM_DIST
Maximum distance to reference cam
If the machine axis travels a path defined in this MD from the starting position in the direction of the reference
cam without reaching the reference cam (Reference point approach delay interface signal is not set), the
axis stops and alarm 20000 Reference cam not reached is signaled
REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER[n]
Reference point creep speed [encoder number]: 0
1) For incremental measuring systems:
This is the velocity at which the axis travels between initial detection of the reference cam and synchronization with the first zero mark (phase 2).
Traversing direction: opposite to the direction specified for cam detection
(MD 34010: REFP_CAM_DIR_IS_MINUS)
If MD 34050: REFP_SEARCH_MARKER_REVERSE (direction reversal at the reference cam) is set,
then for synchronization with a rising reference cam edge, at the cams, the axis travels at the velocity
defined in MD 34020: REFP_VELO_SEARCH_CAM.
2) Indirect measurement system with BERO on the load-side (preferred for spindles)
At this velocity, the zero mark associated with the BERO is searched for.
The zero mark is accepted if the actual velocity is within the tolerance range defined by
MD 35150: SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL, from the velocity specified in
MD 34040: MD 34040: REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER[n].
REFP_SEARCH_MARKER_REVERSE[n]
Change of direction on reference cam [encoder number]: 0
This can be used to set the search direction for the zero mark:
0:
Synchronization with falling reference cam edge
The machine axis accelerates to the velocity defined in MD 34040: REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER
(reference point creep velocity) in the opposite direction to that defined in MD 34010:
REFP_CAM_DIR_IS_MINUS (approach reference point in minus direction).
If the reference cam is exited (Reference point approach delay interface signal is reset), the control synchronizes itself with the first zero mark.
1:
Synchronization with rising reference cam edge
The machine axis accelerates to the velocity defined in MD 34020: REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER
(reference point creep velocity) in the opposite direction to that specified in the MD:
REFP_CAM_DIR_IS_MINUS. When the axis leaves the reference cam (Reference point approach delay
interface signal
is reset), the machine axis decelerates to a stop and accelerates in the opposite direction towards the reference cam at the velocity defined in MD: REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER. When the reference cam is
reached (Reference point approach delay interface signal is enabled), the control is synchronizing with
the first zero mark.
REFP_MAX_MARKER_DIST[n]
Maximum distance to reference mark [encoder no.]: 0
For incremental measuring systems:
If, after leaving the reference cam (Reference point approach delay interface signal is reset), the machine
axis travels a distance defined in MD: REFP_MAX_MARKER_DIST without detecting the reference mark, the
axis stops and alarm 20002 Zero mark missing is signaled.
If, on incremental measurement systems, the control is required to detect reliably that the same zero mark is
always used for synchronization (to avoid detection of an incorrect machine zero), the maximum value in this
MD must not exceed the distance between two reference marks.

6FC53975CP100BA0

4.4
34070
MD number
Meaning:

34080
MD number
Meaning:
REFP_VELO_POS
Reference point positioning velocity
With incremental measuring systems:
The axis travels at this velocity between the time of synchronization with the first zero mark and arrival at the
reference point.
REFP_MOVE_DIST[n]
Reference point distance/target point with distance-coded system [encoder number]: 0
With incremental measuring systems
Following synchronization with the first zero mark, the machine accelerates to the velocity defined in
MD 34070: REFP_VELO_POS (reference point positioning velocity) and travels a distance calculated
from the addition of MD: REFP_MOVE_DIST and MD 34090: REFP_MOVE_DIST_CORR (reference
point offset). This distance precisely matches the distance between the zero mark detected in phase 2
and the reference point.
MD 34100: REFP_SET_POS[0]
Velocity
MD: REFP_MOV_DIST + MD: REFP_SET_POS_CORR
MD 34020:
(Reference point approach velocity)
MD 34040: REFP_VELO_SEARCH_
MARKER
(reference point creep velocity)
Zero mark
Reference point
approach dela
Reference point cam
34090
MD number
Meaning:
REFP_MOVE_DIST_CORR[n]
Reference point offset/absolute offset, distance-coded, n: [encoder number]: 0
Incremental encoder with zero mark(s):
After detecting the zero mark, the axis is positioned away from the zero mark through the distance specified by MD 34080: REFP_MOVE_DIST + REFP_MOVE_DIST_CORR. Once the axis has traveled this
distance, it has reached the reference point. MD 34100: REFP_SET_POS is included in the actual value.
Override switches are effective during the traversing motion through
REFP_MOVE_DIST+REFP_MOVE_DIST_CORR
Absolute value encoder:

REFP_MOVE_DIST_CORR is effective as absolute offset. It defines the offset between machine zero
and the zero mark of the absolute measuring system.
Note: this MD is changed by the control during calibration and modulo correction in conjunction with the
absolute encoders!

6FC53975CP100BA0
4-99

4.4
34092
MD number
Meaning:
REFP_CAM_SHIFT
Electronic reference cam offset for incremental measuring systems with equidistant zero marks
When the reference cam signal occurs, the zero mark search is not started immediately, but with a delay after
the distance of REFP_CAM_SHIFT. The reproducibility of the zero mark search can thus be ensured even in
the case of temperature-dependent expansion of the reference cam through defined selection of a zero mark.
As the control calculates the reference cam offset in the interpolation cycle, the actual cam offset is
at least
REFP_CAM_SHIFT and
maximum
REFP_CAM_SHIFT+(MD 34040: REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER * interpolation cycle)
The reference cam offset acts in the direction of zero mark search.
The reference cam offset is active only if the cam MD 34000: REFP_CAM_IS_ACTIVE=1 is present.
Thermal expansion
REMEDY
34093
MD number
Meaning:
Related to ....
34100
MD number
Meaning:
REFP_CAM_SHIFT
Cam signal
Zero mark search
Zero mark
2
1+2
Cam signal
with
offset
REFP_CAM_MARKER_DIST
Reference cam/reference mark distance
The indicated value is equivalent to the distance between departure from the reference cam and detection of
the reference mark. If the values are too small, there is a risk that the determination of the reference point will
be non-deterministic, due to temperature effects or fluctuations in the operating time of the cam signal. The
path covered can be used as a guide for setting the electronic reference cam offset.
The machine data is read only.
REFP_CAM_IS_ACTIVE, REFP_SHIFT_CAM
REFP_SET_POS[0]
Reference point for an incremental system
Incremental encoder with zero mark(s):
The position value which is set as the current position after detecting the zero mark and traveling through
the distance REFP_MOVE_DIST + REFP_MOVE_DIST_CORR (relative to the zero mark).

REFP_SET_POS corresponds to the correct actual value at the calibration position. The reaction on the
machine depends on the status of MD34210: ENC_REFP_STATE:
When MD 34210: ENC_REFP_STATE = 1, the value of REFP_SET_POS is transferred as the absolute
value.
When MD 34210: ENC_REFP_STATE = 2 and MD 34330: REFP_STOP_AT_ABS_MARKER=0, the axis
approaches the target position defined in REFP_SET_POS. The value from REFP_SET_POS is used.
Note: MD: REFP_SET_POS[1]...[3] reserved do not use.
Related to ....
4-100

6FC53975CP100BA0

4.4
34110
MD number
Meaning:
REFP_CYCLE_NR
Axis sequence for channel-specific referencing
0: Axis-specific referencing
Axis-specific referencing is started separately for each machine axis with the plus/minus travel keys
interface signal. All axes can be referenced at the same time. If the machine axes are to be referenced
in a particular order, the following options are available:
The operator must follow the order himself after starting.
The PLC must check the order after starting or define the order itself.
The machine axis is not started via channel-specific referencing . The NC cannot be started without first
referencing this axis.
1: The machine axis is started using channel-specific referencing.
NC start is possible without referencing this axis.
Note:
The effect of inputting 1 for all axes of a channel can be achieved by setting the channel-specific MD
20700: REFP_NC_START_LOCK (NC start disable without reference point) to zero.
> 0: Channel-specific referencing
Channel specific referencing is started with the activate referencing interface signal (V3200 0001.0).
The control acknowledges a successful start with the referencing active interface signal. Each machine
axis assigned to the channel can be referenced with channel-specific referencing (this is achieved internally on the control by simulating the plus/minus travel keys).
MD: REFP_CYCLE_NR can be used to define the sequence in which machine data is referenced:
1:
The machine axis is started using channel-specific referencing.
2:
The machine axis is started using channel-specific referencing if all of the machine axes designated in
MD: REFP_CYCLE_NR with a 1 are referenced.
3:
Axis-specific referencing
Activate referencing interface signal
Referencing active interface signal
4:

Related to ....
34200
MD number
Meaning:
Related to ....
ENC_REFP_MODE[n]
Referencing mode [encoder no.]: 0
All mounted position measuring systems can be subdivided as follows for referencing:
0: if absolute encoder exists: transfer of MD 34100: REFP_SET_POS
Other encoders: no reference point travel possible
1: referencing with incremental measuring systems:
Incremental rotary measuring system
Incremental linear measuring system (position measuring system)
Zero pulse on encoder track
(not with absolute encoders)
2, 3, 4, 5, 6:
not available
7: synchronize spindle with BERO, configured approach velocity (MD 34040)

6FC53975CP100BA0
4-101

4.4
34210
MD number
Meaning:
ENC_REFP_STATE[n]
Status of absolute value encoder [encoder number]: 0
0: Default when installing for the first time: encoder is not calibrated.
1: encoder calibration enabled, encoder not yet calibrated
2: encoder is calibrated
Incremental encoder:
0: default: no auto referencing
1: auto referencing enabled, but encoder not yet referenced or
not in exact stop
2: encoder is referenced and in exact stop
auto referencing effective next time the encoder is activated.
The MD ENC_REFP_STATE can be altered by the person installing and by the operating system:
Alteration by the installer:

The data must be set to 1 by the commissioning engineer encoder is required.
Alteration by the operating system:

on successful adjustment from 1 ==> 2
if adjustment from 2 ==> 0 or 1 has become invalid
gear speed changes with change of ratio are identified by the operating system.
Changes to the mechanical components of the machine (e.g. encoder change, motor and encoder change, etc.) are not detected.
Incremental encoder:
Alteration by the installer:

The data must be set to 1 by the commissioning engineer if automatic referencing is to be carried
out.
Alteration by the operating system:

for referenced axis and axis at exact stop from 1 ==> 2
if the reference position has become invalid or if the axis is not at exact stop from 2==> 1
Unlike the absolute value encoder, changes in position here are not detected during power OFF or
when the encoder is inactive.

34220
MD number
Meaning:

ENC_ABS_TURNS_MODULO[0]
Range, rotary absolute value encoders
Number of encoder revolutions that a rotary value encoder can resolve
0 degrees <= position <= n * 360 degrees, (with n = ENC_ABS_TURNS_MODULO)
Note: With control disabled the encoder may be turned by half this value max.
Only powers of two are allowed as values ( 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, ..., 4096).
If other values are entered, they are rounded off. Rounding off is shown in the machine data; the change is
displayed in alarm 26025.
The MD is only relevant for rotary encoders (with linear and rotary axes).
Important information:
When using an encoder with smaller multi-turn information, or when using single-turn encoders, the value
must be decreased accordingly. In any case, for multi-turn absolute encoders the value should be changed to
the maximum quantity supported by the encoder so that the unambiguous traversing range that is increased
as a result can be utilized (Note: This value also influences the permissible position offset when the encoder
or power supply is switched off).
Related to ....
4-102

6FC53975CP100BA0

4.4
35000
MD number
Meaning:
Related to ....

35010
MD number
Meaning:
Related to ....

35040
MD number
Meaning:
SPIND_ASSIGN_TO_MACHAX
Assignment of spindle to machine axis
The machine axis that is to be used as a spindle is entered into this MD.
An example of a milling machine with 3 machine axes (X1, Y1, Z1) and a spindle:
SPIND_ASSIGN_TO_MACHAX[AX1] = 0 > X1
SPIND_ASSIGN_TO_MACHAX[AX2] = 0 > Y1
SPIND_ASSIGN_TO_MACHAX[AX3] = 0 > Z1
SPIND_ASSIGN_TO_MACHAX[AX4] = 1 > Spindle no. 1 is the 4th machine axis
MD 30300: IS_ROT_AX (rotary axis/spindle)
MD 30310: ROT_IS_MODULO (modulo conversion for rotary axis/spindle)
This machine data must be set; otherwise, the alarms 4210 Rotary axis declaration missing and 4215 Modulo axis declaration missing are output.
MD 30320: DISPLAY_IS_MODULO (display modulo 360 degrees)
IS Spindle/no axis (V390x 0000.0)
GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_ENABLE
Gear stage change possible
If the spindle motor is mounted to the spindle directly (1:1) or with a non-adjustable gear ratio,
GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_ENABLE (gear stage change is possible) must be set to zero. It is not possible to
change the gear stage with M40 to M45.
If the spindle motor is mounted to the spindle via a gearbox with changeable gear stages,
GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_ENABLE must be set to one. The gear can have up to 5 gear stages, which can be
selected using M40, M41 to M45.
MD 35110: GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO (maximum speed for gear stage change)
MD 35120: GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO (min. speed for gear stage change)
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO and GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO must cover the whole speed range.
SPIND_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET
Spindle active after reset
This MD defines the response of the spindle after reset (V3200 0000.7) and program end (M2, M30). It is only
active in the spindle control mode.
0:
Open-loop control mode:
Spindle stops; applies to M2/M30 and Reset
Program is aborted; applies to M2/M30
Oscillation mode:
Alarm 10640 Stop not possible during gear change

Oscillation is not aborted
Axes are stopped
Program is aborted after gear change or spindle reset,
the alarm is cleared.
Positioning mode: Is stopped
Axis mode:
Is stopped
1:
Open-loop control mode:
Spindle does not stop
Program is aborted
Oscillation mode:
Positioning mode:
Axis mode:

Related to ....
Alarm 10640 Stop not possible during gear change

Oscillation is not aborted
Axes are stopped
Program is aborted after gear change, the
alarm is cleared and the spindle continues rotating at the
programmed M and S value.
Is stopped
Is stopped
The IS Spindle reset (V380x 0002.2) is always active irrespective of

SPIND_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET.
All spindle modes except control mode
IS Reset (V3200 0000.7)
IS Spindle reset (V380x 0002.2)

6FC53975CP100BA0
4-103

4.4
35100
MD number
Meaning:
Related to ....

35110
MD number
Meaning:
Related to ....

35120
MD number
Meaning:
Related to ....

35130
MD number
Meaning:
SPIND_VELO_LIMIT
The maximum spindle speed is defined in this MD, which the spindle (the spindle chuck with the workpiece or
the tool) must not exceed. The NCK limits an excessive spindle speed setpoint to this value. If the maximum
spindle actual speed is exceeded, even allowing for the spindle speed tolerance (MD 35150:
SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL, there is a fault in the drive and the IS Speed limit exceeded (V390x 2001.0) is
enabled. Alarm 22050 Maximum speed reached is also output and all of the axes and spindles on the channel brought to a standstill (provided the encoder is still functioning correctly).
MD 35150: SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL (spindle speed tolerance)
IS Speed limit exceeded (V390x 2001.0)
Alarm 22050 Maximum speed reached
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO[n]
Maximum speed for gear stage change [gear stage number]: 0...5
(index 0 is irrelevant for spindles)
The maximum speed of the gear stage for automatic gear stage change (M40 ) is defined. The gear stages
must be defined by this MD and MD 35120: GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO_LIMIT in a way that avoids gaps in
the programmable spindle speed range between the gear stages.
Incorrect
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO [gear stage1] =1000
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO [gear stage2] =1200
Correct
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO [gear stage1] =1000
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO [gear stage2] =950
MD 35010: GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_ENABLE (gear stage change is possible)
MD 35120: GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO (minimum speed for gear stage change)
MD 35140: GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO_LIMIT (minimum speed for gear stage)
MD 35130: GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO_LIMIT (maximum speed for gear stage)
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO[n]
Minimum speed for gear stage change [gear stage number]: 0 ... 5
The minimum speed of the gear stage for automatic gear stage change (M40 ) is defined.
Refer to MD 35120: GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO for more information.
MD 35140: GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO_LIMIT (minimum speed for gear stage)
MD 35130: GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO_LIMIT (maximum speed for gear stage)
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO_LIMIT[n]
Maximum speed for gear stage [gear stage number]; 0 ... 5
The maximum speed for the gear stage is defined. This speed can never be exceeded in the currently engaged gear stage.
When the closed-loop position control is enabled, then a limit is set to 90% of the value (control margin)
If an S value is programmed, that lies above the max. speed of the gearbox stage selected, the reference
(setpoint) speed is limited to the maximum speed of the gear stage (for gear stage selection M41 to
M45); further, the IS: Programmed speed too high is set.
If an S value is programmed that lies above the max. speed for gear stage change, a new gear stage is
specified (for automatic gear stage selection M40).
If an S value is programmed, that lies above the max. speed of the highest gear stage, the speed is limited to the max. speed of the gear stage (for automatic gear stage selection M40).

Related to ....
4-104
If an S value is programmed for which there is no matching gear stage, then a gear stage change is not
made.
MD 35140: GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO_LIMIT (min. speed of gear stage)
IS Setpoint speed limited (V390x 2001.1)

6FC53975CP100BA0

4.4
35140
MD number
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO_LIMIT[n]
Minimum speed for gear stage [gear stage number]: 0 ... 5

The minimum gear stage speed is entered. The speed cannot drop to below this value, even if a very low S
value is programmed.
The speed can only drop to below this minimum value as a result of the signals/commands/states listed in
Minimum/maximum speed for the gear stage.
Spindle mode, oscillation mode, positioning mode
Smooth operation of the motor is not assured below the minimum speed.
MD 35130: GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO_LIMIT (max. speed of gear stage)
IS Setpoint speed increased (V390x 2001.2)
35150
MD number
Meaning:
SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL
Factor for spindle speed for determining the tolerance in the spindle mode control mode.
Meaning:

Related to ....
The set speed (programmed speed x spindle override, allowing for limits) is compared with the actual speed.
If the actual speed deviates from the setpoint speed by more than the SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL, IS
spindle in setpoint range (V390x 2001.5) is set to zero.

If the actual speed exceeds the maximum spindle speed (MD 35100: SPIND_VELO_LIMIT) by more than
SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL, the IS Speed limit exceeded is set (V390x 2001.0) and alarm 22050 Maximum speed reached is output. All axes and spindles of the channel are brought to a standstill.
Spindle mode oscillation mode
Spindle mode positioning mode
Fig. 4-1
Speed
(rev/min)
SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL
Upper
Set speed
Lower
Actual speed
Time (t)
Related to ....

35160
MD number
Meaning:
MD 35500: SPIND_ON_SPEED_AT_IPO_START
MD 35100: SPIND_VELO_LIMIT (maximum spindle speed)
IS Spindle in setpoint range (V390x 2001.5)
IS Speed limit exceeded (V390x 2001.0)
SPIND_EXTERN_VELO_LIMIT
Spindle speed limiting via PLC
A limit for the spindle speed is entered, which is taken into account when the IS Velocity/speed limiting
(V380x 0003.6) is enabled. The control limits an excessive spindle speed setpoint to this value.

6FC53975CP100BA0
4-105

4.4
35200
MD number
Meaning:
Related to ....
35210
MD number
Meaning:
Related to ....
35300
MD number
Meaning:
Related to ....
35310
MD number
Meaning:
Related to ....
35350
MD number
Meaning:
Related to ....
35400
MD number
Meaning:

Related to ....
4-106
GEAR_STEP_SPEEDCTRL_ACCEL[n]
Acceleration in control mode [gear stage number]: 0 ... 5
If the spindle is in control mode, the acceleration in GEAR_STEP_SPEEDCTRL_ACCEL. is entered.
Thus the acceleration in speed control mode can be set so that the current limit is reached.
MD 35210: GEAR_STEP_POSCTRL_ACCEL (acceleration in position control mode)
GEAR_STEP_POSCTRL_ACCEL[n]
Acceleration in position control mode [gear stage number]: 0 ... 5
The acceleration in position control mode must be set so that the current limit is not reached.
MD 35200: GEAR_STEP_SPEEDCTRL_ACCEL
SPIND_POSCTRL_VELO
Position control activation speed
When positioning a spindle that is not in position control mode, the position control is not activated until the
spindle has reached the speed defined in MD: SPIND_POSCTRL_VELO.
Please refer to Chapter Spindle mode, positioning mode for a description of spindle operating characteristics under various supplementary conditions (positioning from movement, positioning from standstill).
MD 35350: SPIND_POSITIONING_DIR (direction of rotation during positioning from standstill), if no synchronization is available.
SPIND_POSIT_DELAY_TIME[n]
Positioning delay time [gear stage number]: 0 ... 5
After reaching the positioning end (exact stop fine) the time delay for block search is activated at output of a
collected positioning block (SPOS).
SPIND_POSITIONING_DIR
Positioning direction of rotation for a nonsynchronized spindle
When SPOS is programmed, the spindle is switched to position control mode and accelerates with the acceleration defined in MD 35210: GEAR_STEP_POSCTRL_ACCEL (acceleration in position control mode) if the
spindle is not synchronized. The direction of rotation is defined by MD 35350: SPIND_POSITIONING_DIR
(direction of rotation for positioning from standstill).
SPIND_POSITIONING_DIR = 3 > Clockwise rotation
SPIND_POSITIONING_DIR = 4 > Counterclockwise rotation
MD 35300: SPIND_POSCTRL_VELO (position control activation speed)
SPIND_OSCILL_DES_VELO
Oscillation speed
During oscillation, the IS Oscillation speed (V380x 2002.5) is used to select a motor speed for the spindle
motor. The motor speed is defined here. This motor speed is independent of the current gear stage. In the
AUTOMATIC and MDA displays, the oscillation speed is displayed in the spindle setpoint window until the
gear is changed.
All spindle modes except oscillation mode
The to and fro oscillation of the spindle motor makes it easier to engage a new gear
stage because the teeth on the gear wheels can mesh with each other better.
The oscillation acceleration defined in
MD 35410: SPIND_OSCILL_ACCEL is valid for the oscillation speed defined in this MD.
MD 35410: SPIND_OSCILL_ACCEL (acceleration in oscillation mode)
MD 35130: GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO_LIMIT[n] (maximum speed of the gear stage)
IS Oscillation via PLC (V380x 2002.4)
IS Oscillation speed (V380x 2002.5)

6FC53975CP100BA0

4.4
35410
MD number
Meaning:

Related to ....

35430
MD number
Meaning:
SPIND_OSCILL_ACCEL
Oscillation acceleration
The acceleration specified is only effective for the output of the oscillation speed
(MD 35400: SPIND_OSCILL_DES_VELO) to the spindle motor. The oscillation speed is selected using the IS
Oscillation speed.
MD 35400: SPIND_OSCILL_DES_VELO (Oscillation speed)
SPIND_OSCILL_START_DIR
Oscillation start direction
With the IS Oscillation speed, the spindle motor accelerates to the speed specified in MD 35400:
SPIND_OSCILL_DES_VELO. The start direction is defined by this MD: SPIND_OSCILL_START_DIR if IS
Oscillation via PLC is not enabled.
0:
start direction corresponding with the last direction of rotation
1:
start direction in opposite direction of last rotation
2:
start direction in opposite direction of last rotation
3:
start direction is M3
4:
start direction is M4
MD 35400: SPIND_OSCILL_DES_VELO (Oscillation speed)
35440
MD number
Meaning:
SPIND_OSCILL_TIME_CW
Oscillation time for M3 direction
The oscillation time defined here acts in direction of M3.

Related to ....
Oscillation set by the PLC (IS Oscillation via PLC (V380x 2002.4))
MD 35450: SPIND_OSCILL_TIME_CCW (Oscillation time for M4 direction)
IS
Oscillation via PLC (V380x 2002.4)
35450
MD number
Meaning:
SPIND_OSCILL_TIME_CCW
Oscillation time for M4 direction
The oscillation time defined here acts in direction of M4.
Related to ....
Fig. 4-2
Oscillation set by the PLC (IS Oscillation via PLC (V380x 2002.4))
Speed
(rev/min)
Oscillation time
Time (t)
Related to ....
MD 35440: SPIND_OSCILL_TIME_CW (Oscillation time for M3 direction)


6FC53975CP100BA0
4-107

4.4
35500
MD number
Meaning:
Related to ....
35510
MD number
Meaning:
Related to ....
36000
MD number
Meaning:
Related to ....
4-108
SPIND_ON_SPEED_AT_IPO_START
Feed enable with spindle in setpoint range
0: path interpolation is not influenced
1: path interpolation is only enabled when the spindle has reached the specified speed (tolerance band is
set via MD35150).
2: function as for value =1, in addition:
Traveling path axes are also stopped before machining. e.g. continuous path mode (G64) and change of
rapid traverse (G60) in one machining block (G1, G2,...). The path is stopped at the last G0 block and does
not start moving until the spindle has reached the speed setpoint range.
see MD 35510
IS Spindle in setpoint range (V390x 2001.5)
SPIND_STOPPED_AT_IPO_START
Feed enable with stationary spindle
When a spindle is stopped (M5), the path feed is disabled if this MD is enabled and the spindle is in control
mode.
When the spindle has come to a standstill (IS, axis/spindle stationary (V390x 0001.4) is enabled), the path
feed is enabled.
The MD 35500 and this MD 35510 can be used to control the path feed according to the actual spindle speed
(control mode):
If the spindle is in the acceleration phase (programmed setpoint not yet reached), the path feed is disabled.
If the actual speed deviates from the speed setpoint by less than the spindle speed tolerance (MD 35150:
SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL), the path feed is enabled..

If the spindle is in the braking phase, the path feed is disabled.

If the spindle is signaled to be stationary (IS: Axis/spindle stationary V390x 0001.4)
path feed is enabled.
In blocks with G0, the modification is not active.

MD 35500: SPIND_ON_SPEED_AT_IPO_START (feed enable for spindle in setpoint range)
STOP_LIMIT_COARSE
Exact stop coarse
An NC block has been completed when the distance in between the actual position of the path axes and the
setpoint (reference) position is the exact stop limit that has been entered. If the actual position of a path axis
is not within these limits, the NC block is not considered complete and continued part program processing is
not possible. Transition to the next block can be influenced by the value entered. The larger the value, the
earlier block change can be initiated. If the defined exact stop limit is not reached,
the block is not considered completed,
it is not possible to continue traversing the axis,
alarm 25080 positioning monitoring is triggered after the time in MD 36020: POSITIONING_TIME (monitoring time exact stop fine) has elapsed,
the direction of movement +/ is displayed for the axis in the positioning display. The exact stop window is
also evaluated for spindles in position control mode.
This MD may not be smaller than the setting in MD 36010: STOP_LIMIT_FINE (exact stop fine). In order to
achieve the same block change behavior as for exact stop, the exact stop coarse window can be the same
as that for exact stop fine.
This MD may not be equal to or larger than the setting in MD 36030: STANDSTILL_POS_TOL (zero-speed
tolerance).
MD 36020: POSITIONING_TIME (exact stop fine delay time)

6FC53975CP100BA0

4.4
36010
MD number
Meaning:
Related to ....
36020
MD number
Meaning:
Related to ....
36030
MD number
Meaning:
STOP_LIMIT_FINE
Exact stop fine
See MD 3600: STOP_LIMIT_COARSE (exact stop coarse)
This MD must not be greater than the setting in MD 36000: STOP_LIMIT_COARSE (exact stop coarse).
This MD must not be equal to or greater than the setting in MD 36030: STANDSTILL_POS_TOL (zero-speed
tolerance).
MD 36020: POSITIONING_TIME (exact stop fine delay time)
POSITIONING_TIME
Time delay exact stop fine
This MD defines the time after which the following error must have reached the limit value for exact stop fine
when approaching a position (position setpoint has reached the target). If this is not the case, alarm 25080
Positioning monitoring is set and the relevant axis is stopped.
The MD setting should be large enough that the monitoring function does not respond during normal operation, as the complete traversing operation (acceleration, constant travel, deceleration) is monitored by other
functions.
MD 36010: STOP_LIMIT_FINE (exact stop fine)
STANDSTILL_POS_TOL
Zero-speed tolerance
At the end of a motion block (position setpoint has reached the target), monitoring checks whether the axis is
not more than the distance specified in MD 36040:
STANDSTILL_DELAY_TIME (zero-speed monitoring delay time) from its setpoint after the configurable delay
time in MD 36060: STANDSTILL_POS_TOL (zero-speed tolerance) has expired.

Related to ....
If the setpoint position zero-speed tolerance has been violated in any direction, alarm 25040 Zero-speed
monitoring is triggered and the axis is brought to a standstill.
The zero-speed tolerance must be greater than the Exact stop limit coarse.
MD 36040: STANDSTILL_DELAY_TIME (zero-speed monitoring delay time)
36040
MD number
Meaning:
Related to ....
STANDSTILL_DELAY_TIME
Zero-speed monitoring delay time
See MD 36030: STANDSTILL_POS_TOL (zero-speed tolerance)
MD 36030: STANDSTILL_POS_TOL (zero-speed tolerance)
36050
MD number
Meaning:
CLAMP_POS_TOL
Clamping tolerance with interface signal Clamping active
The clamping monitor is activated by Clamping active interface signal (V380x 0002.3). If the monitored axis
has been pushed out of the setpoint position (exact stop limit) by more than the clamping tolerance, alarm
26000 Clamping monitoring is triggered and the axis is stopped.
The clamping tolerance must be larger than the Exact stop limit coarse.
IS Clamping in progress

Related to ....

6FC53975CP100BA0
4-109

4.4
36060
MD number
Meaning:
STANDSTILL_VELO_TOL
Maximum velocity/speed Axis/spindle stationary
The zero-speed range for the axis velocity and spindle speed is set in this machine data.
If the actual velocity of the axis or the actual speed of the spindle is smaller than the value entered, and if no
more setpoints are being output to the axis/ spindle, interface signal Axis/spindle stationary (V390x 0001.4)
is set.
Vact
MD:STANDSTILL_VELO_TOL
V
1z
e
r
o
0
Related to ....
36100
MD number
Meaning:

Related to ....
36110
MD number
Meaning:

Related to ....
36120
MD number
Meaning:

Related to ....
36130
MD number
Meaning:

Related to ....
4-110
t
IS
Axis/ Spindle stationary
The pulse enable should not be removed until the axis/spindle is stationary to ensure that the axis/spindle is
stopped in a controlled manner. Otherwise the axis will coast to rest.
Axis/ spindle stationary interface signal (V390x 0001.4)
POS_LIMIT_MINUS
1st software limit, switch minus
Same meaning as 1st software limit switch but applies to the traversing limit in the negative direction.
The MD is effective after reference point approach if PLC interface signal
2nd software limit switch minus is not set.
If axis is not referenced.
2nd software limit switch minus interface signal
POS_LIMIT_PLUS
1. Software limit, switch plus
A software limit switch can be activated in addition to a hardware limit switch. The absolute position, in the
machine coordinate system, of the positive range limit is entered for each axis.
The MD is effective after reference point approach if interface signal 2nd software limit switch plus is not
enabled.
2nd software limit switch plus interface signal
POS_LIMIT_MINUS2
2nd software limit, switch minus
Same meaning as 2nd software limit switch plus, but applies to the traversing limit in the negative direction.
An interface signal can be used to select from the PLC which of the software limit switches 1 or 2 is to apply.
e.g.
V380x 1000 Bit 2 = 0 1st software limit switch minus active for 1st axis
Bit 2 = 1 2nd software limit switch minus active for 1st axis
2nd software limit switch minus interface signal
POS_LIMIT_PLUS2
2nd software limit, switch plus
This machine data can be used to specify a 2nd software limit switch position in the positive direction in the
machine axis system.
An interface signal can be used to select from the PLC which of the software
limit switches 1 or 2 is to apply.
e.g.:
V380x 1000 Bit 3 = 0 1st software limit switch plus active for 1st axis
Bit 3 = 1 2nd software limit switch plus active for 1st axis.
2nd software limit switch plus interface signal

6FC53975CP100BA0

4.4
36200
MD number
Meaning:
AX_VELO_LIMIT[0]...[5]
Threshold value for velocity monitoring
The threshold value for the actual velocity monitoring function is entered in this MD.
If the axis has at least one active encoder and this is operating below its limit frequency, alarm 25030 Actual
velocity alarm limit is activated and the axes brought to a standstill when the threshold value is exceeded.
Settings
BFor axes, a value that lies 1015% above
MD 32000: MAX_AX_VELO (maximum axis velocity) should be chosen.
For spindles, a value should be selected for each gear stage which is 1015% higher than
MD 35110: GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO_LIMIT[n] (maximum speed of gear stage).
Machine data index has the following code:
[control parameter set number]: 05
Please refer to the following for the effect of control parameters sets:
References: Chapter Velocities, Setpoint/Actual-Value Systems, Closed-Loop Control
36210
MD number
Meaning:
CTRLOUT_LIMIT[n]
The maximum speed setpoint is defined as a percentage in this MD.
The value refers to the speed (100%) at which the axis velocity of MD 32000: MAX_AX_VELO is reached. A
value larger than 100% contains the required control reserve for digital drives.
If settings beyond the limit are made, the MD value is used as the limiter, an alarm is emitted and the axes
brought to a halt.
With an analog spindle the maximum speed that con be output is limited by the maximum setpoint output
voltage of 10V. The value in this MD should not be greater than the speed value that is reached at this voltage
(100%).
References
Index[n] of the machine data is coded as follows: [setpoint branch]: 0

See Chapter Axis monitoring functions.
36300
MD number
Meaning:
ENC_FREQ_LIMIT[0]
Encoder limit frequency
The encoder frequency is entered into this MD.
Related to ....
The active encoder is defined via the Position measuring system 1 interface signal (V380x 0001.5).
MD 36302: ENC_FREQ_LIMIT_LOW
36302
MD number
Meaning:
Related to ....
ENC_FREQ_LIMIT_LOW
Encoder limit frequency resynchronization
The encoder frequency monitoring function operates with a hysteresis.
MD 36300: ENC_FREQ_LIMIT defines the encoder limit frequency at which the encoder is switched off, MD:
ENC_FREQ_LIMIT_LOW the frequency at which the encoder is switched back on again.
MD: ENC_FREQ_LIMIT_LOW is a fraction of MD: ENC_FREQ_LIMIT in percent.
Normally the default of MD: ENC_FREQ_LIMIT_LOW is enough. However, the limit frequency of the absolute
track on absolute value encoders with En-Dat interface is significantly lower than the limit frequency of the
incremental track. By setting a low value in
MD: ENC_FREQ_LIMIT, it is possible to ensure that the encoder is not switched on again until the frequency
is lower than the limit frequency of the absolute track and is thus not referenced until permitted by the absolute track. This referencing takes place automatically for spindles.
Example EQN 1325:
Limit frequency of incremental track electronics: 430 kHz
===>MD 36300: ENC_FREQ_LIMIT = 430000 Hz
Limit frequency of absolute track: approx. 2000 encoder rev/min with 2048 marks, i.e. limit frequency
(2000/60) * 2048 Hz = 68 kHz
===>MD 36302: ENC_FREQ_LIMIT_LOW = 68/430 = 15 %

6FC53975CP100BA0
4-111

4.4
36310
MD number
Meaning:
Examples:

36400
MD number
Meaning:
ENC_ZERO_MONITORING[0]
Zero-mark monitoring
This machine data activates the zero-mark monitoring and determines the number of inadmissible zero
marks.
0:
Zero-mark monitoring OFF, encoder hardware monitoring ON
199, > 100:
Number of identified zero-mark errors at which the monitoring
should be activated
100:
Zero-mark monitoring OFF, encoder hardware monitoring OFF
MD value = 1: monitoring is activated at the 1st error.
MD value = 2: the 1st error is tolerated. Monitoring is activated at the 2nd error.
MD value = 3: the 1st and 2nd errors are tolerated. Monitoring is activated at the 3rd error.
The error count always begins at zero when the encoder is switched on.
The zero-mark monitoring on absolute value encoders must be switched off with value = 0!
CONTOUR_TOL
Contour monitoring tolerance band
Tolerance band for max. contour deviation.
The maximum difference between the real and expected actual value is entered in this MD.
The input of a tolerance band is designed to prevent the contour monitoring function from responding erroneously due to slight fluctuations in speed resulting from normal control procedures (e.g. during first cut).
This MD must be adapted to the position controller gain and, in the case of feedforward control, to the accuracy of the loop model MD 32810: EQUIV_SPEEDCTRL_TIME (equivalent time constant for speed loop
feedforward control) and to the permissible acceleration rates and velocities.
36500
MD number
Meaning:
ENC_CHANGE_TOL
Backlash compensation partial section/tolerance for position actual value changeover
Partial section when applying backlash compensation.
This MD is used to manage large backlash compensation values. It ensures that the backlash is not switched
through to the actual value all at once, but in n steps with an increment size as set in MD:
ENC_CHANGE_TOL. Calculation of the backlash thus takes n servo cycles. If it takes too long to complete
computation of the backlash, zero speed monitoring alarms may be generated.
Related to ....
36600
MD number
Meaning:
This MD only becomes effective if the MD: ENC_CHANGE_TOL is set higher than MD: BACK_LASH.
MD 32450: BACKLASH[0] (backlash compensation)
BRAKE_MODE_CHOICE
Deceleration behavior on hardware limit switch
If a rising signal edge is detected at the axis-specific hardware limit switch, the axis is decelerated immediately.
The type of deceleration is specified via machine data:
controlled deceleration according to the acceleration ramp defined by
MD 32300: MAX_AX_ACCEL (axis acceleration).
1:
fast deceleration (setpoint default = 0) with reduction of following error.
Hardware limit switch plus or minus interface signal (V380x 1000.1 or V380x 1000.0)
0:
Related to ....
4-112

6FC53975CP100BA0

4.4
36610
MD number
Meaning:
Length of the braking ramp for error states
For axis: when the following monitoring functions respond, the affected axis is brought to a standstill with
rapid stop (with open position control loop) along a braking ramp of the speed setpoint:
EMERGENCY STOP
Following error monitoring
Positioning monitoring
Zero-speed monitoring
Clamping monitoring
Speed setpoint monitoring
Actual velocity monitoring
Encoder limit frequency monitoring (except on speed-controlled spindles)
Zero-mark monitoring
Contour tunnel monitoring
If the encoder limit frequency is exceeded, the speed setpoint is displayed as the actual value in the basic
NC display.
The time for the reduction of the speed setpoint from the maximum speed setpoint to setpoint = 0 should be
entered in MD 36610. The time taken to stop the axis depends on the actual speed setpoint at the time the
monitoring responds.
Speed setpoint
MD 36210:
CTRLOUT_LIMIT
e.g. current
speed setpoint
Current time until

axis stops
t [s]
MD 36610:
Fig. 4-1 Braking ramp for error states
Meaning:
For spindle: In the case of spindles without an active position control, the speed-controlled spindle may
continue to rotate with no rapid stop braking response when the encoder frequency monitoring function responds (i.e. no valid actual value information available). The speed setpoint monitor is active, but not the
actual velocity monitor (MD 36200) when the encoder is active. The spindle speed setpoint limit is just limited
(no alarm); the setpoint is limited to the max. chuck speed (MD 35100) and displayed in IS Programmed
speed too high.
The current speed is not displayed as no valid actual value is available at this point in time
Where interpolating axes are involved, maintenance of the contour during the deceleration phase cannot be
guaranteed.
Notice:
Related to ....
If the value for the duration of the braking ramp for error states has been set too high, controller
enable is canceled even though the axis/spindle is still traversing. It is then stopped abruptly with
speed setpoint 0. The time set in
MD 36610: AX_EMERGENCY_STOP_TIME should therefore be less than the time set in MD
36620: SERVO_DISABLE_DELAY_TIME (shutdown delay controller enable).
MD 36620: SERVO_DISABLE_DELAY_TIME Shutdown delay servo enable
MD 36210: CTRLOUT_LIMIT

6FC53975CP100BA0
4-113

4.4
36620
MD number
Meaning:
SERVO_DISABLE_DELAY_TIME
Cutout delay servo enable
Maximum delay time for removal of controller enable after a fault.
If the axis/spindle is still moving the speed enable (controller enable) of the drive is removed by the control at
the latest after the delay time set.
The entered delay time is activated in the following events:

Related to ....
36720
MD number
Meaning:
37000
MD number
Meaning:

37002
MD number
Meaning:
4-114
For faults which cause the axes to stop immediately
If IS controller enable is removed by the PLC

As soon as the actual speed has reached the zero speed range
(MD 36060: STANDSTILL_VELO_ TOL) Servo enable is removed for the drive.
The time set must be long enough to allow the axis/spindle to be brought to zero speed from maximum traversing velocity/speed.
If the axis/spindle is stationary, controller enable is removed for the drive immediately.
The drive speed control should be maintained long enough for the axis/spindle to come to a standstill from
maximum traversing speed. Removal of controller enable for a moving axis/spindle must be delayed until
this has happened.
Caution: If the setting for the controller enable shutdown delay is too small the servo enable will be removed
even though the axis/spindle is still moving. The axis/spindle is then stopped abruptly with setpoint 0.
The time in this MD should therefore be greater than the duration of the brake ramp in error states (MD
36610: AX_EMERGENCY_STOP_TIME).
IS controller enable (V380x 0002.1)
MD 36610: AX_EMERGENCY_STOP_TIME (Time for braking ramp when an error occurs)
SINUMERIK 802D sl Description of Functions: N2
DRIFT_VALUE
Basic drift value
for analog spindles only
The basic drift value entered here is always applied as an additional speed setpoint value for the analog
spindle.
FIXED_STOP_MODE
Travel to fixed stop mode
The machine data specifies how the Travel to fixed stop function can be started.
Value
=0:
Travel to fixed stop not available.
= 1:
Travel to fixed stop may be started from the NC program using the command
FXS[x]=1.
SINUMERIK 802D sl Description of Functions: F1
FIXED_STOP_CONTROL
Special function when traveling to fixed stop
Bit 0:
Response for pulse inhibit at limit
=0:
Travel to fixed stop is canceled.
= 1:
Travel to fixed stop is interrupted, i.e. the drive is rendered powerless.
As soon as the pulse block is canceled once more, the drive applies pressure again with
the limited torque.
The torque is applied abruptly.

6FC53975CP100BA0

4.4
37010
MD number
Meaning:
FIXED_STOP_TORQUE_DEF
Default for clamping torque
The clamping torque is entered in this machine data as a percentage of the maximum motor torque (for FSD,
corresponds with percentage of max. current setpoint)
The clamping torque becomes operative as soon as the fixed stop is reached or IS Acknowledge fixed stop
has been set.
Related to ....
The entered value is a default and is effective only on the condition that
no clamping torque has been programmed with command FXST[x].
the clamping torque set in SD 43510: FIXED_STOP_TORQUE has not been changed
(after fixed stop was reached).
SD 43510: FIXED_STOP_TORQUE (clamping torque for travel to fixed stop)
37012
MD number
Meaning:
FIXED_STOP_TORQUE_RAMP_TIME
Virtual time until reaching the new clamping torque when traveling to fixed stop
Virtual time until reaching the modified torque limit.
The subdivision is measured in the position controller cycle and applied abruptly.
The value 0.0 deactivates the ramp function.
37020
MD number
Meaning:
FIXED_STOP_WINDOW_DEF
Default for fixed stop monitoring window
The default setting for the fixed stop monitoring window is set in this machine data.
The fixed stop monitoring window becomes operative as soon as the fixed stop is reached, i.e. IS Fixed stop
reached is set.
If the axis/spindle leaves the position at which the fixed stop has been detected by more than the tolerance
specified in MD: FIXED_STOP_WINDOW_DEF, then alarm 20093 Fixed stop monitoring has responded is
output and the FXS function deselected.
Related to ....
The entered value is a default and is effective only on the condition that
no fixed stop monitoring window has been programmed with command FXSW[x]
the fixed stop monitoring window set via SD 43520: FIXED_STOP_WINDOW has not been changed
(after fixed stop was reached).
SD 43520: FIXED_STOP_WINDOW (fixed stop monitoring window)
37030
MD number
Meaning:
FIXED_STOP_THRESHOLD
Threshold for fixed stop detection
The contour monitoring threshold for fixed stop detection is entered in this machine data.
This machine data is effective only if MD: FIXED_STOP_BY_SENSOR is set to 0.

Related to ....
IS Fixed stop reached is set if the axis-specific contour deviation exceeds the threshold set in MD:
FIXED_STOP_THRESHOLD.
MD 37040: FIXED_STOP_BY_SENSOR = 1
IS Fixed stop reached

6FC53975CP100BA0
4-115

4.4
37040
MD number
Meaning:
Related to ....
37050
MD number
Meaning:

37060
MD number
Meaning:
FIXED_STOP_BY_SENSOR
Fixed stop detection via sensor
The machine data specifies how the Fixed stop reached criterion
is determined.
Value =0: The Fixed stop reached criterion is determined internally based on the axis-specific
contour deviation (threshold specified by MD: FIXED_STOP_THRESHOLD).
= 1: The Fixed stop reached criterion is determined via an external sensor and
the NC is notified via IS Fixed stop sensor.
=2: The Fixed stop reached criterion is accepted provided either the
contour monitoring function (setting = 0) or
the signal from the external sensor (setting = 1) has responded.
MD 37030: FIXED_STOP_THRESHOLD (threshold for fixed stop detection)
IS Sensor for fixed stop
FIXED_STOP_ALARM_MASK
Enabling the fixed stop alarms
The machine data specifies whether the alarm
20091 Fixed stop not reached and
20094 Fixed stop aborted will be generated.
Value = 0:
suppress alarm 20091 Fixed stop not reached
= 2:
suppress alarms
20091 Fixed stop not reached and
20094 Fixed stop aborted
= 3:
suppress alarm 20094 Fixed stop aborted
All other permissible values of 7 do not suppress any alarms.
FIXED_STOP_ACKN_MASK
Monitoring of PLC acknowledgments for travel to fixed stop
This machine data determines whether or not the NC waits for acknowledgment
messages from the PLC when the Travel to fixed stop function is active.
Bit 0 = 0:
Once the NC has transmitted IS Activate travel to fixed stop to the PLC, it starts the
programmed travel motion.
Bit 0 =1:
After the NC has transferred IS Activate travel to fixed stop to the PLC, it waits for the PLC to
acknowledge with IS Enable travel to fixed stop and then starts the programmed travel motion.
Bit 1 = 0:
Once the NC has transferred IS Fixed stop reached to the PLC, the program advances to the
next block.
Bit 1 = 1:
Related to ....

37400
MD number
Meaning:

Related to ....
4-116
After the NC has transferred IS Fixed stop reached to the PLC, it waits for the PLC to
acknowledge with IS Acknowledge fixed stop reached, outputs the programmed torque and
then executes a block change.
IS Activate travel to fixed stop
IS Enable travel to fixed stop
IS Acknowledge fixed stop reached
EPS_TLIFT_TANG_STEP
Tangential angle for corner recognition
If TLIFT has been programmed and the axis is under tangential follow-up control (tracking), a step change in
the position setpoint which is larger than the value of this MD causes an intermediate block to be inserted.
The intermediate block moves the axis to the position corresponding to the initial tangent in the next block.
TLIFT not activated
TLIFT instruction
SINUMERIK 802D sl Description of Functions: T3

6FC53975CP100BA0

4.4
37402
MD number
Meaning:
Related to ....
38000
MD number
Meaning:
TANG_OFFSET
Default angle for tangential follow-up control
Default offset (angle) which the following axis forms with the tangent.
The angle acts additively to the angle programmed in the TANGON block.
if no tangential follow-up control
TANGON instruction
SINUMERIK 802D sl Description of Functions: T3
MM_ENC_COMP_MAX_POINTS[n]
(MD can only be displayed!)
Interpolation points for encoder/spindle compensation (LEC )
For leadscrew error compensation, the maximum number of interpolation points per axis/measuring system is
125.
The required number k can be calculated as follows using the defined parameters:
k
$AA_ENC_COMP_MIN
$AA_ENC_COMP_MAX
$AA_ENC_COMP_STEP
Related to ....
$AA_ENC_COMP_MAX$AA_ENC_COMP_MIN
=
+ 1
$AA_ENC_COMP_STEP
Initial position
End position
Distance betw. interpolation points
(system variable)
(system variable)
(system variable)
Index[n] has the following coding: [encoder no.]: 0

MD 32700: ENC_ COMP_ ENABLE[n] Interpolatory compensation active

6FC53975CP100BA0
4-117

4.4
4-118

6FC53975CP100BA0
Setting Data Description
5.1
41010
SD number
Meaning:
SD irrelevant for ... ...

Related to ....
41110
SD number
Meaning:

Related to ....

41130
SD number
Meaning:
Related to ....
JOG_VAR_INCR_SIZE
Size of variable increment for INC/handwheel
This setting data defines the number of increments when variable increment (INCvar) is selected. This increment size is traversed by the axis in JOG mode whenever the traverse key is pressed or the handwheel is
turned one detent position and variable increment is selected (Active machine function: INC variable interface signal for machine or geometry axes is set to 1).
Note: Please note that the increment size is active for incremental jogging and handwheel jogging.
If INCvar not active
IS Active machine function: INCvariable (V3200 1001.5, V3200 1005.5, V3200 1009.5, V380x 0005.5)
JOG_SET_VELO
JOG velocity for linear axes (for G94)
Value > 0:
The velocity entered applies to all linear axes in JOG mode if they are traversed manually using the traversing keys plus and minus.
The axis velocity setting is active for:
Continuous traversing
Incremental traversing (INC1, ..., INCvar)
Value = 0:
The feedrate in JOG mode is the corresponding axis-specific MD 32020: JOG_VELO JOG axis velocity. In
this way, it is possible to define a separate JOG velocity for every axis.
For rotary axes (SD 41130: JOG_ROT_AX_SET_VELO) applies
Axisspecific MD 32020: JOG_VELO (JOG axis velocity)
Axisspecific MD 32000: MAX_AX_VELO (maximum axis velocity)
SD 41130: JOG_ROT_AX_SET_VELO (JOG velocity for rotary axes)
JOG_ROT_AX_SET_VELO
JOG velocity for rotary axes
As for SD 41110: JOG_AX_SET_VELO but for all rotary axes instead of linear axes
The operator can define a JOG velocity for a particular application.
MD 32020: JOG_VELO
(JOG axis velocity)
MD 32000: MAX_AX_VELO
(maximum axis velocity)

6FC53975CP100BA0
5-119

5.1
41200
SD number
Meaning:

Related to ....
5-120
JOG_SPIND_SET_VELO
JOG speed for spindles
Value > 0:
The velocity entered applies to spindles in JOG mode if they are traversed manually using the traversing
keys plus and minus.
The velocity setting is active for:
Continuous jogging
Incremental jogging (INC1, ..., INCvar)
The value entered must not exceed the maximum permissible velocity (MD 32000: MAX_AX_VELO).
Value = 0:
If 0 has been entered in the setting data, the active JOG velocity is
MD 32020: JOG_VELO (JOG axis velocity). Each axis can be given its own JOG velocity with this MD (axisspecific MD).
When the spindle is traversed in JOG mode, the maximum velocity of the active gear stage (MD 35130:
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO_LIMIT) is taken into account.
Axes
MD 32020: JOG_VELO (JOG axis velocity)
MD 35130: GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO_LIMIT (maximum velocity of gear stages)
SINUMERIK 802D sl Description of Functions: H1, S1

6FC53975CP100BA0

5.2
5.2
Channel-specific setting data
42000
THREAD_START_ANGLE
SD number
Start angle for thread G33
Meaning:
This setting data can be used to program the offset of the individual threads when cutting multiple threads.
This SD can be changed from the part program by the SF=... command. If no SF=... is written in the G33
block of the part program, then the setting data applies.
Further references

42010
SD number
Meaning:
THREAD_RAMP_DISP[n]
(Index n = 0: run-up distance, n=1: Deceleration path)
Starting and deceleration behavior of feed axis in thread cutting G33
The SD is effective for thread cutting with G33, G34, G35. It provides two elements that determine the behavior during the starting of the thread axis (1st element = index 0) and during the braking with rounding (2nd
element = index 1).
The values possess the same properties for the thread run-in and run-out:
1:
Starting/braking of the thread axis is carried out with the configured acceleration.
Jerk according to current BRISK/SOFT programming.
0:
> 0:
Abrupt starting/braking of the feedrate axis during thread cutting.

The maximum thread starting/braking distance is defined. The defined distance may
cause an acceleration overload of the axis. The SD is defined during
the programming of DITR (Displacement Thread Ramp) from the block.
The default values (1) for both elements of the SD are set with NC reset and at the end of the part program.
Example:
$SC_THREAD_RAMP_DISP[0]=2 ; run-in path 2 mm

Related to ....
The SD is defined during the programming of DITS (index 0) and DITE (index 1) from the block.
no G33, G34, G35
With the DITS and DITE (Displacement Thread Start/End) part program instructions.
SINUMERIK 802D sl Description of Functions: K1, V1
42100
DRY_RUN_FEED
SD number
Dry run feedrate
Meaning:
To check a part program with regard to the traversing path (without workpiece to be machined) the operator
can activate the dry run feed function on the operator interface (Program control softkey). The value of this
setting data is then taken instead of the programmed feed value. Rapid traverse feed values are not changed.
The dry run feedrate value can be entered in the Setting data menu.
The function is effective only in the AUTOMATIC and MDA modes.
Dry run feedrate function not activated
Checking traversing distances with new part programs
Special cases, errors, ...

...
The function may not be activated if a workpiece should be machined. The maximum cutting speed of the
tool might be exceeded by the activated dry run feedrate. The destruction of the workpiece and of the tool
could be the consequence.

42110
SD number
Meaning:

DEFAULT_FEED
Default value for path feedrate
The setting date is evaluated during the start of the part program with consideration of the switch-on position
of the feedrate type.
Switch-on positions:
Turning: G95 feedrate in mm/rev. of the spindle
Milling: G94 feedrate in mm/min
If no F word is written at G1, G2, G2, ... for the applicable feedrate type and if the SD value is not zero, the
feedrate from this SD is used. Otherwise, an alarm indicating the missing feedrate is issued.
Turning: G94 programmed
Milling: G95 programmed
SINUMERIK 802D sl Description of Functions: V1

6FC53975CP100BA0
5-121

5.2
42940
SD number
Meaning:
TOOL_LENGTH_CONST
Retain the assignment of tool lengths 1 to 3 to the geo-axes when changing the machining plane (G17 to
G19)
If this setting data is not zero, the allocation of the tool lengths 1 to 3
(length, wear) to the geometry axes is not changed if the machining plane (G17 to G19) changes. The allocation of tool length components to the geometry axes results from the value of the setting data according to the
following tables. With respect to the allocation, a distinction is made between turning tools (tool types 500 to
599) and other tools (drilling/milling tools). For the representation in the tables it is assumed that geometry
axes 1 to 3 are named X, Y, Z. However, the geometry axis sequence, and not the axis identifier, is the determining factor in the assignment of an offset to an axis.
The assignment of the tool lengths to the geometry axes for turning tools (tool types 500 to
599) results from the value of setting data SD 42940 in accordance with the following table:
Plane/value
Length 1
Length 2
Length 3
17
Y
X
Z
18*)
X
Z
Y
19
Z
Y
X
17
X
Y
Z
18
Z
X
Y
19
Y
Z
X
The following table shows the allocation of the tool lengths 1 to 3 to the geometry axes for
drills/milling cutters (tool types 100 to 299):
Plane/value
Length 1
Length 2
Length 3
17*)
Z
Y
X
18
Y
X
Z
19
X
Z
Y
17
Z
X
Y
18
Y
Z
X
19
X
Y
Z
Related to ....
SD 42950: TOOL_LENGTH_TYPE
42950
SD number
Meaning:
TOOL_LENGTH_TYPE
Allocation of the tool length compensation independent of tool type
0:
The assignment is performed by default. A distinction is made between turning tools (tool type 500 to
599) and drilling/milling tools (tool type 100 to 299).
Related to ....
SD 42940: TOOL_LENGTH_CONST
5-122

6FC53975CP100BA0

5.3
5.3
Spindle-specific setting data
43210
SD number
Meaning:

SPIND_MIN_VELO_G25
Programmable lower spindle speed limiting for G25
The spindle speed is not permitted to drop below the minimum spindle speed limit entered in this SD. The
NCK limits an excessively small spindle speed setpoint to this value.
The spindle speed can only fall below the minimum limit through:

Spindle override 0%
M5
S0
IS Spindle stop (V380x 0004.3)
IS Controller enable (V380x 0002.1)
IS Reset (V3000 0000.7)
IS Spindle reset (V380x 0002.2)
IS Oscillation speed (V380x 2002.5
All spindle modes except control mode
The value in SD: SPIND_MIN_VELO_G25 can be altered by means of:

Related to ....
43220
SD number
Meaning:
G25 S .... in the part program

Operator commands from the HMI
The value in SD: SPIND_MIN_VELO_G25 is retained after reset or power off.
SD 43220: SPIND_MAX_VELO_G26
SD 43230: SPIND_MAX_VELO_LIMS (progr. Spindle speed limiting with G96)
SPIND_MAX_VELO_G26
Programmable upper spindle speed limiting for G26
The spindle speed is not permitted to exceed the maximum spindle speed limit entered in this SD. The NCK
limits an excessive spindle speed setpoint to this value.
All spindle modes except control mode.
The value in this SD: SPIND_MIN_VELO_G26 can be altered by means of:

Related to ....
43230
SD number
Meaning:


The value in SD: SPIND_MIN_VELO_G26 is retained after reset or power off.
SD 43210: SPIND_MIN_VELO_G25 (progr. spindle speed limiting G25)
SD 43230: SPIND_MAX_VELO_LIMS (progr. Spindle speed limiting with G96)
SPIND_MAX_VELO_LIMS
progr. Spindle speed limiting G96
At constant cutting rate (G96 and G97) an extra limits entered in SPIND_MAX_VELO_LIMS is operative in
addition to the continually applied limits. Furthermore this can be described with SPIND_MAX_VELO_LIMS in
the part program with LIMS=... .
All spindle functions except for G96 and G97 (constant cutting speed)
When cutting-off and for very small diameters of the workpiece to be machined, the spindle with the workpiece (lathe) accelerates higher and higher at a constant cutting rate (G96), theoretically reaching an infinitely
high set speed in the position of the traverse axis X=0. In cases such as this, the spindle rotates up to its
maximum spindle speed in the current gear stage (limited, where applicable, by G26). If, especially for G96,
the spindle is to be limited to a lower speed, then this can be defined using LIMS=....
SPIND_MAX_VELO_LIMS.
The value SD 43210: SPIND_MIN_VELO_LIMS can be changed using:

Related to ....
G26 S .... in the part program
LIMS S .... in the part program

The value SD SPIND_MIN_VELO_LIMS is retained after reset or power down.
SD 43220: SPIND_MAX_VELO_G26 (maximum spindle speed)
SD 43210: SPIND_MIN_VELO_G25 (minimum spindle speed)

6FC53975CP100BA0
5-123

5.3
43400
SD number
Meaning:

43410
SD number
Meaning:

43420
SD number
Meaning:

Related to ....
43430
SD number
Meaning:
WORKAREA_PLUS_ENABLE
Working area limiting active in positive direction
0: The working area limit of the axis is deactivated in the positive direction.
1: The working area limit of the axis is active in the positive direction.
The setting data is parameterized using the operator panel in the Parameter area by activating/deactivating
the working area limitation.
GCode: WALIMOF
WORKAREA_MINUS_ENABLE
Working area limiting active in negative direction
0: The working area limit of the axis is deactivated in the negative direction.
1: The working area limit of the axis is active in the negative direction.
The setting data is parameterized using the operator panel in the Parameter area by activating/deactivating
the working area limitation.
GCode: WALIMOF
WORKAREA_LIMIT_PLUS
Working area, limiting plus
The working area limits can be used to restrict the working area in the MCS in the positive direction of the
corresponding axis.
The setting data can be changed via the operator panel in the Parameter operating area.
The positive working area limit can be changed in the program with G26.
GCode: WALIMOF
SD 43400: WORKAREA_PLUS_ENABLE

Related to ....
WORKAREA_LIMIT_MINUS
Working area, limiting minus
The working area limitation can be used to restrict the working area in the MCS in the negative direction of
the corresponding axis.
The setting data can be changed via the operator panel in the Parameter operating area.
The negative working area limit can be changed in the program with G25.
G code: WALIMOF
SD 43410: WORKAREA_MINUS_ENABLE
43500
SD number
Meaning:
FIXED_STOP_SWITCH
Selection of travel to fixed stop
This setting data allows the Travel to fixed stop function to be checked.
Value =0: Deselect Travel to fixed stop function
=1: Select Travel to fixed stop function
5-124
The setting data can be overwritten by the part program using the command FXS[x]=1/0.

6FC53975CP100BA0

5.3
43510
SD number
Meaning:
FIXED_STOP_TORQUE
Clamping torque for travel to fixed stop
The clamping torque is entered in this setting data as a percentage of the maximum
motor torque (for FSD, corresponds with percentage of max. current setpoint)
Please note that a clamping torque greater than 100% may only be present for a short
time; otherwise, the motor will be damaged
When selecting the function Travel to fixed stop through programming FXS[.]
the default setting of the MD 37010: FIXED_STOP_TORQUE_DEF applies until it is programmed
with FXST[.].
The FXST[x] command acts like a block-synchronous change of this setting data.
The setting data can be modified by the operator.
The SD is already operative as the stop is approached.
Related to ....
The fixed stop is considered reached if: FIXED_STOP_ACKN_MASK,

bit 1 = 0, with MD37060: (no acknowledgment required) IS Fixed stop reached is set
by the NC.
Bit 1 = 1: (acknowledgment required) IS Fixed stop reached is set by the NC
and acknowledged by IS Acknowledge fixed stop reached.
MD 37010: FIXED_STOP_TORQUE_DEF (default setting for clamping torque)

6FC53975CP100BA0
5-125

5.3
5-126

6FC53975CP100BA0
Interface Signals
6.1
General
Interfaces
The exchange of signals and data between the PLC user program and
NCK (core of numerical control)
HMI (display unit)
takes places through various data areas. The PLC user program does not have to handle
the exchange of data and signals. From the users point of view, this takes place automatically.
NCK
General
General
PLC
Signals to NC
Signals from NC
Operating modes
Operating
modes
Channel
Axis,
Spindle
User
program
Signals to NCK
Signals from NCK
Channel
Signals to NCK
Signals to NCK
Signals from NCK
Signals from NCK
Spindle (n+1)
Axis n
Axis 2
Axis 1
Signals to NCK
Signals from NCK
Fig. 6-1
PLC/NCK interface

6FC53975CP100BA0
6-127
Interface Signals
6.1
General
Cyclical signal exchange

The control and status signals of the PLC/NCK interface are updated cyclically.
The signals can be subdivided into the following groups (see Fig. 6-1):
6-128
General signals
Operating mode signals
Channel signals
Axis/spindle signals

6FC53975CP100BA0
Interface Signals
6.2
6.2
Signals from/to HMI
6.2.1
Programcontrol signals from HMI
V1700 0000.5
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or signal
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0
Related to ....
V1700 0000.6
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal status 1 or edge transition 0 > 1

Related to ....
V1700 0001.3
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no

transition 1 > 0
V1700 0001.7
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0
Related to ....
Signals from/to HMI
M01 selected
Signal(s) from HMI > PLC
Signal(s) updated: cyclic
Signal(s) valid from SW:
Program control Activate M1 has been selected on the operator interface. This does not activate the function.
Program control Activate M1 has not been selected via the operator interface.
IS Activate M01
IS M0/M1 active
802D sl Description of Functions: K1
Dry run feedrate selected
Dry run feedrate is selected.
Instead of the programmed feedrate, the dry run feedrate entered in SD 42100: DRY_RUN_FEED is effective.
When activating the dry run feedrate, the signal is automatically entered in the PLC interface and transferred
by the PLC basic program to the PLC interface signal Activate dry run feedrate.
Dry run feedrate is not selected.
The programmed feedrate is effective.
IS Activate dry run feedrate (V3200 0000.6)
SD: DRY_RUN_FEED (dry run feedrate)
802D sl Description of Functions: V1, K1
Feed override for rapid traverse selected
The feedrate override switch is also to act as a rapid traverse override switch.
Overrides more than 100 % are limited to the maximum value of 100 % rapid traverse override.
The interface signal (IS) Feedrate override selected for rapid traverse is automatically entered in the PLC
interface by the operator panel and transferred by the PLC basic program to the PLC interface signal Rapid
traverse override effective.
Furthermore, the IS Feedrate override (VB3200 0004) is copied by the PLC basic program into the IS
Rapid traverse override (VB3200 0005).
Program control Feed override for rapid traverse has not been selected via the operator interface.
This signal is used if no separate rapid traverse override switch exists.
802D sl Description of Functions: V1
Program test selected
Program control Program test has been selected via the operator interface. This does not activate the
function.
Program control Program test has not been selected via the operator interface.
IS Activate program test
IS Program test active

6FC53975CP100BA0
6-129
Interface Signals
6.2
Signals from/to HMI
V1700 0002
V1700 0003.0 to .1
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0
Related to ....
V1700 0003.7 ***
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0
6.2.2
Skip block selectedrogram test selected#

Program control skip block has been selected via the operator interface. This does not activate the
function.
Program control skip block has not been selected via the operator interface.
IS Activate skip block
Measuring in JOG active
Signal(s) to PLC (HMI > PLC)
Signal(s) valid from SW: 1.1
The Tool measuring in JOG function is activated by HMI.
Note: This signal remains set when changing to AUTOMATIC mode in this function. The HMI maintains the
JOG image in the display. Only the active mode display changes.
The Tool measuring function is not active.
802D sl Description of Functions: M5
Signals from HMI
V1800 0000.0
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: yes
transition 0 > 1
Signal state 0
Signal irrelevant for ... ...
AUTOMATIC mode
AUTOMATIC mode has been selected by the HMI.
The signal status 1 is active for only one PLC cycle.
AUTOMATIC mode is not selected by the HMI.
if Change mode disable signal
V1800 0000.1
Interface signal
transition 0 > 1
Signal state 0
MDA mode
MDA mode has been selected by the HMI.
MDA mode is not selected by the HMI.
V1800 0000.2
Interface signal
transition 0 > 1
Signal state 0
JOG mode
JOG mode has been selected by the HMI.
JOG mode is not selected by the HMI.
6-130

6FC53975CP100BA0
Interface Signals
6.2
Signals from/to HMI
V1800 0000.4
Interface signal
transition 0 > 1
Signal state 0
Mode group changeover disable

Request by MMC: The current active mode (JOG, MDA or AUTOMATIC) should not be changed.
The signal status is active for only one PLC cycle.
The mode can be changed.
V1800 0000.6 ***

Interface signal
transition 0 > 1
Signal state 0
Start measuring in JOG

Request to PLC by HMI to start the measuring program with NC start.
The signal status 1 is active for only one PLC cycle only.
V1800 0001.2
Interface signal
transition 0 > 1
Signal state 0
6.2.3
Machine function REF

The REF machine function is selected from within JOG mode.
The signal status 1 is active for only one PLC cycle only.
Machine function REF is not selected.
if JOG mode is not active.
Signals from operator panel
V1900 0000.6
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0
Related to ....
6.2.4
Simulation active
The simulation function has been selected via the operator interface.
The simulation function has not been selected via the operator interface.
General selection/status signals from HMI
V1900 0003.7
V1900 0004.7
Machine axis
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1 or signal transition 0 > 1
Signal(s) from NC (HMI > PLC)

The operator has assigned an axis to the handwheel (1, 2, 3) directly on the operator panel. This axis is a
machine axis not a geometry axis (axis in the WCS).
For further information see IS Axis number.
The operator has assigned an axis to the handwheel (1, 2, 3) directly on the operator panel. This axis is a
geometry axis (axis in the WCS).
For further information see IS Axis number.
IS Axis number (V1900 0003.0 to .4, ff)
802D sl Description of Functions: H1

Related to ....

6FC53975CP100BA0
for handwheel 1
for handwheel 2
6-131
Interface Signals
6.2
Signals from/to HMI
V1900 1003.0 to .2
V1900 1004.0 to .2
Axis number
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Significance of signal
Signal(s) from NC (HMI > PLC)

The operator can assign an axis to every handwheel directly via the operator panel. To do so, he defines the
required axis (e.g. X).
The PLC user interface provides the number of the axis plus the information machine axis or geometry axis
(machine axis interface signal) as HMI interface signals.
The Activate handwheel interface signal for the defined axis must be set from the PLC user program.
Depending on the setting in the HMI interface signal machine axis, either the interface for the geometry axis
or for the machine axis is used.
The following must be noted when assigning the axis designation to the axis number:
IS Machine axis = 1; i.e. machine axis not geometry axis:
The assignment is made via MD 10000: AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB[n]
(machine axis name).
IS Machine axis = 0; i.e. geometry axis (axis in WCS):
The assignment is made via MD 20060: AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB[n]
(geometry axis name in channel). IS Channel number geometry axis handwheel n defines the channel
assigned to the handwheel.
for handwheel 1
for handwheel 2
The following coding applies to the axis number:

Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
axis number
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
2
0
1
1
3
1
0
0
4
1
0
1
5
Note: Bit 3 and bit 4 must always be left with value =0.
Related to ....
6.2.5
IS Machine axis (V1900 1003.7 ff)

IS Activate handwheel 1 to 3 /geometry axes 1, 2, 3
(V3200 1000.0 to .2, V3200 1004.0 to .2, V3200 1008.0 to .2)
IS Activate handwheel 1 to 3 /machine axes (V380x 0004.0 to .2)
MD 10000: AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB [n] (machine axis name)
MD 20060: AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB[n] (name of the geometry axis in the channel)
General selection/status signals to HMI
V1900 5001.0
Interface signal
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0
Update the tool list

Signal(s) from channel (PLC > HMI)
Tool display is updated
V1900 5002.0
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Enabling machine tool measuring in JOG

Signal(s) from NCK (PLC HMI)
Measuring in JOG function can be activated.
6-132
No effect
802D sl Description of Functions: W1
Signal(s) valid from SW: 2
Measuring in JOG is not possible.


6FC53975CP100BA0
Interface Signals
6.2
VD1900 5004
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Value > 0
(DWORD)
Value = 0
Signals from/to HMI
Tool number for tool measuring in JOG

Signal(s) to HMI (PLC > HMI)
Input of T number from PLC for entering measurement results to HMI. The number entered in the HMI
screen is used as offset number D.
No specification of the T no. by PLC
if IS Measuring in JOG active (V1700 0003.7) is not set.

6FC53975CP100BA0
6-133
Interface Signals
6.3
Auxiliary function transfer from NC channel
6.3
V2500 0004. 0 to .4
V2500 0006.0
V2500 0008.0
V2500 0010.0
V2500 0012.0 to .2
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
VB2500 1000 to
VB2500 1012
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Related to ....
VD2500 2000
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
6-134
M function Change 1 to 5
S function Change 1
T function Change 1
D function Change 1
H function Change 1 to 3
Signal(s) from channel (NCK > PLC)
An M, S, T, D or H function has been output to the interface with a new value together with the associated
change signal. In this case, the change signal indicates that the appropriate value is valid.
The change signals are only valid for one PLC cycle! That means that there is a pending change for this
cycle if the signal is 1.
The value of the data concerned is not valid.
Decoded M signals: M0 M99

The dynamic M signal bits are set by decoded M functions.
With a general auxiliary function output, dynamic M signal bits are acknowledged by the PLC system program after the complete AWP routine has been executed once.
Spindle clockwise/counter-clockwise rotation, switch coolant ON/OFF
IS M function for the spindle (DINT), axis-specific (VD370x 0000)
T function 1
Signal(s) updated: Job controlled by NCK
The T function programmed in an NC block is made available here as soon as the T change signal is applied.
Value range of T function: 032000; integer
The T function remains valid until it is overwritten by a new T function.
After PLC power-up.
All auxiliary functions are deleted before a new function is entered.
Control of automatic tool selection.
When T0 is selected, the current tool is removed from the tool holder but not replaced by a new tool (default configuration by machine manufacturer).

6FC53975CP100BA0
Interface Signals
6.3
VD2500 3000
VD2500 3008
VD2500 3016
VD2500 3024
VD2500 3032
VB2500 3004
VB2500 3012
VB2500 3020
VB2500 3028
VB2500 3036
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Related to ....
VD2500 4000
VD2500 4008
VB2500 4004
VB2500 4012
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Related to ....
VD2500 5000
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
M function 1
M function 2
M function 3
M function 4
M function 5
Extended address M function 1
Up to 5 M functions programmed in an NC block are made available here simultaneously as soon as the M
change signals are applied.
Value range of the M functions: 0 to 99; integer
Value range of extended address: 12; integer (spindle number)
The M functions remain valid until they are overwritten by new M functions.
After PLC power-up.
IS M function for the spindle (DINT), axis-specific (VD370x 0000)
S function 1
S function 2
Extended address S function 1
Extended address S function 2
The S function programmed in an NC block (speed or cutting value with G96) is made available here as soon
as the S change signal is applied.
Value range of the S function: : Floating point (REAL format/4-byte)
Value range of extended address: 12; integer (spindle number)
The S function remains valid until it is overwritten by a new S function.
After PLC power-up.
IS S function for the spindle (REAL), axis-specific (VD370x 0004)
D function 1
The D function programmed in an NC block is made available here as soon as the D change signal is applied.
Value range of D function: 09; integer
The D function remains valid until it is overwritten by a new D function.
After PLC power-up.
D0 is reserved for deselecting the current tool offset.

6FC53975CP100BA0
6-135
Interface Signals
6.3
VD2500 6000
VD2500 6008
VD2500 6016
VW2500 6004
VW2500 6012
VW2500 6020
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
6-136
H function 1
H function 2
H function 3
Extended address H function 1
Up to 3 H functions programmed in an NC block are made available here simultaneously as soon as the H
change signals are applied.
Value range of the H functions: Floating point (REAL format/4-byte)
Value range of extended address: 0 to 99; integer
The H functions remain valid until they are overwritten by new H functions.
After PLC power-up.
Switching functions on the machine.

6FC53975CP100BA0
Interface Signals
6.4
6.4
NCK signals
6.4.1
General signals to NCK
V2600 0000.1
Interface signal
NCK signals
EMERGENCY STOP
Signal(s) to NC (PLC > NC)
Edge evaluation: no

transition 0 > 1
The NC is switched to the EMERGENCY STOP state and the EMERGENCY STOP procedure is started
on the NC.

transition 1 > 0

Related to ....
IS Acknowledge EMERGENCY STOP (V2600 0000.2)

IS EMERGENCY STOP active (V2700 0000.1)
V2600 0000.2
Interface signal
Acknowledge EMERGENCY STOP

The NC is not in the EMERGENCY STOP state.

The EMERGENCY STOP state is (still) active but can be reset with IS Acknowledge
EMERGENCY STOP and IS reset.
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
The EMERGENCY STOP state is reset only if IS Acknowledge EMERGENCY STOP followed by IS Reset (V3000 0000.7) are set. It must be noted in this respect that IS Acknowledge EMERGENCY STOP
and IS Reset must be set (together) for a long enough period for IS EMERGENCY STOP active (V2600
0000.1) to be reset.
By resetting the EMERGENCY STOP state:

the EMERGENCY STOP active interface signal is reset

the controller enable is switched in
IS Position control active is set
the IS 802-Ready is set
Alarm 3000 is canceled
the part program is no longer processed
Related to ....
IS EMERGENCY STOP (V2600 0000.1)

IS EMERGENCY STOP active (V2700 0000.1)
IS Reset (V3000 0000.7)
V2600 0001.0
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
INC inputs in mode group range active

Signal(s) to NCK (PLC > NCK)

Related to ....
The IS INC1, INC10, ..., continuous in the operating mode range are used as input signals (V3000
0002.0 to .6).
The IS INC1, INC10, ..., continuous in the axis and geometry axis range are used as input signals.
IS Machine function INC1 to continuous in operating mode range (V3000 0002.0 to .6)
IS Machine function INC1,...,continuous
for geometry axis 1 (V3200 1001.0 to .6)
IS Machine function INC1,...,continuous in axis range (V380x 0005.0 to .6)

6FC53975CP100BA0
6-137
Interface Signals
6.4
NCK signals
6.4.2
General signals from NCK
V2700 0000.1
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
EMERGENCY STOP active


transition 0 > 1
The NC is in the EMERGENCY STOP state.
Related to ....
IS EMERGENCY STOP (V2600 0000.1)

IS Acknowledge EMERGENCY STOP (V2600 0000.2)
V2700 0001.0
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Probe 1 is actuated
Signal(s) from NCK (NCK PLC)
Probe 1 is actuated
V2700 0001.7
Interface signal
INCH dimension system

Edge evaluation: no

The NC works with the inch dimension system.
Signal state 0
The NC works with the metric dimension system.

802D sl Description of Functions: G2
6-138
Probe 1 is not actuated
Signal state 1
V2700 0004.0 to .7
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Minus cam signals 132

Signal(s) from NCK (NCK> PLC)
Signal(s) updated: cyclically
Signal(s) valid from SW release: 2.1
The switching edges of the minus cam signals 132 are created independently of the direction of traversing of the (rotary) axis and transferred to the PLC interface at the IPO clock.
Linear axis:
The minus cam signal switches from 0 to 1 when the axis overtravels the minus cam in the negative axis
direction.
Modulo rotary axis:
The minus cam signal changes the levels at each positive edge of the plus cam signal.
Linear axis: The minus cam signal switches from 1 to 0 when the axis overtravels the minus cam in the
positive axis direction.
Modulo rotary axis:
The minus cam signal changes the levels at each positive edge of the plus cam signal.

6FC53975CP100BA0
Interface Signals
6.4
V2700 0008.0 to .7
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
NCK signals
Plus cam signal 132

Signal(s) from NCK (NCK> PLC)
The switching edges of the plus cam signals 132 are created independently of the direction of traversing
of the (rotary) axis and transferred to the PLC interface at the IPO clock.
Linear axis:
The plus cam signal switches from 0 to 1 when the axis overtravels the plus cam in the positive direction.
Modulo rotary axis: The plus cam signal switches from 0 to 1 when the axis overtravels the minus cam in
the positive axis direction.
The described behavior of the plus cam applies under the following condition:
Plus cam minus cam < 180 degrees
If this condition is not fulfilled or the minus cam is greater than the plus cam, the behavior of the plus cam
signal is inverted. The behavior of the minus cam signal remains unchanged.
Linear axis: The plus cam signal switches from 1 to 0 when the axis overtravels the plus cam in the negative direction.
Modulo rotary axis: The plus cam signal switches back from 1 to 0 when the axis overtravels the plus
cam in the positive axis direction.
The described behavior of the plus cam applies under the following condition:
Plus cam minus cam < 180 degrees
If this condition is not fulfilled or the minus cam is greater than the plus cam, the behavior of the plus cam
signal is inverted. The behavior of the minus cam signal remains unchanged.

6FC53975CP100BA0
6-139
Interface Signals
6.5
6.5
Mode signals
Mode signals
V3000 0000.0
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0
Related to ....
AUTOMATIC mode
AUTOMATIC mode is selected by the PLC program.
V3000 0000.1
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0
Related to ....
MDA mode
MDA mode is selected by the PLC program.
V3000 0000.2
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0
Related to ....
JOG mode
JOG mode is selected by the PLC program.
V3000 0000.4
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
Signal state 0
Mode group changeover disable

The currently active mode (JOG, MDA or AUTOMATIC) cannot be changed.
V3000 0000.7
Interface signal
transition 0 > 1
Reset
The channel must change to the RESET status. The current program is then in program status aborted. All moving axes and spindles are decelerated to zero speed according to their acceleration ramp
without contour violation. The initial settings are set (e.g. for G functions). The alarms are cleared if they
are not POWER ON alarms.
Channel status and program run are not affected by this signal.

transition 1 > 0
Related to ....
6-140
AUTOMATIC mode is not selected by the PLC program.

if Mode group changeover disable signal
IS Active mode AUTOMATIC
MDA mode is not selected by the PLC program.

IS Active mode MDA
JOG mode is not selected by the PLC program.

IS Active mode JOG
The mode can be changed.

IS Channel reset
IS All channels in reset state
An alarm which cancels IS 802 ready ensures that the channel is no longer in the Reset state. In order to
switch to another operating mode, a reset must then be initiated.

6FC53975CP100BA0
Interface Signals
6.5
Mode signals
V3000 0001.2
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0
Machine function REF

Machine function REF is activated in JOG mode.
V3000 0000.0 to .6
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Machine function INC1, INC10, INC100, INC1000, INC10000, INCvar, continuous

Signal(s) to modes (PLC > NCK)
This input range is only used if the INC inputs in mode group range active interface signal (V2600 0001.0)
is set. The signals then apply to all axes and geometry axes.

Related to ....
Machine function REF is not activated.

if JOG mode is not active.
IS INC... defines how many increments the axis traverses when the traversing key is pressed or the
handwheel turned one detent position. JOG mode must be active. With INCvar the value in the general SD
41010: JOG_VAR_INCR_SIZE applies.
In continuous mode the associated axis can be traversed with the plus or minus traversing key according
to how the traverse key is pressed.
As soon as the selected machine function becomes active, this is signaled to the PLC interface (IS Active
machine function INC1; ...). If several machine function signals (INC1, INC... or Continuous jogging) are
selected at the interface simultaneously, no machine function is activated by the control.
Note:
The input IS INC... or continuous for changing an active machine function must be active for at least one
PLC cycle. A static application is not required.
The machine function in question is not selected. No change to the active machine function is required.
If an axis is currently traversing an increment, this movement is also aborted if this machine function is deselected or changed over.
IS INC inputs in mode group range active (V2600 0001.0)
IS Machine function INC1, ..., continuous
IS Machine function INC1, ..., continuous in axis range (V380x 0005.0 to .6)
IS Active machine function INC1, ..., continuous
for geometry axis1 (V3300 1001.0 to .6)
IS Active machine function INC1, ..., continuous in axis range (V390x 0005.0 to .6)
V3100 0000.0
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0
Active mode AUTOMATIC

Signal(s) from NCK (NCK > PLC)
AUTOMATIC mode is active.
V3100 0000.1
Interface signal
Edge evaluation:
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0
Active mode MDA

MDA mode is active.
AUTOMATIC mode is not active.

MDA mode is not active.


6FC53975CP100BA0
6-141
Interface Signals
6.5
Mode signals
V3100 0000.2
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0
Active mode JOG

JOG mode is active.
V3100 0000.3
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
802 READY
This signal is set after POWER ON when all voltages are present. The mode group is now ready and part
programs can be processed and axes traversed in the channel.
The mode group/channel is not ready. Possible causes of this are:
A serious axis or spindle alarm is active
Hardware fault
Mode group incorrectly configured (machine data)

V3100 0001.2
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0
6-142
JOG mode is not active.

If the mode group ready signal changes to the 0 state

the axis and spindle drives are decelerated with max. braking current to zero speed,
the signals from the PLC to the NCK are switched to the inactive state (initial setting).
An alarm which cancels IS 802 READY ensures that the channel is no longer in the Reset state. In order to
switch to another operating mode, a reset must then be initiated. (V3000 0000.7)
Active machine function REF
Machine function REF is active in JOG.
Machine function REF is not active.


6FC53975CP100BA0
Interface Signals
6.6
6.6
Channel-specific signals
6.6.1
Signals to channel
V3200 0000.4
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0
Activate single block

Signal(s) to channel (PLC > NCK)
In the AUTOMATIC mode the program is processed in the single-block mode; in MDA only 1 block can be
entered in any case.
No effect
A new program can first be tested in single block mode in order to monitor the individual program steps
more exactly.
Intermediate blocks can be inserted if tool radius compensation (G41,G42) is selected.

Related to ....
References
V3200 000.5
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0
Related to ....
V3200 0000.6
Interface signal
In a series of G33 blocks single block is effective only if dry run feedrate is selected.
Pure calculation blocks are not processed in the single step in Single block coarse but only in Single
block fine. The preselection is made via softkey Program control.
IS Single-block selected
IS Program status stopped
Subsection LEERER MERKER
Activate M1
M1 programmed in the part program leads to a programmed stop when processed in AUTOMATIC or
MDA mode.
M1 programmed in the part program does not lead to a programmed stop.
IS M01 selected (V1700 0000.5)
IS M0/M1 active (V3300 0000.5)
Activate dry run feedrate
Signal(s) to channel (PLC NCK)
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1

transition 1 > 0
Related to ....
Instead of the programmed feedrate (for G1, G2, G3, CIP, CT), the dry run feedrate defined in SD 42100:
DRY_RUN_FEED is used if the dry run feedrate is larger than the programmed feedrate.
This interface signal is evaluated on an NC start when the channel is in the Reset state.
When selected on the PLC, the Activate dry run feedrate interface signal is required to be set by the PLC
user program.
The programmed feedrate is used for traversing.
Active after Reset.
Testing a workpiece program with an increased feedrate.
IS Dry run feedrate selected (V1700 0000.6)
SD 42100: DRY_RUN_FEED (Dry run feedrate)

6FC53975CP100BA0
6-143
Interface Signals
6.6
V3200 0001.0
Interface signal
Related to ....
V3200 0001.7
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1

transition 1 > 0
Related to ....
V3200 0002.0
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0
Related to ....
Activate referencing
Channel-specific referencing is started with the Activate referencing interface signal. The control acknowledges a successful start with the Referencing active interface signal. Each machine axis assigned to the
channel can be referenced with channel-specific referencing (this is achieved internally on the control by
simulating the plus/minus travel keys). The axis-specific MD 34110: REFP_CYCLE_NR (axis sequence for
channel-specific referencing) can be used to define the sequence in which the machine data are referenced.
If all axes entered in MD: REFP_CYCLE_NR have reached their reference point, the all axes referenced
interface signal (V3300 0004.2) is enabled.
If the machine axes are to be referenced in a particular sequence, the following options are available:

The operator must observe the correct sequence on start-up

The PLC must check the sequence when starting or define it itself.
The channel-specific referencing function is used.

Referencing active interface signal (V3300 0001.0)
All axes referenced interface signal (V3300 0004.2)
802D sl Description of Functions: R1
Activate program test
Axis disable is set internally for all axes (not spindle). Therefore the machine axes do not move when a
part program block or a part program is being processed. The axis movements are simulated on the operator interface with changing axis position values. The axis position values for the display are generated
from the calculated setpoints.
The part program is processed in the normal way.
Part program processing is not affected by the function program test
IS Program test selected
IS Program test active
Skip block
Blocks marked in the part program with an oblique (/) are skipped. If there is a series of skip blocks, this
signal is only active if it is pending before decoding of the first block of the series, ideally before NC start.
The marked part program blocks are not skipped.
IS Skip block selected
V3200 0003.0
Stroke disable
Interface signal
Edge evaluation:
Signal(s) to the channel (PLC>NCK)

Signal(s) updated:
Signal(s) valid from SW release: 3
This signal is used to enable the punching strokes via the PLC. 1signal: The stroke is disabled; no punching stroke must be initiated by the NC.
0signal: Stroke enable is provided; if no enable signal is set, no punching stroke can be executed by the
NC.
V3200 0003.1
Interface signal
Edge evaluation:
Signal status 1 or
signal transition 0 > 1
Signal status 0 or
Stroke initiated manually

Signal(s) updated:
This signal can be used to initiate a single stroke in the manual mode.
1signal: A manual stroke is executed.
0signal: No effect
6-144

6FC53975CP100BA0
Interface Signals
6.6
V3200 0003.2
Interface signal
Edge evaluation:
Signal status 0 or
V3200 0003.3
Interface signal
Edge evaluation:
Signal status 0 or
Stroke suppressed
Signal(s) updated:
The signal merely prevents the stroke. The machine will nevertheless traverse. If the automatic path distribution is active, it also remains active. Merely the Initiate stroke signal is suppressed. The machine will
traverse in the stop and go mode. The step length is defined by the path segmentation. 1signal: The
stroke suppression is active.
0signal: The stroke suppression is not active.
Stroke does not run

Signal(s) updated:
The NC reacts to this signal with immediate motion stop. If a motion or another action is interrupted due to
this signal, an alarm is issued.
Physically, the signal for the CNC is identically to the Stroke active signal, i.e. the system is switched
such that the two signals are connected to the same NC input via an AND operation. 1signal: Stroke
does not run (corresponds to the Stroke enable signal)
0signal: Stroke running (corresponds to the Stroke enable signal)
V3200 0003.4
Delayed stroke
Interface signal
Edge evaluation:

Signal(s) updated:
This signal can be used to activate a Delayed stroke. In respect of its function, this signal corresponds to
a programming of PDELAYON. Any further PLC signals not complying with the standard are not evaluated
by the NCK. Except for the manual stroke initiation, the evaluation of the signals is limited to PON active.
1signal: Delayed stroke is active
0signal: Delayed stroke is not active

V3200 0003.5
Manual stroke initiation
Interface signal
Edge evaluation:

Signal(s) updated:
This signal Manual stroke initiation can be used to initiate punching by the operator even without part
program machining. Thus, the punch initiation is controlled from the PLC. A performed stroke initiation is
indicated to the PLC via the NCK > PLC IS Manual stroke initiation acknowledgment (DB21, ...
DBX38.1). 1signal: Manual stroke initiation is active
0signal: Manual stroke initiation is not active

6FC53975CP100BA0
6-145
Interface Signals
6.6
VB3200 0004
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
Feedrate override
Table 6-1
Switch
position
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
Related to ....
6-146
Gray coding for feedrate override

Code
00001
00011
00010
00110
00111
00101
00100
01100
01101
01111
01110
01010
01011
01001
01000
11000
11001
11011
11010
11110
11111
11101
11100
10100
10101
10111
10110
10010
10011
10001
10000
Feedrate override
factor
0.0
0.01
0.02
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.10
0.20
0.30
0.40
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.85
0.90
0.95
1.00
1.05
1.10
1.15
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
IS Feedrate override active (V3200 0006.7)


6FC53975CP100BA0
Interface Signals
6.6
VB3200 0005
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
Rapid traverse override

The feed disable is inactive when G33 is active.
Table 6-2
Gray coding for rapid traverse override
Switch
position
Code

factor
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
00001
00011
00010
00110
00111
00101
00100
01100
01101
01111
01110
01010
01011
01001
01000
11000
11001
11011
11010
11110
11111
11101
11100
10100
10101
10111
10110
10010
10011
10001
10000
0.0
0.01
0.02
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.10
0.20
0.30
0.40
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.85
0.90
0.95
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
Related to ....
IS Rapid traverse override active (V3200 0006.6)

V3200 0006.0
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
Feed disable
The signal is active on a channel in all operating modes.
The signal disables all axes interpolating relative to each other as long as G33 (thread) is not active.
All axes are brought to a standstill with adherence to the path contour. When the feed disable is
canceled (0 signal), the interrupted part program is continued.
The position control is retained, i.e. the following error is eliminated.
If a travel request is issued for an axis with an active Feed disable, The pending travel request is
executed immediately when the Feed disable is canceled.

transition 1 > 0
If the axis is interpolating in relation to others, this also applies to these axes.
The feedrate is enabled for all axes on the channel.
If a travel request (Travel command) exists for an axis or group of axes when the Feed disable is
canceled, this is executed immediately.
The feed disable is inactive when G33 is active.

6FC53975CP100BA0
6-147
Interface Signals
6.6
V3200 0006.1
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0
Read-in disable
Data transfer of the next block into the interpolator is disabled. This signal is only active in modes AUTOMATIC and MDA.
Data transfer of the next block into the interpolator is enabled. This signal is only active in modes AUTOMATIC and MDA.
In a case where an auxiliary function has to have been executed before the next
block can be processed (e.g. for a tool change), automatic block change must be
inhibited with readin disable.
N21 G...
X ...M...
N20 T...
N20 T...
N21

M (GND)
Reading into buffer

Block processed
Read-in disable signal
Data transfer
Contents of the interpolator
Output of the auxiliary function
Data transfer into the interpolator
Read-in disable for tool change
Query point of the read-in enable
Remove read-in disable
Related to ....
IS Program status running

V3200 0006.4
Interface signal
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0
Program level abort

On each signal transition 0 > 1 the current program level being processed (subroutine level) is immediately aborted. Processing of the part program continues one level higher after the exit point.
No effect
6-148
The main program level cannot be aborted with this IS, only with IS Reset.

6FC53975CP100BA0
Interface Signals
6.6
V3200 0006.6
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0

Related to ....
V3200 0006.7
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0

Related to ....
Rapid traverse override active

The rapid traverse override between 0 and a maximum of 100% entered in the PLC interface is channelspecific.
The rapid traverse override entered in the PLC interface is ignored.
If the rapid traverse override is not active, an override factor of 100% is used
internally on the NC.
Note:
The 1st switch position of the gray-coded interface for the value represents an exception. In this case, this
override factor is also used with Rapid traverse override inactive and 0% is issued as the override value
for axes.
The rapid traverse override is inactive if G33 is active.
IS Rapid traverse override (V3200 0005)
Feedrate override active
The feedrate override between 0 and a maximum of 120% entered in the PLC interface is active for the
path feedrate and therefore automatically for the related axes.
In JOG mode, the feedrate override acts directly on the axes.
The feedrate override entered in the PLC interface is ignored.
If the feedrate override is not active, an override factor of 100% is used internally on the NC.
Note:
The 1st switch position of the gray-coded interface for the value represents an exception. In this case, this
override factor is also used with Feedrate override inactive and 0% is issued as the override value for
axes (acts the same as Feed disable).
The feedrate override is inactive if G33 is active.
IS Feedrate override (V3200 0004)
V3200 0007.0
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0
Related to ....
NC start disable
IS NC Start is ineffective
V3200 0007.1
Interface signal
transition 0 > 1
NC Start
Signal(s) valid from SW status
AUTOMATIC mode: The selected NC program is started or resumed.
If data are transferred from the PLC to the NC in the Program interrupted state, the data are calculated
immediately on NC Start.

transition 1 > 0
Related to ....
IS NC Start is effective.
This signal is used to suppress renewed program processing because, for example, there is no lubricant.
IS NC Start
MDA mode: The entered part program blocks are released for execution or continued.
No effect
IS NC Start disable

6FC53975CP100BA0
6-149
Interface Signals
6.6
V3200 0007.2
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0
Related to ....

V3200 0007.3
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1

transition 1 > 0
NC Stop at block limit

The current NC program is stopped after the current part program block has been processed. Otherwise
as for IS NC Stop.
No effect
IS NC Stop
IS NC Stop axes plus spindles
IS Channel status interrupted
NC stop
The current NC program is stopped immediately, the current block is not completed. Only the axes without
contour violation are stopped.
Distances to go are traversed only after a renewed start.
The program status changes to stopped, the channel status changes to interrupted.
No effect
On NC start the program is continued at the point of interruption.
IS NC Stop
IS NC Start
Program running
Axis running
Block processed
The signal NC stop must be active for at least one PLC cycle.
Related to ....
IS NC Stop at block limit

6-150

6FC53975CP100BA0
Interface Signals
6.6
V3200 0007.4
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1

transition 1 > 0
NC Stop axes plus spindles

The current NC program is stopped immediately, the current block is not completed. Distances-to-go are
not completed until a start signal is given. The axes and the spindle are stopped. They are brought to a
controlled standstill, however.
The program status changes to stopped, the channel status changes to interrupted.
No effect
Channel status Reset
Program status aborted
All axes and spindles that were not caused to move by a program or program block (e.g. axes are moved by
pressing the travel keys on the machine control panel) are not decelerated to zero speed with NC stop
axes plus spindles.
The program is continued at the interrupted place with NC Start.
The signal NC stop axes plus spindles must be pending for at least one PLC cycle.
Signal NC Stop axes

Signal NC Start
Program running
Axis running
Spindle running
Block processed
Related to ....

V3200 0013.5
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0
Related to ....

IS NC Stop
Deactivate workpiece counter
The workpiece count monitoring is turned off with activated tool monitoring.
No effect

6FC53975CP100BA0
6-151
Interface Signals
6.6
V3200 1000.0 to .1
V3200 1004.0 to .1
V3200 1008.0 to .1
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no

Related to ....

V3200 1000.3
V3200 1004.3
V3200 1008.3
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1

transition 1 > 0
V3200 1000.4
V3200 1004.4
V3200 1008.4
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 0
Related to ....
6-152
Activate handwheel (1 to 3)
for geometry axis 1

for geometry axis 2
for geometry axis 3
These machine data determine whether this geometry axis is assigned to handwheel 1, 2, 3 or no handwheel.
Only one handwheel can be assigned to an axis at any one time.
If several Activate handwheel interface signals are set, priority
Handwheel 1 before Handwheel 2 before Handwheel 3 applies.
Note:Three geometry axes can be traversed simultaneously with handwheels 1 to 3!
Neither handwheel 1, 2 nor 3 is assigned to this geometry axis.
The PLC user program can use this interface signal to disable the influence of turning the handwheel on the
geometry axis.
IS Handwheel active 1 to 3
for geometry axis 1: V3300 1000.0 to .2
Feed stop Geo-axes (axes in the WCS)

The signal is only active in JOG mode (axes traversed in the WCS).
The signal triggers a feed stop for the axis. Traversing axes are brought to a standstill under controlled
braking (ramp stop). No alarm is output.
If a travel request is issued for an axis with an active Feed stop, the request is retained. This pending
travel request is executed immediately after the Feed stop is canceled.
The feedrate is enabled for the axis.
If a travel request (Travel command) is active when the Feed stop is canceled, this is executed
immediately.
Traverse key disable
for geometry axis 1

for geometry axis 2
for geometry axis 3
The traverse keys plus and minus have no effect on the geometry axes in question. It is thus not possible to
traverse the geometry axis in JOG with the traverse keys on the machine control panel.
If the traverse key disable is activated during a traverse movement, the geometry axis is stopped.
Traverse keys plus and minus are enabled.
It is thus possible, depending on the operating mode, to disable manual traverse of the geometry axis in JOG
mode with the traverse keys from the PLC user program.
IS Traverse key plus and ... minus for geometry axis 1 (V3200 1000.7 and .6)
for geometry axis 2 (V3200 1004.7 and .6)

6FC53975CP100BA0
Interface Signals
6.6
V3200 1000.5
V3200 1004.5
V3200 1008.5
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no

V3200 1000.7 and .6
V3200 1004.7 and .6
V3200 1008.7 and .6
Interface signal

Rapid traverse override for geometry axis 1

for geometry axis 2
for geometry axis 3
If the PLC interface signal Rapid traverse override is set together with Traverse key plus and Traverse
key minus, the geometry axis in question traverses at rapid traverse set for JOG on the assigned machine
axis (e.g.: X > X1).
The rapid traverse velocity is defined in MD 32010: JOG_VELO_RAPID.
Rapid traverse override is active in the following JOG modes:
Incremental traversing
If rapid traverse override is active, the velocity can be modified with the rapid traverse override switch.
The geometry axis traverses at the defined JOG velocity (SD: JOG_SET_VELO or MD: JOG_VELO).
802D sl Description of Functions: H1, V1
Traverse keys plus and minus
for geometry axis 1

for geometry axis 2
for geometry axis 3

The selected axis can be traversed in both directions in JOG mode with the traverse keys plus and minus.
With signal 1 the axis starts to traverse at the set increment. If the signal changes to the 0 state
before the increment is traversed, the traversing movement is interrupted. When the signal state
changes to 1 again the movement is continued.
The axis can be stopped and started several times as described above until the increment has
been completely traversed.
Continuous traversal
If no INC measure is selected, and continuous is, the axis travels for as long as the traverse key
is pressed.
If both traverse signals (plus and minus) are set at the same time, no movement occurs, or any current
movement is aborted!
The effect of the traverse keys can be disabled for every axis individually with the PLC interface signal
Traverse key disable.
Notice!
In contrast to machine axes, for geometry axes, only one geometry axis can be traversed at any
one time using the traversing keys. Alarm 20062 is triggered if an attempt is made to traverse
more than one axis with the traverse keys.
No traverse
The geometry axis cannot be traversed in JOG mode:
Related to ....
If it is already being traversed via the axis-specific PLC interface (as a machine axis).
If another geometry axis is already being traversed with the traverse keys.
Alarm 20062 Axis already active is output.
IS Traverse key plus and Traverse key minus for the machine axes (V380x 0004.7 and .6)
IS Traverse key disable
for geometry axis 1 (V3200 1000.4)

6FC53975CP100BA0
6-153
Interface Signals
6.6
V3200 1001.0 to .6
V3200 1005.0 to .6 V3200
1009.0 to .6
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no

Related to ....
6.6.2
for geometry axis 1

for geometry axis 2
for geometry axis 3
This input range is only used if IS INC inputs in mode group range active (V2600 0001.0) is not set.
The interface signals INC... define how many increments the geometry axis traverses when the traverse key
is pressed or the handwheel is turned one detent position. JOG mode must be active.
With INCvar the value in the general SD 41010: JOG_VAR_INCR_SIZE applies.
In mode continuous the associated geometry axis can be traversed with the plus or minus traversing key
according to how the traverse key is pressed.
As soon as the selected machine function becomes active, this is signaled to the PLC interface (interface
signal Active machine function INC1;...).
If several machine function signals (INC1, INC... or Continuous jogging) are selected at the interface simultaneously, no machine function is activated by the control.
Note:
The machine function in question is not selected. No change to the active machine function is requested.
IS Active machine function INC1, ...
for geometry axis 1 (V3300 1001.0 ... .6)
IS INC inputs in the mode group area active (V2600 0001.0)
Signals from the channel
V3300 0000.3
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
Action block active

Block search: Output with accumulated auxiliary function outputs in progress (see Subsection
LEERER MERKER)
V3300 0000.4
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
Approach block active

Block search with calculation/on contour: Start block in progress (see Subsection LEERER MERKER)
6-154

6FC53975CP100BA0
Interface Signals
6.6
V3300 0000.5
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1

transition 1 > 0
M0/M1 active
The part program block has been processed, the auxiliary functions have been output and
M0 is stored in the working memory
M1 is stored in the working memory and IS Activate M01 is active
The program status changes to stopped.
With IS NC Start
On program abort as a result of Reset
Data transfer to
working memory
Block processed
NC block with M0
M0
M change signal
(1 PLC cycle time)
IS M0/M1 active
IS NC Start
Related to ....
V3300 0000.6
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
V3300 0001.0
Interface signal
Related to ....
V3300 0001.2
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Related to ....
IS Activate M01
IS M01 selected
Last action block active
Block search: Last block of the output with collected auxiliary function outputs in progress (see Subsection
LEERER MERKER)
Referencing active
Channel-specific referencing has been started with the Activate referencing interface signal and successful
start acknowledged with the Referencing active interface signal. Channel-specific referencing is operational.
Channel-specific referencing has been completed

Axis-specific referencing running
No referencing active
Spindles
Activate referencing interface signal (V3200 0001.0)
Revolutional feedrate active
Signal(s) from channel (NCK PLC)
When programming G95 (revolutional feedrate) in the AUTOMATIC mode.

6FC53975CP100BA0
6-155
Interface Signals
6.6
V3300 0001.4
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0
Block search active

The Block search function is active. It was selected and started on the operator interface.
The block search function is not active.
The block search function makes it possible to jump to a certain block within a part program and to start
processing the part program at this block.
V3300 0001.5
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
M2/M30 active
NC block with M2 is completely processed. If traversing motions are also programmed in this block, the
signal is not output until the target position is reached.

transition 1 > 0
No program end or abort

Status after power-up of control system
Start of an NC program
Data transfer to
working memory
Block processed
NC block with M2
M2
M change signal
(1 PLC cycle time)
IS M2/M30 active
The PLC can detect the end of program processing with this signal and react appropriately.
The functions M2 and M30 have equal priority. Only M2 should be used.
IS M2/M30 active is applied statically at the end of a program.
Not suitable for automatic follow-on functions such as workpiece counting, bar feed, etc. M2 must be
programmed in a separate block and the word M2 or the decoded M signal used for these functions.
No auxiliary functions leading to read-in stop may be written in the last block of a program.
V3300 0001.6
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Transformation active
Signal(s) from NCK channel (NCK>PLC)
The NC command TRANSMIT or TRACYL is programmed in the part program. The corresponding block has
been processed by the NC and a transformation is now active.
Signal state 0
Edge change 1>0
No transformation is active.
6-156

6FC53975CP100BA0
Interface Signals
6.6
V3300 0001.7
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1

transition 1 > 0
Related to ....
V3300 0003.0
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0

V3300 0003.2
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0
Related to ....

V3300 0003.3
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0
Program test active

Program control Program test is active. Axis disable is set internally for all axes (not spindles). Therefore
the machine axes do not move when a part program block or a part program is being processed. The axis
movements are simulated on the operator interface with changing axis position values. The axis position
values for the display are generated from the calculated setpoints.
The part program is processed in the normal way.
Program control Program test is not active.
IS Activate program test
IS Program test selected
Program status running
The part program has been started with IS NC start and is running.
Program stopped by M00/M01 or NC Stop or mode change.
The block is executed in single-block mode.
End of program reached (M2)
Program abort by Reset
Current block cannot be processed
The IS Program status running does not change to 0 if workpiece machining is stopped by the following
events:
Output of feed disable or spindle disable
IS Read-in disable
Feed override to 0%
Response of the spindle and axis monitoring
Program status stopped
The NC part program has been stopped by NC stop, NC stop axes plus spindles, NC stop at block
limit, programmed M0 or M1 or single block mode.
Program status stopped is not active.
IS NC Stop
Program status interrupted
When changing from AUTOMATIC or MDA mode (when program has stopped) after JOG the program
status switches to interrupted. The program can be continued at the point of interruption in AUTOMATIC
or MDA mode when NC start is operated.
Program status interrupted is not active.
IS Program status interrupted signifies that the part program can be continued after an NC start.

6FC53975CP100BA0
6-157
Interface Signals
6.6
V3300 0003.4
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0
Related to ....
Program status aborted

The program has been selected but not started or the current program was aborted with Reset.
V3300 0003.5
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
Channel status active

In this channel
a part program or block is currently being processed in AUTOMATIC or MDA mode or
at least one axis is
being traversed in JOG mode.
Channel status interrupted or Channel status Reset is active.

transition 1 > 0
V3300 0003.6
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0
V3300 0003.7
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0
V3300 0004.2
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Related to ....
V3300 00004.3
Data block
Edge evaluation: no
6-158
Program status interrupted is not active.

IS Reset

Channel status interrupted
The NC part program in AUTOMATIC or MDA mode can be stopped by NC stop, NC stop axes plus
spindles, NC stop at block limit, programmed M0 or M1 or single block mode.
With NC start the part program or the interrupted traversing movement can be continued.
Channel status active or Channel status Reset is active.
Channel status reset
The signal changes to 1 as soon as the channel goes into Reset status, i.e. no processing taking place.
The signal changes to 0 if processing is taking place in the channel, e.g.
execution of a part program or block search
All axes referenced
Signal(s) from channel (PLC > NCK)
All axes referenced.
(Note for axes requiring referencing:
MD 34110: REFP_CYCLE_NR, MD 20700: REFP_NC_START_LOCK )
One or more axes on the channel have not been referenced.
The spindles of the channel have no effect on this interface signal.
Referenced/synchronizing 1 interface signal (V390x 0000.4)
All axes stationary
All axes assigned to the channel are stationary with interpolator end. No other traversing movements are
active.
802D sl Description of Functions: B1

6FC53975CP100BA0
Interface Signals
6.6
V3300 0006.0
Interface signal
Edge evaluation:
Signal status 1 or
Signal status 0 or
Stroke initiation active

Signal(s) from the channel (NCK > PLC)
Signal(s) updated:
This signal indicates an active stroke initiation.
1signal: The stroke initiation is active.
0signal: The stroke initiation is not active.
V3300 0006.1
Interface signal
Edge evaluation:
Signal status 1 or
Signal status 0 or
Acknowledgment of manual stroke initiation

Signal(s) updated:
This signal indicates whether a manual stroke was initiated.
1signal: A manual stroke was initiated.
0signal: No manual stroke was initiated.
V3300 0008
V3300 0009
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal status 1 or edge transition > 0 ?1
Machinerelated protection zone 1 (...10) preactivated
Signal status 0 or edge transition > 1 ? 0
Related to ....
V3300 0010
V3300 0011
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Related to ...
with ....
V3300 0012
V3300 0013
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no

The machinerelated protection zone 1 (...10) is preactivated in the current block. (The preactivation was
performed in the part program.) Thus, the protection zone can be activated or deactivated in the PLC user
program using the interface signal DB21, ... DBX8.0 DBX9.1 (Activate machinerelated protection zone
1 (...10)).
The machinerelated protection zone 1 (...10) is deactivated in the current block. (The deactivation was
performed in the part program.) Thus, the protection zone can be deactivated or set inactive in the PLC
user program using the interface signal DB21, ... DBX8.0 DBX9.1 (Activate machinerelated protection
zone 1 (...10)).
DB21, ... DBX8.0 DBX9.1 (Activate machinerelated protection zone 1 (...10)).
Channelspecific protection zone 1 (...10) preactivated
The channelspecific protection zone 1 (...10) is preactivated in the current block. (The preactivation was
performed in the part program.) Thus, the protection zone can be activated or deactivated in the PLC user
program using the interface signal DB21, ... DBX10.0 DBX11.1 (Activate channelspecific protection
zone 1 (...10)).
The channelspecific protection zone 1 (...10) is deactivated in the current block. (The deactivation was
performed in the part program.) Thus, the protection zone can be deactivated or set inactive in the PLC
user program using the interface signal DB21, ... DBX10.0 DBX11.1 (Activate channelspecific protection zone 1 (...10)).
DB21, ... DBX10.0 DBX11.1 (Activate channelspecific protection zone 1 (...10)).
Machinerelated protection zone 1 (...10) violated

The activated, machinerelated protection zone 1 (...10) is violated in the current block or in the current
JOG motion. The preactivated, machinerelated protection zone 1 (...10) would be violated in the current
block if it would be set active by the PLC.
The activated, machinerelated protection zone 1 (...10) is not violated in the current block. The preactivated, machinerelated protection zone 1 (...10) would not be violated in the current block if it would be set
active by the PLC.
This interface signal (IS) can be used to check before swinging parts into the work space whether the tool
or the workpiece is in the machinerelated protection zone of the part to be swung in.

6FC53975CP100BA0
6-159
Interface Signals
6.6
V3300 0014
V3300 0015
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
V3300 1000.0 bis .1

V3300 1004.0 to .1
V3300 1008.0 to .1
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no

Related to ....
V3300 1000.7 and .6
V3300 1004.7 and .6
V3300 1008.7 and .6
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Related to ....
6-160
Channelspecific protection zone 1 (...10) violated

The activated, channelspecific protection zone 1 (...10) is violated in the current block. The preactivated,
channelspecific protection zone 1 (...10) would be violated in the current block if it would be set active by
the PLC.
The activated, channelspecific protection zone 1 (...10) is not violated in the current block. The preactivated, channelspecific protection zone 1 (...10) would not be violated in the current block if it would be set
active by the PLC.
This interface signal (IS) can be used to check before swinging parts into the work space whether the tool
or the workpiece is in the channelspecific protection zone of the part to be swung in.
Handwheel active (1 to 2)
for geometry axis 1

for geometry axis 2
for geometry axis 3
These PLC interface signals report whether this geometry axis is assigned to handwheel 1, 2 or 3 or to no
handwheel.
If the assignment is active, the geometry axis can be traversed with the handwheel in JOG mode.
IS Activate handwheel (V3200 1000.0 to .2, V3200 1004.0 to .2, V3200 1008.0 to .2)
Travel command plus and minus
for geometry axis
for geometry axis 1
for geometry axis 2
for geometry axis 3
A traverse movement of the axis is to be executed in one or the other direction. Depending on the mode selected, the command is triggered in different ways:
JOG mode: with the plus or minus traverse key
REF submode: with the traverse key that takes the axis to the reference point
AUTO/MDA mode: the program block containing a coordinate value for the axis
in question is executed.
A travel command in the relevant axis direction has not been given or a traverse movement has been completed.
JOG mode:
Cancelation of traverse key
While ending traversing with the handwheel.
REF submode:
When the reference point is reached
AUTO/MDA mode:
The program block has been executed (and the next block does not contain any coordinate values
for the axis in question)
Abort with RESET, etc.
IS Axis disable is active
To release clamping of axes with clamping
Note:
If the clamping is not released until the travel command is given, these
axes cannot be operated under continuous path control!
IS Traverse key plus and ... minus

6FC53975CP100BA0
Interface Signals
6.6
V3300 1001.0, ..., .6

V3300 1005.0, ..., .6
V3300 1009.0, ..., .6
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Related to ....

V3300 4001.1
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1

transition 1 > 0
Active machine function INC1, ..., continuous

for geometry axis 1
for geometry axis 2
for geometry axis 3
The PLC interface receives a signal stating which JOG mode machine function is active for the geometry
axes.
The machine function in question is not active.
IS Machine function INC1, ..., continuous


Workpiece setpoint reached
The required number of workpieces is reached.
According to setting in MD 27880: PART_COUNTER:

Bit 1 = 0:
when $AC_REQUIRED_PARTS equal to $AC_ACTUAL_PARTS
Bit 1 = 1:
when $AC_REQUIRED_PARTS equal to $AC_SPECIAL_PARTS
The required number of workpieces is not reached.

6FC53975CP100BA0
6-161
Interface Signals
6.7
Axis/spindle-specific signals
6.7
Signals to axis (V380x ....)
x=0 > axis 1,
x=1 >axis 2, ...
Signals from axis (V390x ....)
Axis 3
Axis 2
Axis 1
x=0 > axis 1,

x=1 >axis 2, ...
Clamping in progress (V380x 0002.3)

Hardware limit switch plus (V380x 1000.1)
Hardware limit switch minus (V380x 1000.0)
Axis
monitoring
functions
2nd software limit switch plus (V380x 1000.3)
Encoder frequency exceeded 1

(V390x 0000.2)
2nd software limit switch minus (V380x 1000.2)
Fig. 6-2
PLC interface signals for axis monitoring functions
6.7.1
Transferred axisspecific M and S functions
VD370x 0000
Interface signal
Edge evaluation:
Related to ....
VD370x 0004
Interface signal
Edge evaluation:
M function for spindle

Signals from axis/spindle (NCK > PLC), axisspecific
Generally the M functions are output in V2500... channel-specific. In the V25001... range these only remain
valid for one PLC cycle; in V25003... until a new function is output.
In this IS M function for spindle selected spindle M functions are available to the PLC as a current integer
value.

M3
> value: 3
M4
> value: 4
M5
> value: 5
IS S function for spindle (VD370x 0004), axis-specific
IS auxiliary function transfer from NC channel (V2500...)
802D sl Description of Functions: S1
S function for spindle
Signals from axis/spindle (NCK > PLC), axisspecific
Generally the S function is transferred to the PLC channel-specific in VD2500 4000 as a floating point value.
In this IS S function for spindle the floating point value is output to the PLC on an axis-specific basis:

S.... as the spindle speed in rpm (programmed value)

S.... as the constant cutting speed in m/min or ft/min for G96
The following S functions are not output here:
Related to ....
6-162

S.... as the programmed Spindle speed limiting G25

S.... as the programmed Spindle speed limiting G26
S.... as the dwell time in spindle revolutions

IS M function for the spindle (VD370x 0000), axis-specific
IS Transferred S function (VD2500 4000), channel-specific

6FC53975CP100BA0
Interface Signals
6.7
6.7.2
Signals to axis/spindle
VB380x 0000
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
Feedrate override (axisspecific)

Signal(s) to axis (PLC NCK)
The axisspecific feedrate override is defined via the PLC in gray coding.
Switch
position
Code
Axial feedrate over

ride factor
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
00001
00011
00010
00110
00111
00101
00100
01100
01101
01111
01110
01010
01011
01001
01000
11000
11001
11011
11010
11110
11111
11101
11100
10100
10101
10111
10110
10010
10011
10001
10000
0.0
0.01
0.02
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.10
0.20
0.30
0.40
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.85
0.90
0.95
1.00
1.05
1.10
1.15
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
Table 6-3
Related to ....
Gray coding for axisspecific feedrate override
IS Override active (V380x 0001.7)


6FC53975CP100BA0
6-163
Interface Signals
6.7
V380x 0001.1
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 0
Edge change 1>0
IS irrelevant for ....

Related to ....
V380x 0001.2
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Related to ....
V380x 0001.7
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1

transition 1 > 0
Related to ....
6-164
Acknowledge fixed stop reached

Signal(s) to axis/spindle (PLC NCK)
Meaning after the fixed stop has been reached
IS Fixed stop reached = 1
The axis pushes against the fixed stop with the clamping torque
The fixed stop monitoring window is activated
A block change is performed.
Meaning after the fixed stop has been reached
The axis pushes against the fixed stop with the clamping torque
The fixed stop monitoring window is activated
No block change is performed and channel alarm
Wait: Auxiliary function acknowledgment missing is displayed.
Meaning once the fixed stop has been reached:
The function is aborted, the alarm 20094 axis %1 Function aborted is displayed.
Meaning when function is deselected FXS = 0 via part program:
Torque limiting and monitoring of the fixed stop window are canceled.
MD 37060: FIXED_STOP_ACKN_MASK (monitoring of PLC acknowledgments for travel to fixed stop) = 0 or
1 (for values >1, however)
MD 37060: FIXED_STOP_ACKN_MASK (monitoring of PLC acknowledgments for travel to fixed stop)
802D sl Description of Functions: F1
Sensor for fixed stop
Fixed stop is reached.
Fixed stop is not reached.

The signal is effective only if MD 37040: FIXED_STOP_BY_SENSOR is set to 1.
Override active
Feedrate override active (for axes):
The axis-specific feedrate override between
0 and a maximum of 120% entered in the PLC interface is used.
Spindle override active (for spindle):
The spindle override of 50 to a maximum of 120% is used.
The existing axisspecific feedrate override or spindle override is not active.
If the feedrate override is inactive, 100% is used as the internal override factor.
Note:
The 1st switch position of the gray-coded interface for the value represents a special case. In this case,
the override factor of the 1st switch position is also used with Override inactive and 0% is issued as the
override value for axes (acts the same as Feed disable); accordingly 50%, is issued for the spindle.
The spindle override is always accepted with 100% in the spindle Oscillation mode.
The spindle override acts on the programmed values before the limits (e.g. G26) intervene.
The feedrate override is inactive if G33 is active.
IS Feedrate override and IS Spindle override

6FC53975CP100BA0
Interface Signals
6.7
V380x 0002.0
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal status 1 or
Cam activation
Signal(s) to axis/spindle (PLC > NCK)
The output of the minus and plus cam signals of an axis to the general PLC
interface is activated.
The activation comes immediately into effect after processing of the IS Cam activation in the NCK.
Signal status 0 or
Related to ....
The minus and plus cam signals of an axis are not output to the general PLC
interface.
IS Minus cam signal 132 (V2700 0004.0 bis .7)
IS Plus cam signal 132 (V2700 0008.0 to .7)
V380x 0002.2
Interface signal
Spindle reset/Delete distance-to-go


Edge change 0 > 1

Independent of MD 35040: SPIND_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET, spindle reset has the following effects for the
different spindle modes:
Open-loop control mode: Spindle stops
Program continues running
Spindle continues to run with subsequent M and S program
commands
Oscillation mode:

transition 1 > 0
Related to ....
Positioning mode:
No effect
Oscillation is aborted
Axes continue to run
Program is continued with current gear stage
With a subsequent M value and a higher S value,
IS Setpoint speed limited (V390x 2001.1) is set if necessary.
is stopped
MD 35040: SPIND_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET (own spindle reset)

IS Reset (V300 00000.7)
IS Delete distance-to-go (V380x 0002.2) is another name for the same signal; however, it applies to each
axis.
V380x 0002.3
Data block
Edge evaluation: no
Related to ....
Clamping in progress
Clamping in progress
The clamping monitoring function is activated.
Clamping terminated.
The zero-speed monitoring function takes over from the clamping monitoring function.
MD 36050: CLAMP_POS_TOL (clamping tolerance)
802D sl Description of Functions: A3

6FC53975CP100BA0
6-165
Interface Signals
6.7
V380x 0003.1
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal state 0
Edge change 1>0
IS irrelevant for ....

Related to ....
V380x 0003.6
Data block
Edge evaluation: no
Related to ....

V380x 0004.0 to .2
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no

Related to ....
6-166
Enable travel to fixed stop

Meaning when FXS function is selected via part program,
(IS Activate travel to fixed stop = 1):
Travel to fixed stop is enabled and the axis traverses from the start position at the programmed velocity to the
programmed target position.
Meaning when FXS function is selected via part program,
(IS Activate travel to fixed stop = 1):
Travel to fixed stop is disabled.
The axis is at the start position with reduced torque.
Channel alarm Wait: Auxiliary function acknowledgment missing is displayed.
Meaning before the fixed stop has been reached
Travel to fixed stop is aborted
Alarm 20094: axis%1 Function aborted is displayed
Meaning once fixed stop has been reached
IS Fixed stop reached = 1.
Torque limiting and the monitoring of the fixed stop monitoring window are canceled.
MD 37060: FIXED_STOP_ACKN_MASK (monitoring of PLC acknowledgments for travel to fixed stop) = 0 or
2
MD 37060: FIXED_STOP_ACKN_MASK (monitoring of PLC acknowledgments for travel to fixed stop)
IS Activate travel to fixed stop
Velocity/spindle speed limitation
Signal(s)
The NCK limits the velocity/spindle speed to the limit value set in
MD 35160: SPIND_EXTERN_VELO_LIMIT.
No limiting active.
MD 35100: SPIND_VELO_LIMIT (max. spindle speed)
SD 43220: SPIND_MAX_VELO_G26 (prog. spindle speed limiting G26)
SD 43230: SPIND_MAX_VELO_LIMIT (prog. spindle speed limiting G96)
Activate handwheel (1 to 3)
This PLC interface signal defines whether this machine axis is assigned to handwheel 1, 2, 3 or no handwheel.
If the assignment is active, the machine axis can be traversed with the handwheel in JOG mode.
The PLC user program can use this interface signal to disable the influence of turning the handwheel on the
axis.
IS Handwheel active 1 to 3 (V390x 0004.0 to .2)

6FC53975CP100BA0
Interface Signals
6.7
V380x 0004.3
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1

transition 1 > 0

V380x 0004.4
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Related to ....
V380x 0004.5
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no

Related to ....
Feed stop/Spindle stop (axisspecific)

The signal is active in all modes.
Feed stop:
The signal triggers a feed stop for the axis. Traversing axes are brought to a standstill under
controlled braking (ramp stop). No alarm is output.
The signal triggers a feed stop for all path axes interpolating relative to each other when the Feed
stop is activated for any one of these axes. In this case, all the axes are brought to a stop with
adherence to the path contour. When the feed stop signal is canceled, execution of the interrupted
part program is resumed.
If a travel request is issued for an axis with an active Feed stop, the request is retained. This
pending travel request is executed immediately when Feed stop is canceled.
If the axis is interpolating in relation to others, this also applies to these axes.
Spindle stop:
The spindle is brought to a standstill along the acceleration characteristic.
In positioning mode, activation of the Spindle stop signal interrupts the positioning process. The
above response applies with respect to individual axes.
Feed stop:
The feedrate is enabled for the axis.
If a travel request (Travel command) is active when the Feed stop is canceled, this is executed
immediately.
Spindle stop:
The speed is enabled for the spindle.
The spindle is accelerated to the previous speed setpoint with the acceleration characteristic or, in
positioning mode, positioning is resumed.
Feed stop:
The traversing motion in the machine axes is not started when Feed stop is active, if, for example,
certain operating states that do not permit axis motion (e.g. door not closed) prevail.
Spindle stop:
Change a tool
Traverse key disable
The traverse keys plus and minus have no effect on the machine axes in question. It is thus not possible to
traverse the machine axis in JOG with the traverse keys on the machine control panel.
If the traverse key disable is activated during a traverse movement, the machine axis is stopped.
Traverse keys plus and minus are enabled.
It is thus possible, depending on the operating mode, to disable manual traverse of the machine axis in JOG
mode with the traverse keys from the PLC user program.
IS Traverse key plus and Traverse key minus (V380x 0004.7 and .6)
If interface signal Rapid traverse override is set together with Traverse key plus and Traverse key minus,
the machine axis in question traverses at rapid traverse.
The rapid traverse velocity is defined in MD 32010: JOG_VELO_RAPID.
Rapid traverse override is active in the following JOG modes:
Continuous jogging
Incremental jogging
If rapid traverse override is active, the velocity can be modified with the axis-specific feedrate override switch.
The machine axis traverses at the defined JOG velocity
(SD 41110: JOG_SET_VELO or SD 41130, or MD 32020: JOG_VELO).
Reference point approach (JOG mode)
IS axis-specific Feedrate override (VB380x 0000)

6FC53975CP100BA0
6-167
Interface Signals
6.7
V380x 0004.7 and .6

Interface signal

Special cases, ......
Related to ....

V380x 0005.0 to .6
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no

Related to ....
6-168
Plus and minus traverse keys

The selected axis can be traversed in both directions in JOG mode with the traverse keys plus and minus.
With signal 1 the axis starts to traverse at the set
increment. If the signal changes to the 0 state before the increment is traversed,
the traversing movement is interrupted. When
signal state 1 occurs again, the traverse motion is restarted.
The traversing motion
of the axis can be stopped and restarted multiple times as described above
until the increment has been fully traversed.
If no INC measure is selected but continuous is, the axis travels for as long as the
traverse key is actuated.
If both traverse signals (plus and minus) are set at the same time there is no movement or a current movement is aborted.
The effect of the traverse keys can be disabled for every axis individually with the PLC interface signal
Traverse key disable.
No traverse
The machine axis cannot be traversed in JOG mode if it is already being traversed via the channel-specific
PLC interface (as a geometry axis). Alarm 20062 is signaled.
Indexing axes
IS Traverse key plus and ... minus for geometry axis 1 (V3200 1000.7 and .6)
IS Traverse key disable (V380x 0004.4 )
Machine functions INC1, INC10, INC100, INC1000, INC10000, INCvar, continuous
This input range is only used if IS INC inputs in mode group range active (V2600 0001.0) is not set.
The interface signals INC... define how many increments the machine axis traverses when the traverse key
is pressed or the handwheel is turned one detent position. JOG must be active.
With INCvar the value in the general SD 41010: JOG_VAR_INCR_SIZE applies.
In continuous mode the associated axis can be traversed with the plus or minus traversing key according to
how the traverse key is pressed.
As soon as the selected machine function becomes active, this is signaled to the PLC interface (IS Active
machine function INC1...).
If several machine function signals (INC1, INC... or Continuous jogging) are selected at the interface simultaneously, no machine function is activated by the control.
Note:
The machine function in question is not selected. No change to the active machine function is requested.
IS Active machine function INC1, ... (V390x 0005.0 ... .6)
IS INC inputs in the mode group area active (V2600 0001.0)

6FC53975CP100BA0
Interface Signals
6.7
V380x 1000.1 and .0

Data block
Edge evaluation: no

Related to ....
V380x1000.3 or .2
Data block
Edge evaluation: no

Related to ....

V380x1000.7
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Related to ....
Hardware limit switches plus and minus

A switch can be mounted at each end of the travel range of a machine axis which will cause a signal Hardware limit switch plus or minus to be signaled to the NC via the PLC if it is approached.
If the signal is recognized as set, alarm 021614 Hardware limit switch + or is output and the axis is decelerated immediately. The braking mode is defined in
MD 36600: BRAKE_MODE_CHOICE (deceleration behavior on hardware limit switch).
Normal condition, hardware limit switch not triggered.
MD 36600: BRAKE_MODE_CHOICE (deceleration behavior on hardware limit switch)
2nd software limit switch plus or minus
2nd software limit switch for the plus or minus direction is active.
1st software limit switch for the plus or minus direction is not active.
The 2nd software limit switches (plus and minus) can be activated in addition to the 1st software limit switches (plus and minus) via this interface signal.
The position is defined by MD 36130: POS_LIMIT_PLUS2,
MD 36120: POS_LIMIT_MINUS2 (2nd software limit switch plus, 2nd software limit switch minus).
1st software limit switch for the plus or minus direction is active.
2nd software limit switch for the plus or minus direction is not active.
MD 36110: POS_LIMIT_PLUS, MD 36130: POS_LIMIT_PLUS2,
MD 36100: POS_LIMIT_MINUS, MD 36120: POS_LIMIT_MINUS2, (software limit switch plus, software limit
switch minus)
Reference point approach delay
The machine axis is positioned at the reference cam.
The machine axis is positioned in front of the reference cam. A reference cam of appropriate length (to the
end of the traversing range) has been used to prevent the machine axis from being positioned behind the
referencing cam.

6FC53975CP100BA0
6-169
Interface Signals
6.7
V380x 2000.0 to .2
Interface signal
Signal state 1
(leveloperated)
Actual gear stage A to C

When the new gear is engaged, the IS Actual gear stage A to C and Gear changed are enabled by the
PLC user. This informs the NCK that the correct gear stage has been successfully engaged. The gear
change is complete (spindle oscillation mode is deselected), the spindle accelerates in the new gear stage to
the last programmed spindle speed and the next block in the part program can be executed.
The actual gear stage is specified in coded format (ABC values).
A parameter set is used for each of the 5 gear stages and is assigned as follows:
Parameter
set no.
0
1
2
3
4
5
Related to ....

V380x 2000.3
Interface signal
transition 0 > 1

transition 1 > 0
Related to ....
6-170
VDI
code
CBA
Data in data set
contents
Data for axis mode
000
001
Data for 1st gear stage
Servo gain factor

Monitoring functions
M40 speed
Min/max speed
Acceleration
etc.
010
Data for 2nd gear stage
011
Data for 3rd gear stage
100
Data for 4th gear stage
101
Data for 5th gear stage
110
111
If the PLC user reports back to the NCK with a different actual gear stage than issued by the NCK as the set
gear stage, the gear change is still treated as having been successfully completed and the actual gear stage
A to C is activated.
IS Set gear stage A to ...C (V390x 2000.0 to .2)
IS Change gear (V390x 2000.3)
IS Gear changed (V380x 2000.3)
Parameter sets (MD) for gear stages.
Gear changed
When the new gear is engaged, the IS Actual gear stage A to C and Gear changed are enabled by the
PLC user. This informs the NCK that the correct gear stage has been successfully engaged. The gear stage
change is complete (spindle oscillation mode is deselected), the spindle accelerates in the new gear stage to
the last programmed spindle speed and the next block in the part program can be executed. The IS Change
gear is reset by the NCK, which causes the PLC user to reset the IS Gear changed.
No effect
If the PLC user reports back to the NCK with a different actual gear stage than issued by the NCK as the set
gear stage, the gear change is still treated as having been successfully completed and the actual gear stage
A to C is activated.
IS Actual gear stage A to C (V380x 2000.0 to .2)
IS Set gear stage A to ...C (V390x 2000.0 to .2)

6FC53975CP100BA0
Interface Signals
6.7
V380x 2001.0
Interface signal
Feedrate override for spindle valid (instead of spindle override)

Signal(s) from axis/spindle (PLC > NCK)

transition 0 > 1
The Feedrate override value

(VB380x 0000) is used for the spindle instead of the Spindle override value.

transition 1 > 0
The Spindle override value is used.
Related to ....
IS
Spindle override (VB380x 2003)
IS
Feedrate override (V380x 0000)
IS
Override active (V380x 0001.7)

V380x 2001.4
Interface signal
Signal state 1
transition 1 > 0
Related to ....
V380x 2001.6
Interface signal
transition 0 > 1

V380x 2002.4
Interface signal
transition 0 > 1

transition 1 > 0
Related to ....
Resynchronize spindle during positioning 1

The spindle must be resynchronized during positioning.
No effect
All spindle modes except for positioning mode

The spindle has an indirect measuring system and slipping may occur between the motor and the clamp. If
the signal=1 when the positioning process is started, the old reference is deleted and the zero mark searched
for again before the end position is approached.
Referenced/synchronizing 1 interface signal (V390x 0000.4)
Invert M3/M4
The direction of rotation of the spindle motor changes with the following functions:
M3
M4
M5
SPOS from movement; not active for SPOS from standstill.
The machine has a selector switch for a vertical and horizontal spindle. The mechanical design incorporates
one gear wheel more on the horizontal spindle than on the vertical spindle. The direction of rotation must
therefore be changed on the vertical spindle if the spindle is always to rotate clockwise with M3.
Oscillation via PLC
If the IS Oscillation via PLC is enabled, the IS Oscillation speed effects output of a speed only in conjunction with the IS Direction of rotation setpoint counter-clockwise and clockwise. The oscillation, i.e. the continuous change of the direction of rotation, is performed by the PLC user with the IS Direction of rotation setpoint counter-clockwise and clockwise (oscillation via PLC).
If the IS Oscillation via PLC is not enabled, the IS Oscillation speed triggers automatic oscillation on the
NCK. The two times for the directions of rotation are entered in MD 35440: SPIND_OSCILL_TIME_CW
(oscillation time for M3 direction) SPIND_OSCILL_TIME_CW (oscillation time for M3 direction) and MD
35450: SPIND_OSCILL_TIME_CCW (oscillation time for M4 direction).
If the new gear stage cannot be engaged in spite of several attempts by the NCK, the system can be switched to oscillation via PLC. Both of the times can then be altered by the PLC user. This assures a reliable
change of the gear stage, even with unfavorable gear wheel positions.
MD 35440: SPIND_OSCILL_TIME_CW (oscillation time for direction M3)
MD 35450: SPIND_OSCILL_TIME_CCW (oscillation time for M4 direction)
IS Set direction of rotation counterclockwise (V380x 2002.7)
IS Set direction of rotation clockwise (V380x 2002.6)

6FC53975CP100BA0
6-171
Interface Signals
6.7
V380x 2002.5
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
Oscillation speed
If the gear stage must be changed (IS Change gear (V390x 2000.3) is enabled), the spindle changes to
oscillation mode.
The spindle decelerates to a standstill with different acceleration levels, according to the point when the IS
Oscillation speed (V380x 2002.5) was enabled:
1. The IS Oscillation speed is enabled before the IS Change gear is enabled by the NCK. The spindle is
brought to a standstill with the
acceleration during oscillation (MD: SPIND_OSCILL_ACCEL). Once the spindle is stationary, oscillation
is immediately initiated.

transition 1 > 0
Related to ....

V380x 2002.7 / .6
Interface signal
transition 0 > 1

Related to ....
6-172
2. The IS Oscillation speed is enabled after the IS Change gear is enabled by the NCK and when the
spindle is stationary. The position controller is disabled. The spindle decelerates with the deceleration
rate in speed controlled mode. After the IS Oscillation speedis set, the spindle starts to oscillate with the
oscillation acceleration (MD:SPIND_OSCILL_ACCEL).
If the IS Oscillation via PLC (V380x 2002.4) is not enabled, the IS Oscillation speed triggers automatic
oscillation on the NCK. The two times for the directions of rotation are entered in MD: in
SPIND_OSCILL_TIME_CW (oscillation time for M3 direction) and SPIND_OSCILL_TIME_CCW (oscillation
time for M4 direction).
If the IS Oscillation via PLC is enabled, the IS Oscillation speed effects output of a speed only in conjunction with the IS Direction of rotation setpoint counter-clockwise and clockwise. The oscillation, i.e. the continuous change of the direction of rotation, is performed by the PLC user with the IS Direction of rotation setpoint counter-clockwise and clockwise (oscillation via PLC).
The spindle does not oscillate.
The oscillation speed is used to facilitate the engagement of a new gear stage.
IS Oscillation via the PLC (V380x 2002.4)
IS Set direction of rotation counterclockwise (V380x 2002.7)
IS Set direction of rotation clockwise (V380x 2002.6)
Setpoint direction of rotation, counter-clockwise/setpoint direction of rotation, clockwise
When the IS Oscillation via PLC is enabled, the two IS Direction of rotation setpoint counterclockwise and
Direction of rotation setpoint clockwise can be used to set the direction of rotation for the oscillation speed.
The times for the oscillation movement of the spindle motor are defined by enabling the IS Direction of rotation setpoint counterclockwise and clockwise for a corresponding length of time.
See IS Oscillation via PLC
If both of the IS are enabled simultaneously, no oscillation speed is output.
If no IS are set, then an oscillation speed is not output.

IS Oscillation via the PLC (V380x 2002.4)

6FC53975CP100BA0
Interface Signals
6.7
VB380x 2003
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
transition 0 > 1
Spindle override
Signal(s) to spindle (PLC NCK)
The spindle override is defined via the PLC in gray coding.
The override value determines the percentage of the programmed speed setpoint that is issued to the
spindle.
Switch
position
Code
Spindle override factor
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
00001
00011
00010
00110
00111
00101
00100
01100
01101
01111
01110
01010
01011
01001
01000
11000
11001
11011
11010
11110
11111
11101
11100
10100
10101
10111
10110
10010
10011
10001
10000
0.5
0.55
0.60
0.65
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.85
0.90
0.95
1.00
1.05
1.10
1.15
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
1.20
Table 6-4
Related to ....
Gray coding for spindle override
IS Override active (V380x 0001.7)

IS Feedrate override for spindle valid (V380x 2001.0)

6FC53975CP100BA0
6-173
Interface Signals
6.7
6.7.3
Signals from axis/spindle
V390x 0000.0
Interface signal
transition 0 > 1

transition 1 > 0
Application examples

V390x 0000.2
Data block
Edge evaluation: no

V390x 0000.4
Interface signal
Edge evaluation:

Related to ....
6-174
Spindle/no axis
Signal(s) from axis/spindle (NCK > PLC)
The machine axis is operated as a spindle in the following spindle modes:

Control mode
Oscillation mode
Positioning mode
Thread drilling (tapping) without compensating chuck (rigid tapping)
The IS to axis (V380x 1000 to V380x 1003) and from axis (V390x 1000 to V390x 1003) are invalid.
The IS to spindle (V380x 2000 to V380x 2003) and from spindle (V380x 2000 to V380x 2003) are valid.
The machine axis is operated as an axis
The IS to axis (V380x 1000 to V380x 1003) and from axis (V390x 1000 to V390x 1003) are valid.
The IS to spindle (V380x 2000 to V380x 2003) and from spindle (V380x 2000 to V380x 2003) are invalid.
If a spindle is sometimes also used as a rotary axis on a machine tool (turning machine with spindle/C axis or
milling machine with spindle/rotary axis for rigid tapping), the Spindle/no axis signal can be used to determine whether the machine axis is in axis mode or spindle mode.
Encoder limit frequency exceeded 1
The axis velocity defined in MD 36300: ENC_FREQ_LIMIT (encoder limit frequency) has been exceeded.
The reference point for the position measuring system concerned
has been lost (IS: Referenced/synchronized is in signal state 0). Proper position closed loop control is no
longer possible. The spindles continue to run with speed control.
The axes are brought to a standstill with rapid stop (with open position control loop) along a speed setpoint
ramp.
The axis velocity defined in MD 36300: ENC_FREQ_LIMIT is no longer exceeded.
For the edge change 1 >, the encoder frequency must have dropped below the setting in MD 36302:
ENC_FREQ_LIMIT_LOW (% value of MD 36300: ENC_FREQ_LIMIT).
Referenced/synchronizing 1
Signal(s) updated:
Axes:
When, during a reference point approach, the machine axis has reached the
reference point (incremental measurement systems) or target point (linear
measuring system with distance-coded reference marks), the machine axis is
deemed to have been referenced and the referenced/synchronizing 1 interface
signal (depending on which position measurement system is active during referencing) is
enabled.
Spindles:
A spindle is synchronized (zero mark crossed or BERO responded) after Power On after one
spindle revolution at the latest.
The machine axis/spindle with position measurement system 1 is not referenced/synchronizing.
Position measuring system 1 interface signal (V380x 0000.5)
802D sl Description of Functions: R1, S1

6FC53975CP100BA0
Interface Signals
6.7
V390x 0000.6
Data block
Edge evaluation: no

Related to ....
Position reached with exact stop coarse

The axis is in the appropriate exact stop and no interpolator is active for the axis and
The control system is in the Reset mode (Reset key or end of program).
The axis was last programmed as a positioning spindle.
The path movement was stopped with NC Stop.
The spindle is in position-controlled mode and is stationary.
The axis is switched from speed-controlled to position-controlled mode with IS Position measuring system.
The axis is not in the appropriate exact stop or the interpolator is active for the axis or
The path movement was stopped with NC Stop.
The spindle is in the speedcontrolled mode.
Parking mode is active for the axis.
The axis is switched from the position-controlled to the speedcontrolled mode with using the IS Position
measuring system.
MD 36000: STOP_LIMIT_COARSE (exact stop coarse)
V390x 0000.7
Data block
Edge evaluation: no
Related to ....
Position reached with exact stop fine

See IS Position reached with exact stop coarse
V390x 0002.3
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Measurement active
Signal(s) from axis/spindle (NCK PLC)
The Measuring function is active.

See IS Position reached with exact stop coarse
MD 36010: STOP_LIMIT_FINE (exact stop fine)

This displays the current measurement status of the axis (measuring block with this axis is running).
The Measuring function is not active.
V390x 0002.4
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Activate travel to fixed end stop

The Travel to fixed stop function is active.

The Travel to fixed stop function is not active.
V390x 0002.5
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Fixed stop reached

The fixed stop was reached after selection of the FXS function.

The fixed stop has still not been reached after selection of the FXS function.

6FC53975CP100BA0
6-175
Interface Signals
6.7
V390x 0004.0 to .2
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no

Related to ....
Handwheel active (1 to 3)
These PLC interface signals provide feedback whether the machine axis is assigned to handwheel 1, 2, 3 or
no handwheel.
If the assignment is active, the machine axis can be traversed with the handwheel in JOG mode.
IS Activate handwheel (V380x 0004.0 to .2)

IS Handwheel selected from HMI (V1900 0003, ff)
V390x 0004.7 and .6

Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Plus and minus traverse keys

A traverse movement of the axis is to be executed in one or the other direction. Depending on the mode selected, the command is triggered in different ways:
JOG mode: with the plus or minus traverse key
REF submode: with the traverse key that takes the axis to the reference point
Related to ....
V390x 0005.0, ..., .6
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Related to ....
6-176
AUT/MDA mode: the program block containing a coordinate value for the axis in question is executed.
A travel command in the relevant axis direction has not been given or a traverse movement has been completed.
JOG mode:
Cancelation of traverse key.
While ending traversing with the handwheel.
REF submode: When the reference point is reached
AUT/MDA mode:
The program block has been executed (and the next block does not contain
any coordinate values for the axis in question)
Abort with RESET, etc.
IS Axis disable is active
To release clamping of axes with clamping (e.g. on a rotary table).
Note: If the clamping is not released until the travel command is given, these
axes cannot be operated under continuous path control!
Active machine function INC1, ..., continuous
The PLC interface receives a signal stating which JOG mode machine function is active for the machine
axes.
The machine function in question is not active.
IS Machine function INC1,...,continuous (V380x 0005.0, ..., .6)

6FC53975CP100BA0
Interface Signals
6.7
V390x 2000.0 to .2
Interface signal
transition 0 > 1
Set gear stage A to C

A gear stage can be defined as follows:

Permanent definition in the part program (M41 to M45)
Automatic definition by the programmed spindle speed (M40)

M41 to M45:
The gear stage can be permanently defined in the part program with M41 to M45. If the M41 to M45 commands select a gear stage which is not the same as the current (actual) gear stage, the IS Change gear
and the IS Set gear stage A to C are enabled.
M40:

Related to ....

V390x 2000.3
Interface signal
transition 0 > 1

Related to ....
M40 in the part program causes the gear stage to be selected automatically by the control. The control
checks which gear stage is possible for the programmed spindle speed (S function). If a gear stage is
identified that is not equal to the current (actual) gear stage, the Change gear and Set gear stage A to
...C interface signals are set.
The set gear stage is output in coded format:
1st gear stage
0 0 0 (C B A)
1st gear stage
001
2nd gear stage
010
3rd gear stage
011
4th gear stage
100
5th gear stage
101
Invalid value
110
Invalid value
111
Other spindle modes except oscillation mode
IS Actual gear stage A to ...C (V380x 2000.0 to .2)
Change gear stage
A gear stage can be defined as follows:
Permanent definition in the part program (M41 to M45)
Automatic definition by the programmed spindle speed (M40)
M41 to M45:
The gear stage can be permanently defined in the part program with M41 to M45. If the M41 to M45 commands select a gear stage which is not the same as the current (actual) gear stage, the IS Change gear
and the IS Set gear stage A to C are enabled.
M40:
M40 in the part program causes the gear stage to be selected automatically by the control. The control
checks which gear stage is possible for the programmed spindle speed (S function). If a gear stage is
identified that is not equal to the current (actual) gear stage, the Change gear and Set gear stage A to
...C interface signals are set.
While the signal = 1, the text Wait for gear stage change is displayed
in the channel operating message.
The IS Change gear is only enabled when a new gear stage is selected that is not equal to the current
actual gear stage.
IS Set gear stage A to C(V390x 2000.0 to .2)
IS Actual gear stage A to ...C (V380x 2000.0 to .2)

6FC53975CP100BA0
6-177
Interface Signals
6.7
V390x 2001.0
Interface signal
transition 0 > 1
Related to ....

V390x 2001.1
Interface signal
transition 0 > 1

transition 1 > 0

V390x 2001.2
Interface signal
transition 0 > 1

transition 1 > 0
6-178
Speed limit exceeded

If the actual speed exceeds the maximum spindle speed MD 35100: SPIND_VELO_ LIMIT by more than the
spindle speed tolerance MD 35150: SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL the IS Speed limit exceeded is enabled and
alarm 22050 Maximum speed reached is output. All axes and spindles of the channel are brought to a
standstill.
MD 35100: SPIND_VELO_LIMIT (maximum spindle speed)
Setpoint speed limited (programmed speed too high)
If a spindle speed (rev/min) or a constant cutting speed (m/min or ft/min) is programmed, the value is exceeded one of the following limits:
Max. speed of specified gear stage
Speed limited by the PLC interface signal
Progr. Spindle speed limiting G26
Progr. Spindle speed limiting for G96
The spindle speed is limited to the maximum limit.
If a spindle speed (1/min) or a constant cutting speed (m/min) or ft/min) is programmed, none of the limit values have been exceeded.
The IS Setpoint speed limited can be used to detect that the programmed speed cannot be achieved. The
PLC user can recognize this condition as not permissible and block path feed, or he can block the path feed
or the entire channel. IS Spindle in set range is processed.
Setpoint speed increased (programmed speed too low)
If a spindle speed (rev/min) or a constant cutting speed (m/min or ft/min) is programmed, the value is below
one of the following limits:
Minimum speed of the specified gear stage
Min. spindle speed
Speed limited by the PLC
Progr. Spindle speed limiting G25
Progr. spindle speed limit for G96
The spindle speed is limited to the minimum limit.
If a spindle speed (1/min) or a constant cutting speed (m/min or ft/min) is programmed, the value has not
fallen below any of the limits.
The IS Setpoint speed increased can be used to detect that the programmed speed cannot be achieved.
The PLC user can recognize this condition as not permissible and block path feed, or he can block the path
feed or the entire channel. IS Spindle in set range is processed.

6FC53975CP100BA0
Interface Signals
6.7
V390x 2001.5
Interface signal
transition 0 > 1

transition 1 > 0

Spindle in setpoint range

The IS Spindle in setpoint range reports whether the programmed, and possibly limited spindle speed has
been reached.
In the spindle control mode, the speed setpoint (programmed speed + spindle override including limits) is
compared with the actual speed. If the actual speed deviates from the set speed by less than the spindle
speed tolerance in MD 35150: SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL, the IS Spindle in setpoint range is enabled.
The IS Spindle in setpoint range reports whether the spindle is still in the acceleration or braking phase.
In the spindle control mode, the speed setpoint (programmed speed * spindle override) is compared with the
actual value. If the actual speed deviates from the set speed by more than the spindle speed tolerance in
SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL, the IS Spindle in setpoint range is reset.
all spindle modes except for speed mode (control mode).
The path feed must generally be disabled when the spindle is in the acceleration phase (programmed speed
setpoint not yet reached).
This can be performed as follows:
The IS Spindle in setpoint range is evaluated and the IS Feed disable

(V3200 0006.0) is enabled.
Related to ....
V390x 2001.7
Interface signal
transition 0 > 1
transition 1 > 0
Related to ....
V390x 2002.0
Interface signal
transition 0 > 1
Related to ....
MD 35500: SPIND_ON_SPEED_AT_IPO_START (feed enable with spindle in setpoint range) is enabled

and the NCK then internally evaluates whether the spindle is in the setpoint range. The path feed is only
enabled if the spindle is within the setpoint range. The positioning axes are never stopped by this function.
Actual direction of rotation clockwise
When the spindle is rotating, Actual direction of rotation clockwise = 1 signals that the direction of rotation is
CLOCKWISE. The actual direction of rotation is derived from the spindle position measurement encoder.
When the spindle is rotating, Actual direction of rotation clockwise = 0 signals that the direction of rotation is
COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
Spindle stationary, IS Axis/spindle stationary = 1 (at standstill it is not possible to evaluate a direction of
rotation)
Spindles without a position measuring encoder

IS Spindle stationary (V390x 0001.4)
Constant cutting rate active
For programming G96 S... the constant cutting rate function is carried out. The S word is now the cutting
value.

6FC53975CP100BA0
6-179
Interface Signals
6.7
V390x 2002.3
Interface signal
transition 0 > 1
Rigid tapping active (no compensation)

The spindle is running in the rigid tapping function [no compensating chuck] (thread interpolation G331/G332).
The spindle speed is also programmed with S.... in rev/min for rigid tapping, however the direction of rotation
is stored in the sign for the pitch.
There is no reaction or updating of all spindle-specific interface signals such as:
IS Spindle reset
IS Synchronize spindle
IS Invert M3/M4
IS Spindle in setpoint range
IS Programmable speed too high
Certain functions should not be used during rigid tapping (no compensating chuck), such as:

Related to ....
V390x 2002.5
Interface signal
transition 0 > 1
Related to ....
V390x 2002.6
Interface signal
transition 0 > 1
Related to ....

V390x 2002.7
Interface signal
transition 0 > 1
Related to ....
V390x5004.2
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal status 1 or
Signal status 0 or
6-180
Reset IS Controller enable (V380x 0002.1)

IS Set feed stop (V380x 0004.3)
Reset
When activating the EMERGENCY STOP during rigid tapping, it should be remembered that the tool and
workpiece are locked together.

Active spindle positioning mode
When programming SPOS=..... the spindle is in positioning mode.
IS Active spindle mode control mode (V390x 2002.7)
IS Active spindle mode oscillation mode (V390x 2002.6)
Active spindle mode oscillation mode
The spindle is in oscillation mode if a new gear stage was defined using the automatic gear stage selection
(M40) or M41 to M45 (IS Change gear is enabled). The IS Change gear is only enabled when a new gear
stage is selected that is not equal to the current actual gear stage.
IS Active spindle mode control mode (V390x 2002.7)
IS Active spindle mode positioning mode (V390x 2002.5)
Active spindle control mode
The spindle is in control mode with the following functions:
Spindle direction of rotation input M3/M4 or spindle stop M5
IS Active spindle mode oscillation mode (V390x 2002.6)
IS Active spindle mode positioning mode (V390x 2002.5)
Reciprocation reversal active

Signal(s) from axis/spindle
The braking phase after reciprocation reversal from external (DB31, ...DBX28.0) is active.
No braking after reciprocation reversal from external is active.

6FC53975CP100BA0
Interface Signals
6.7
V390x5004.3
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal status 1 or
Signal status 0 or
Reciprocation cannot be started.

The reciprocating axis cannot be started; faulty programming. This state can
also occur if the traversing motion has already been performed.
The reciprocating motion can be started.
V390x5004.4
Interface signal
Edge evaluation:
Signal status 1 or
Signal status 0 or
Error during the reciprocating motion

Signal(s)
Signal(s) updated:
The reciprocating motion was canceled.
V390x5004.5
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal status 1 or
Signal status 0 or
Related to ....
Sparkingout active
The axis performs sparkingout strokes.
V390x5004.6
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal status 1 or
Signal status 0 or
Signal not relevant with ......
Related to ....
Reciprocating motion active

The axis performs a reciprocating motion between 2 reversal points.
V390x5004.7
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal status 1 or
Signal status 0 or
Related to ....
Reciprocation active
The axis is currently traversed as a reciprocating axis.
V390x5008.0 to .5
Interface signal
Edge evaluation: no
Signal status 1 or
Active infeed axes

The axis that issues the signal is currently the reciprocating axis and reports
its active infeed axes (104.0 axis 1 is infeed axis, 104.1 axis 2 is infeed axis,
etc.) in this field.
The appropriate axis is not an infeed axis.
Signal status 0 or
Related to ....
The reciprocating motion is performed without errors.
The axis is currently not performing any sparkingout strokes.

DBX100.7
The axis is currently not reciprocating.

DBX100.7 = 0
DBX100.7
The axis is a positioning axis.

DBX100.5, DBX100.6
DBX100.7

6FC53975CP100BA0
6-181
Interface Signals
6.8
6.8
Tool management functions from NC channel
V5300 0000.0
Interface signal
Signal state 1/ value
Signal state 0
V5300 0000.1
Interface signal
Tool prewarning limit reached

The prewarning limit for a tool to be monitored was reached.
The T number is provided in VD5300 1000.
No prewarning limit reached
Signal state 0
Tool limit value reached

The limit for a tool to be monitored was reached.
The T number is provided in VD5300 1004.
Limit value reached
VD5300 1000
Interface signal
Signal state 0
T number for tool prewarning limit

The T number for which the tool prewarning limit is set is provided.
No tool number reported
VD5300 1004
Interface signal
Signal state 0
T number for tool limit value

The T number for which the tool limit value is set is provided.
No tool number reported
6-182

6FC53975CP100BA0
PLC User Interface
7.1
Address ranges
Operand identifiers
Description
Area
Data
V0.0 to V79999999.7 (see below)
Timers
T0 to T39
Counters
C0 to C31
Figure: digital inputs
I0.0 to I17.7
Figure: digital outputs
Q0.0 to Q11.7
Flag
M0.0 to M383.7
SM
Special flag
SM0.0 to SM 0.6 (see below)
ACCU (logic)
AC0, AC1 (UDword)
ACCU (arithmetic)
AC2, AC3 (Dword)
Structure of V-range addresses:

Type identifier
(DB no.)
Range No.
(channel and axis
No.)
Subarea
Offset
10
00
000
(1079)
(0099)
(09)
(000999)
addressing
symbolic (8-digit)
Special flag SM bit definition (read-only):

SM bits
Description
SM0.0
Flag with defined ONE signal
SM0.1
Initial setting: first PLC cycle 1, following cycles 0
SM0.2
Buffered data lost only valid in first PLC cycle (0 data ok, 1 data lost)
SM0.3
Power On: first PLC cycle 1, following cycles 0
SM 0.4
60 s cycle (alternating 0 for 30 s, then 1 for 30 s)
SM 0.5
1 s cycle (alternating 0 for 0.5 s, then 1 for 0.5 s)
SM 0.6
PLC cycle (alternating one cycle 0, then one cycle 1)

6FC53975CP100BA0
7-183
PLC User Interface

7.1
Address ranges
Note
All empty fields in the user interface are Reserved for Siemens and must not be written in
or evaluated!
Fields marked with 0 always receive the value logical 0.
References to the description of the interface signals refer to the corresponding chapters of
the description of functions and are specified by [F Chapter number].
Variable access rights:

[r]
labels the range read only allowed
[r/w] labels the range read/ write allowed
additionally data format specification:
1:
BIT
8:
BYTE
16: INT/WORD
32: DINT/DWORD/REAL
without data format specification: all named data formats are readable and writable
7-184

6FC53975CP100BA0
PLC User Interface

7.2
7.2
User data
7.2.1
User data 1
User data
Data 1 [r/w]
1000
Data Block
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
User data
1000 0000
up to
User data
1000 0011
7.2.2
User data2
1100
Data 2 [r/w]
Data Block
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
User data
1100 0000
up to
User data
1100 0007
7.2.3
Signals from MCP (connected to the MCPA module)
1000
Data 1 [r/w]
Data block
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
1000 1000
Key 8
Key 7
Key 6
Key 5
Key 4
Key 3
Key 2
Key 1
JOG
Var. INC
User key 6
User key 5
User key 4
User key 3
User key 2
User key 1
1000 1001
Key 16
Key 15
Key14
Key 13
Key 12
Key 11
Key 10
Key 9
4th axis
Spindle
CCW
Spindle
STOP
Spindle CW
mode
Single
block
mode
LOG REF
1000 1002
Key 24
Key 23
Key 22
Key 21
Key 20
Key 19
Key 18
Key 18
4th axis
+
1st axis
2nd axis
3rd axis
+
3rd axis
2nd axis
+
1st axis
+
Key 27
Key 26
Key 25
START
STOP
RESET
1000 1003
1000 1004
Feedrate override switch

E
1000 1005
E

6FC53975CP100BA0
Spindle override switch

D
7-185
PLC User Interface

7.2
User data
7.2.4
Signals to MCP (connected to the MCPA module)
1000
Data 1 [r/w]
Data block
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
1100 1000
7.2.5
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
LED 6
LED 5
LED 4
LED 3
LED 2
LED 1
Reading/writing NC data: Job [F20.6]
1200
NC data l/s [r/w]
Data Block
Byte
PLC interface > NCK

Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
1200 0000
1200 0001
Bit 1
Bit 0
Write
variable
Start
Bit 1
Bit 0
Number of variables
1200 ... 1207
NC data l/s [r/w]
Data Block
PLC interface > NCK
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
120x1000
Variable index
120x1001
Area number
120x1002
Line index for the NCK variable x (WORD)
120x1004
Column index for the NCK variable x (WORD)
120x1006
120x1008
7.2.6
Writing: Data to NCK variable x (data type of the variables: 1...4 bytes)
Read/write NC data: Result [F20.6]
1200
NC data l/s [r/w]
Data Block
Byte
1200 2000
NCK interface > PLC

Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Error in job
Request
completed
1200 2001
1200 2002
7-186

6FC53975CP100BA0
PLC User Interface

7.3
1200 ... 1207

Data Block
Byte
Retentive data area
NC data l/s [r/w]

NCK interface > PLC
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
120x3000
Bit 0
Invalid
variable
120x3001
Access result
120x3002
120x3004
Reading: Data from NCK variable x (data type of the variables: 1...4 bytes)
Access result:
7.3
0
3
5
10
No error
Illegal access to object
Invalid address
Object does not exist
Retentive data area
1400
Retentive data [r/w]
Data Block
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
User data
1400 0000
up to
User data
1400 0127

6FC53975CP100BA0
7-187
PLC User Interface

7.4
User alarm
7.4
User alarm
Note: Information on PLC alarms, including configuring user alarms, can be found in:
References: Operating Instructions, Chapter PLC alarms
7.4.1
User alarm: Activation

Activating alarm [r/w]
1600
Data Block
Byte
PLC interface > HMI

Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
700002
700001
700000
700010
700009
700008
700018
700017
700016
700026
700025
700024
700034
700033
700032
700042
700041
700040
700050
700049
700048
700058
700057
700056
Activation of alarm no.

1600 0000
700007
700006
700005
1600 0001
700015
700014
700013
700004
700003

700012
700011

1600 0002
700023
700022
700021
700020
700019

1600 0003
700031
700030
700029
700028
700027

1600 0004
700039
700038
700037
1600 0005
700047
700046
700045
700036
700035

700044
700043

1600 0006
700055
700054
700053
700052
700051

1600 0007
7.4.2
700063
700062
700061
700060
700059
Variable for alarm
1600
Variable for alarm [r32/w32]
Data Block
PLC interface > HMI
Start byte
1600 1000
Variable for alarm 700000 (4 bytes)
1600 1004
1600 1008
...
...
1600 1244
1600 1248
1600 1252
7-188

6FC53975CP100BA0
PLC User Interface

7.5
7.4.3
Active alarm reaction
1600
Active alarm reaction [r]
Data Block
PLC interface > HMI
Byte
Signals from/to HMI
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
1600 2000
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
PLC STOP
EMERGEN
CY STOP
Feed
disable on
all axes
Read-in
disable
NC
start
disable
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Skip block
2 selected
Skip block
1 selected
Skip block
0 selected
1600 2001
1600 2002
1600 2003
7.5
Signals from/to HMI
7.5.1
Program control signals from HMI (retentive area)
1700
HMI signals [r]
Data Block
HMI interface > PLC
Byte
Bit 7
1700 0000
Bit 6
Bit 5
Test run
feedrate
selected
M01
selected
[FK1]
1700 0001
Bit 4
Bit 3
[FK1]
Program
test
selected
Feedrate
override for
rapid
traverse
selected
[FK1]
[[FK1]
[FV1]
1700 0002
Skip block
7 selected
Skip block
6 selected
Skip block
5 selected
Skip block
4 selected
Skip block
3 selected
[FK1]
1700 0003
Measuring
in JOG
active
Skip block
9 selected
Skip block
8 selected
[FM5]

6FC53975CP100BA0
7-189
PLC User Interface

7.5
Signals from/to HMI
7.5.2
Program selection from PLC (retentive area)
1700
HMI signals [r/w]
Data Block
PLC interface > HMI
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
1700 1000
Program selection from PLC: Program number [FA2]
1700 1001
Command job from PLC: Command [FA2]
Bit 1
Bit 0
1700 1002
to
1700 1003
7.5.3
Checkback signal Program selection from HMI (retentive area)
1700
HMI signals [r]
Data Block
HMI interface > PLC
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
1700 2000
Error
Program
selection
[FA2]
Program
selected
[FA2]
1700 2001
Error
Command
execution
[FA2]
Execute
command
[FA2]
1700 2002
to
1700 2003
7.5.4
Signals from HMI
1800
HMI signals [r]
Data Block
HMI interface > PLC
Byte
1800 0000
Bit 7
Bit 6
Start
measuring
in JOG
[FM5]
1800 0001
7-190
Bit 5
Bit 4
Mode
group
changeover
disable
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
JOG mode
MDA mode
[[FM5]
[FM5]
AUTO
mode
[FM5]
[FM5]
Machine
function
REF
[FM5]

6FC53975CP100BA0
PLC User Interface

7.5
7.5.5
Signals from/to HMI
Signals from PLC
1800
Signals from PLC [r]
Data Block
PLC interface
Byte
Bit 7
1800 1000
MCPA exists
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Power-up
with saved
data
[FA2]
Power-up
with default
values
[FA2]
Bit 1
Bit 0
1800 1001
1800 1002
1800 1003
7.5.6
Signals from operator panel (retentive area)
1900
HMI signals [r/w]
Data Block
HMI interface > PLC
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
1900 0000
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Simulation
active
[FK1]
1900 0001
1900 0002
1900 0003
7.5.7
General selection/status signals from HMI (retentive area)
1900
HMI signals [r]
Data Block
HMI interface > PLC
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
1900 1000
1900 1001
1900 1002
Axis number for handwheel 1
1900 1003
Machine
axis
[FH1]
[FH1]
[FH1]
[FH1]
Axis number for handwheel 2

1900 1004
Machine
axis
[FH1]
[FH1]
[FH1]]
[FH1]
1900 1005
1900 1006
1900 1007

6FC53975CP100BA0
7-191
PLC User Interface

7.5
Signals from/to HMI
7.5.8
General selection/status signals to HMI (retentive area)
1900
Signals to operator panel [r/w]
Data Block
Byte
1900 5000
PLC interface > HMI

Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
OP key
disable
[FA2]
1900 5001
Update tool
list
[FW1]
1900 5002
Enable tool
measuring
in JOG
[FM5]
1900 5003
1900 5004
...
1900 5007
7-192
T number for tool measuring in JOG (DINT)

[FM5]

6FC53975CP100BA0
PLC User Interface

7.6
7.6
2500
Auxiliary functions from NCK channel[r]
Data Block
NCK interface > PLC
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
M fcts. 5
M fcts. 4
M fcts. 3
M fcts. 2
M fcts. 1
Change
Change
Change
Change
Change
[FH2]
[FH2]
[FH2]
[FH2]
[FH2]
2500 0000
up to
2500 0003
2500 0004
2500 0005
2500 0006
S fcts. 1
change
[FH2]
2500 0007
2500 0008
T function 1
change
[FH2]
2500 0009
2500 0010
D function
1 change
[FH2]
2500 0011
2500 0012
H fcts. 3
change
[FH2]
H fcts. 2
change
[FH2]
H fcts. 1
change
[FH2]
2500 0013
up to
2500 0019

6FC53975CP100BA0
7-193
PLC User Interface

7.6
7.6.1
Decoded M signals: (M0M99)
2500
M functions from NCK channel[r]
Data Block
NCK interface > PLC
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
M2
M1
M0
M10
M9
M8
M18
M17
M16
M98
M97
M96
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Dynamic M functions [FH2]

2500 1000
M7
M6
M5
M4
M3

2500 1001
M15
M14
M13
M12
M11

2500 1002
M23
M22
M21
M20
M19
...

2500 1012
M99
2500 1013
up to
2500 1015
Remarks: The signals are output for the duration of a PLC cycle.
7.6.2
Transferred T functions
2500
T functions from NCK channel[r]
Data Block
Start byte
2500 2000
NCK interface > PLC

Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
T function 1 (DINT) [FH2]
2500 2004
to
2500 2007
7-194

6FC53975CP100BA0
PLC User Interface

7.6
7.6.3
Transferred M functions
2500
M functions from NCK channel[r]
Data Block
NCK interface > PLC
Start byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
2500 3000
M function 1 (DINT) [FH2]
2500 3004
Extended address of M function 1 (byte)
2500 3008
2500 3012
2500 3016
2500 3020
2500 3024
2500 3028
2500 3032
2500 3036
7.6.4
S functions from NCK channel[r]
Data Block
NCK interface > PLC

Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
2500 4000
S function 1 (REAL) [FH2]
2500 4004
Extended address of S function 1 (byte)
2500 4008
S function 2 (REAL) [FH2]
2500 4012
Extended address of S function 2 (byte)
7.6.5
Bit 1
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 0
Transferred D functions
2500
D functions from NCK channel[r]
Data Block
NCK interface > PLC
Start byte
Bit 0
Transferred S functions
2500
Start byte
Bit 1
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
2500 5000
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
D function 1 (DINT) [FH2]
2500 5004

6FC53975CP100BA0
7-195
PLC User Interface

7.6
7.6.6
Transferred H functions
2500
H functions from NCK channel[r]
Data Block
NCK interface > PLC
Start byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
2500 6000
H function 1 (REAL) [FH2]
2500 6004
Extended address for H function 1 (INT) [FH2]
2500 6008
H function 2 (REAL)
2500 6012
2500 6016
H function 3 (REAL) [FH2]
2500 6020
7-196
Bit 1
Bit 0

6FC53975CP100BA0
PLC User Interface

7.7
7.7
NCK signals
7.7.1
General signals to NCK
2600
General signals to NCK [r/w]
Data Block
PLC interface > NCK
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
2600 0000
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Protection level [FA2]
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Acknowled
ge
EMERGEN
CY STOP
EMERGEN
CY STOP
[FN2]
Braking at
contour in
case of
EMERGENCY
STOP
[FN2]
4
NCK signals
2600 0001
Request
axis
distancesto-go
Request
axis
actual values
INC inputs
in mode
group
range active 1)
[FH1]
2600 0002
2600 0003
Remarks: 1) see operating mode signals
7.7.2
General signals from NCK
2700
General signals from NCK [r]
Data Block
NCK interface > PLC
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
2700 0000
2700 0001
INCH
dimension
system
[FG2]
2700 0002
Drive
ready
[FA2]
2700 0003
Air
temperature
alarm
[FA2]
2700 0004
Bit 1
Bit 0
EMERGEN
CY STOP
active
[FN2]
Software
cam MINUS 7
Software
cam MINUS
6
Probe 2
actuated
Probe 1
actuated
[FM5]
[FM5]
Drives in
cyclical
operation
[FA2]
NCK alarm
is active
[FA2]
Software
cam MINUS 5
Software
cam MINUS 4
Software
cam MINUS 3
Software
cam MINUS 2
Software
cam MINUS 1
Software
cam MINUS 0
2700 0005

6FC53975CP100BA0
7-197
PLC User Interface

7.7
NCK signals
2700 0006
2700 0007
2700 0008
Software
cam PLUS
7
Software
cam PLUS 6
Software
cam PLUS
5
Software
cam PLUS
4
Software
cam PLUS
3
Software
cam PLUS
2
Software
cam PLUS
1
Software
cam PLUS
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Input 3
Input 2
Input 1
Input 3
Input 2
Input 1
Output 3
Output 2
Output 1
Output 2
Output 1
Output 2
Output 1
Output 2
Output 1
2700 0009
2700 0010
2700 0011
2700 0012
Modification counter for motions of handwheel 1
2700 0013
Modification counter for motions of handwheel 2
2700 0014
2700 0015
7.7.3
Modification counter, inch/metricunit system
Signals to fast inputs and outputs
2800
Signals to fast inputs and outputs [r/w]
Data block
Interface PLC > NCK
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
2800 0000
Bit 3
Disable digital NCK inputs

Input 8
Input 7
2800 0001
Input 6
Input 5
Input 4
Values from the PLC for the NCK inputs

Input 8
Input 7
Input 6
2800 0004
Input 5
Input 4
Disable digital NCK outputs

Output 8
Output 7
2800 0005
Output 6
Output 5
Output 4
Overwrite screenform for digital NCK outputs

Output 8
Output 7
2800 0006
Output 6
Output 5
Output 4
Output 3
Value from the PLC for the digital NCK outputs

Output 8
Output 7
2800 0007
Output 6
Output 5
Output 4
Output 3
Setpoint screenform for the NCK outputs

Output 8
7-198
Bit 4
Output 7
Output 6
Output 5
Output 4
Output 3

6FC53975CP100BA0
PLC User Interface

7.7
2800
Data block
Interface PLC > NCK
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
2800 1000
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Input 11
Input 10
Input 9
Input 10
Input 9
Output 10
Output 9
Output 10
Output 9
Output 10
Output 9
Output 10
Output 9
Bit 1
Bit 0
Input 2
Input 1
Output 3
Output 2
Output 1
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Input 10
Input 9
Output 10
Output 9
Disable external digital NCK inputs

Input 16
Input 15
2800 1001
Input 14
Input 13
Input 12
Values from the PLC for the external NCK inputs

Input 16
Input 15
Input 14
2800 1008
Input 13
Input 12
Input 11
Disable external digital NCK outputs

Output 16
Output 15
2800 1009
Output 14
Output 13
Output 12
Output 11
Overwrite screenform for the external digital NCK outputs

Output 16
Output 15
2800 1010
Output 14
Output 13
Output 12
Output 11
Value from the PLC for the external digital NCK outputs
Output 16
Output 15
2800 1011
Output 14
Output 13
Output 12
Output 11
Setpoint screenform for the external digital NCK outputs

Output 16
7.7.4
Bit 3
Output 15
Output 14
Output 13
Output 12
Output 11
Signal from fast inputs and outputs
2900
Signals from fast inputs and outputs [r/w]
Data block
Interface PLC > NCK
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
2900 0000
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Actual values of the digital NCK inputs

Input 8
Input 7
Input 6
2900 0004
Input 5
Input 4
Input 3
Setpoints of the digital NCK outputs

Output 8
Output 7
Output 6
Output 5
Output 4
2900
Data block
Interface PLC > NCK
Byte
NCK signals
Bit 7
Bit 6
2900 1000
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Actual values of the external digital NCK inputs

Input 16
Input 15
2900 1004
Input 14
Input 13
Input 12
Input 11
NCK setpoint for the external digital NCK outputs

Output 16
Output 15
Output 14

6FC53975CP100BA0
Output 13
Output 12
Output 11
7-199
PLC User Interface

7.7
NCK signals
7.7.5
Operating mode signals
3000
Operating mode signals to NCK [r/w]
Data Block
PLC interface > NCK
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Reset
3000 0000
Bit 3
Bit 2
Mode
group
changeover
disable
[FK1]
Bit 1
Bit 0
Operating mode
[FK1]
JOG
MDI
AUTOM.
[FK1]
[FK1]
[FK1]
Machine function
3000 0001
REF
Teach In
[FK1]
Machine function 1)
3000 0002
Continuous
traversal
INCvar
INC10 000
[FH1]
INC1000
INC100
INC10
INC1
3000 0003
Remarks:
1) Machine function
in order to use machine function signals in VB3000 0002, signal INC inputs in mode
group range active (V2600 0001.0) must be set to 1
Machine function INC10 000 is not supported by all machine control panels.
3100
Operating mode signals from NCK [r]
Data Block
NCK interface > PLC
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Active mode
3100 0000
802READY
[FK1]
JOG
MDI
AUTOM.
[FK1]
[FK1]
[FK1]
Active machine function

3100 0001
REF
Teach In
[FK1]
3100 0002
Continuous
traversing
active
var. INC
active
10000 INC
active
1000 INC
active
100
INC active
10
INC active
1
INC active
3100 0003
7-200

6FC53975CP100BA0
PLC User Interface

7.8
7.8
Channel signals
7.8.1
Signals to NC channel
Channel signals
Control signals to NC channel
3200
Signals to NCK channel [r/w]
Data Block
PLC interface > NCK
Byte
Bit 7
3200 0000
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Activate dry
run feed
M01
Single block
Activate
DRF
Activate
Forward
travel Activate
Reverse
travel Activate
[FV1]
3200 0001
4)
Activate
[FK1]
[FK1]
Activate
program
test
Enable protection zones
Activate
referencing
Activate
Skip block
1
Activate
Skip block
0
[FK1]
3200 0002
Activate
Skip block
7
Activate
Skip block
6
Bit 0
Activate
Skip block
5
Activate
Skip block
4
Activate
Skip block
3
Activate
Skip block
2
[FR1]
[FK1]
Nibbling and punching
3200 0003
Stroke initiated manually 2
Stroke
does not
run
Stroke suppressed
Stroke initiated manually
Stroke disable
Feedrate override2) [FV1]
3200 0004
H
3200 0005
3200 0006
Delayed
stroke
E
Rapid traverse
D
override3) [FV1]
Feedrate
override1)
active
Rapid
traverse
override
active
Limited
path velocity
Program
level abort
Delete
number of
subroutine
cycles
Delete
distance-togo
[FA2]
Read-in
disable
Feedrate
disable
[FK1]
[FV1]
Suppress
Start Lock
NC stop
axes plus
spindle
NC stop
NC Stop at
block limit
NC Start
NC Start
disable
[FK1]
[FK1]
[FK1]
Area 2
Area 1
Area 10
Area 9
Area 2
Area 1
Area 10
Area 9
[FV1]
[FK1]
[FV1]
3200 0007
[FK1]
[FK1]
3200 0008
Activate machinerelated protection zone

Area 8
Area 7
Area 6
3200 0009
Area 5
Area 4
Area 3
Activate machinerelated protection zone
3200 0010
Activate channelspecific protection zone

Area 8
Area 7
Area 6
3200 0011
Area 5
Area 4
Area 3
Activate channelspecific protection zone
3200 0012

6FC53975CP100BA0
7-201
PLC User Interface

7.8
Channel signals
3200 0013
Do not
disable
tool
[FW1]
Deactivate
workpiece
counter
[FW1]
3200 0014
Activate contour handwheel

(bit/binarycoded)
Activate associated
M01
3200 0015
Activate
Skip block
9
Sim. contour handwheel ON
Handwheel
2
Handwheel
1
Activate
Skip block
8
Remarks:
1)+ Feedrate override active
2)+ Feedrate override
3)+ Rapid override
4)+ Single block Select single
7-202
Neg. direction for sim.

contour
handwheel
Even if the feedrate override is not active, (=100%) the 0% position still functions.
31 positions (Gray code)
31 positions (Gray code)
block type selection (SBL coarse/SBL fine) via softkey (see Users Guide)

6FC53975CP100BA0
PLC User Interface

7.8
Channel signals
Control signals to geometry axes (axes in WCS)
3200
Signals to NCK channel [r/w]
Data Block
Byte
PLC interface > NCK

Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Geometry axis 1 (axis 1 in WCS)

3200 1000
Traversing keys
+
[FH1]
[FH1]
Rapid
traverse
override
[FH1]
Traversing
key lock
Feedrate
stop
[FH1]
[FH1]
Activate handwheel
2
[FH1]
[FH1]
INC10
INC1

Machine function 1) [FH1]
3200 1001
Continuous
traversal
INCvar
INC10 000
INC1000
INC100
3200 1002
3200 1003
3200 1004
Traversing keys
+
[FH1]
[FH1]
Rapid
traverse
override
[FH1]
Traversing
key lock
[FH1]
Feedrate
stop
[FH1]
Activate handwheel
2
[FH1]
[FH1]
INC10
INC1

3200 1005
Continuous
traversal
INCvar
INC10 000
INC1000
INC100
3200 1006
3200 1007
3200 1008
Traversing keys
+
[FH1]
[FH1]
Rapid
traverse
override
[FH1]
Traversing
key lock
Feedrate
stop
[FH1]
[FH1]
Activate handwheel
2
[FH1]
[FH1]
INC10
INC1

3200 1009
Continuous
traversal
INCvar
INC10 000
INC1000
INC100
3200 1010
3200 1011
Remarks:
1) Machine function specification of machine function in VB3200 1001, VB3200 1005, VB3200 1009, only if signal INC inputs in mode group range active (V2600 0001.0) is not set.
Machine function INC10 000 is not supported by all machine control panels.

6FC53975CP100BA0
7-203
PLC User Interface

7.8
Channel signals
7.8.2
Signals from NC channel
Status signals from NC channel
3300
Signals from NCK channel [r]
Data Block
NCK interface > PLC
Byte
Bit 7
3300 0000
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Last action
block
active
M0/M1
active
Approach
block
active
Action
block active
Forward travel active
Reverse
travel active
Program execution from

ext. active
[FK1]
3300 0001
Program
test active
[FK1]
Transform.
active
[FM1]
[FK1]
M2 / M30
active
[FK1]
[FK1]
Block
search
active
[FK1]
Handwheel
override active
[FK1]
Rev.
feedrate
active
Referencing
active
[FR1]
[FV1]
3300 0002
Channel status
3300 0003
3300 0004
Program status
Reset
interr-
active
Aborted
interr-
Stopped
Running
[FK1]
upted
[FK1]
[FK1]
upted
[FK1]
[FK1]
[FK1]
[FK1]
NCK alarm
with
processing
stop present
Channelspecific
NCK alarm
is active
all axes
stationary
all axes
referenced
[FB1]
[FR1]
[FA2]
[FA2]
3300 0005
Stop request
Contour handwheel active

(bit/binarycoded)
3300 0006
Handwheel
2
Handwheel
1
Acknowl. of
manual
stroke initiation
Stroke initiation
Nibbling and punching
3300 0007
Protection
zones no
longer guaranteed
3300 0008
Machinerelated protection zones preactivated

Area 7
Area 6
Area 5
Area 4
Area 3
3300 0009
Machinerelated protection zones preactivated
3300 0010
Channelspecific protection zones preactivated

Area 7
Area 6
Area 5
Area 4
Area 3
3300 0011
Channelspecific protection zones preactivated
3300 0012
Machinerelated protection zones violated

Area 7
Area 6
Area 5
Area 4
Area 3
3300 0013
Machinerelated protection zones violated
3300 0014
Channelspecific protection zones violated

Area 7
3300 0015
7-204
Start request
Area 6
Area 5
Area 4
Area 3
Area 2
Area 1
Area 10
Area 9
Area 2
Area 1
Area 10
Area 9
Area 2
Area 1
Area 10
Area 9
Area 2
Area 1
Area 10
Area 9
Channelspecific protection zones violated

6FC53975CP100BA0
PLC User Interface

7.8
Channel signals
Status signals to geometry axes (axes in WCS)
3300
Data Block
Byte
NCK interface > PLC

Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0

3300 1000
Motion command
plus
minus
[FH1]
[FH1]
Travel request
plus
3300 1001
Handwheel active
minus
[FH1]
[FH1]
INC10
INC1
Active machine function [FH1]

Continuous
traversal
INCvar
INC10 000
INC1000
INC100
3300 1002
3300 1003
3300 1004
Motion command
plus
minus
[FH1]
[FH1]
Travel request
plus
3300 1005
Handwheel active
minus
[FH1]
[FH1]
INC10
INC1

Continuous
traversal
INCvar
INC10 000
INC1000
INC100
3300 1006
3300 1007
3300 1008
Motion command
plus
minus
[FH1]
[FH1]
Travel request
plus
3300 1009
Handwheel active
minus
[FH1]
[FH1]
INC10
INC1
Bit 1
Bit 0

Continuous
traversal
INCvar
INC10 000
INC1000
INC100
3300 1010
3300 1011
Further status signals from the NC channel
3300
Data Block
NCK interface > PLC
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
3300 4000
G00 active
3300 4001
Travel request for

drive test
present
Workpiece
setpoint
reached
[FK1]
External
language
mode
active
[FA2]
3300 4002
3300 4003
DELAY
FST SUPPRESS

6FC53975CP100BA0
DELAY
FST
7-205
PLC User Interface

7.8
Channel signals
G functions from NC channel
3500
Data Block
Byte
NCK interface > PLC

Bit 7
Bit 6
3500 0000
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Active G function of group 1
3500 0001
3500 00..
Active G function of group ...
3500 0063
Note:
With SINUMERIK 802D, G group 2 is transferred in VB3500 0001 with values
0: no group 2 G command is active,
1: G4,
2: G63,
3: G74,
4: G75,
11: G147,
12: G247,
13: G347,
14: G148,
15: G248,
16: G348
(other values: not available in SINUMERIK 802D)
Other settings are possible with MD 22510: see Section 21.3
When the NC program terminates or is aborted, the last status of the groups is retained. The meaning
of the G commands is explained in
References: Operation and Programming, Section Overview of instructions
Note: It cannot be guaranteed that a PLC user program will have a block-synchronous connection between the active NC block and the applied G codes at any given time. The connection does not exist,
for instance, if temporally short blocks are used with continuous path mode (G64).
7-206

6FC53975CP100BA0
PLC User Interface

7.9
7.9
7.9.1
Transferred M/S functions, axis-specific
3700 ... 3704
M/S functions [r]
Data block
PLC interface > NCK
Start byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
370x 0000
M function for spindle (DINT) [FS1]
370x 0004
S function for spindle (REAL) [FS1]
7.9.2
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
A
Signals to axis/spindle
Common signals to axis/spindle
3800 ... 3804
Signals to axis/spindle [r/w]
Data block
PLC interface > NCK
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Feedrate override [FV1]

380x 0000
380x 0001
Override
active
[FV1]
Position
measuring
system 1
[FA2]
Follow-up
mode
[FA2]
Axis/spindl
e disable
[FA2]
Sensor for
fixed stop
[FF1]
Acknowled
ge fixed
stop
reached
[FF1]
Clamping in
progress
Distance-to
-go/spindle
reset
Controller
enable
[FA2]
380x 0002
[FA3]
380x 0003
Axis/
spindle
enable program test
380x 0004
[FS1]
Velocity/spi
ndle speed
limiting
Enable
approach to
fixed stop
[FF1]
[FA3]
Traversing keys
plus
minus
[FH1]
[FH1]
Cam activation
Rapid
traverse
override
[FH1]
Traversing
key lock
Feedrate
stop
[FH1]
Spindle stop
Activate handwheel
[FV1]
[FH1]
[FH1]
INC10
INC1
Machine function1) [FH1]
380x 0005
Continuous
traversal
INCvar
INC10 000
INC1000
INC100
380x 0006
up to
380x 0011
Remarks: 1) Machine function
Specification of machine function in VB380x 0005, only if signal INC inputs in mode
group range active (V2600 0001.0) is not set. Machine function INC10 000 is not
supported by all machine control panels.

6FC53975CP100BA0
7-207
PLC User Interface

7.9
Signals to axis
3800 ... 3804
Signals to axis [r/w]
Data block
Byte
380x 1000
(axis)
PLC interface > NCK

Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Delay. Ref.
p
pt.
approach
h
Bit 4
Modulo Limit Enabled
[FR1]
Bit 3
Bit 2
2nd software limit switch
Bit 1
Bit 0
Hardware limit switch
plus
minus
plus
minus
[FA3]
[FA3]
[FA3]
[FA3]
Bit 1
Bit 0
380x 1001
up to
380x 1003
Signals to spindle
3800 ... 3804
Signals to spindle [r/w]
Data block
PLC interface > NCK
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Clear S value
Spindle: No
speed monitoring
when switching the
gear stage;
resynchronize 2
Spindle:
Resynchronize 2
Spindle:
Resynchronize 1
Gear
changed
380x 2000
(Spindle)
Invert
M3/M4
380x 2001
(spindle)
Bit 2
Actual gear stage
[FS1]
C
[FS1]
[FS1]
[FS1]
Resynchro
nize spindle
during
positioning
1
[FS1]
Feedrate
override
valid for
spindle
[FV1]
[FS1]
Setpoint direction of
rotation
380x 2002
Left
Right
(Spindle)
[FS1]
[FS1]
Oscillation
p
speed
Oscillation
via PLC
[FS1]
[FS1]
380x 2003
(Spindle)
7-208
Spindle override [FV1]

F

6FC53975CP100BA0
PLC User Interface

7.9
Signals to PLC axis
3800 ... 3805
Signals to PLC axis [r/w]
Data block
Interface PLC > NCK
Byte
Bit 7
380x 3000
Start positioning axis
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Traversing
dimension:
Inch (not
metric)
G function:
Shortest
path (DC)
G function:
incremental
(IC)
G function:
Abs. pos.
direction
(ACP)
G function:
Abs. neg.
direction
(ACN)
Bit 1
Bit 0
380x 3001
380x 3002
380x 3003
Indexing
position
380x 3004
Position (REAL,
(
with indexing
g axis: DWORD))
380x 3005
380x 3006
380x 3007
380x 3008
Feedrate (REAL),
(
)
if = 0,
0 value
l is
i taken
t k from
f
machine
hi data
d t POS_AX_VELO
POS AX VELO
380x 3009
380x 3010
380x 3011
Signals to drive
3800 ... 3805
Data block
PLC interface > NCK
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
380x 4000
380x 4001
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Speed setpoint smoothing

Pulse
enable
[FA2]
Speed
controller
integrator
disable
Parameter set selection [FA2]

C
[FA2]
380x 4002
380x 4003

6FC53975CP100BA0
7-209
PLC User Interface

7.9
Signals to technology functions
3800 ... 3805
Data block
Interface PLC > NCK
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
380x 5003
Stop
HIAxMove
Stop
Corr
Stop
DEPBCS
Stop
DEPMCS
Resume
HIAxMove
Resume
Corr
Resume
DEPBCS
Resume
DEPMCS
380x 5004
PLC controls axis
AxStop,
stop
Stop at
next reversal point
Change reversal point
Set reversal point
AxResume
AxReset
OscillAxExt
Reversal
Positioning
the spindle
Automatic
gear stage
change
Specified
direction of
rotation
CCW
Specified
direction of
rotation CW
Spindle
STOP
380x 5000
380x 5001
380x 5002
(grinding)
(reciprocating)
380x 5005
(grinding)
380x 5006
(spindle)
7-210

6FC53975CP100BA0
PLC User Interface

7.9
7.9.3
Signals from axis/spindle
General signals from axis/spindle
3900 ... 3905
Signals from axis/spindle [r]
Data block
NCK interface > PLC
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Position reached
390x 0000
390x 0001
with exact
stop, fine
Bit 4
[FB1]
with exact
stop,
coarse
Current
controller
active
Speed
control loop
active
Position
controller
active
[FA2]
[FA2]
[FA2]
(n < nmin)
Power
Fixed stop
limited
Fixed
stop
reached
[FF1]
Activate
travel to
fixed stop
[FF1]
390x 0002
Bit 3
Referenced
/
/synchroniz
h i
ed 1
[FR1]
Bit 1
Bit 0
Spindle/
p
no axis
i
[FS1]
[FA3]
[FB1]
Axis/spindl
e stationary
Bit 2
Encoder
li it
limit
frequency
exceeded 1
Follow up
mode
active
[FA2]
[FA2]
Measureme
nt active
Cam active
[FM5]
390x 0003
Motion command
390x 0004
plus
p
minus
[FH1]
[FH1]
Travel request
plus
Handwheel active
minus
[FH1]
[FH1]
INC100
INC10
INC1
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Active machine function [FF1]

390x 0005
390x 0006
up to
390x 0011
Continuous
INCvar
INC10 000
INC1000
PLC axis
assigned
firmly
Signals from axis
3900 ... 3905
Signals from axis [r]
Data block
NCK interface > PLC
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
390x 1000
Bit 4
Bit 3
Modulo Limit Enabled

active
390x 1001
390x 1002
Rotary axis
in position
Indexing
axis in position
Positioning
axis
Path axis
Lubrication
pulse
[FA2]
390x 1003

6FC53975CP100BA0
7-211
PLC User Interface

7.9
Signals from spindle
3900 ... 3905
Signals from spindle [r]
Data block
Byte
NCK interface > PLC

Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Gearbox
Bit 1
Bit 0
Set gear stage
390x 2000
changeover
(Spindle)
[FS1]
[FS1]
[FS1]
[FS1]
Geometry
monitoring
Setpoint
speed
increased
Setpoint
speed
limited
Speed limit
exceeded
[FS1]
[FS1]
390x 2001
(Spindle)
Actual
direction of
rotation
clockwise
Speed monitoring
Spindle In
the setpoint
range
Supporting
range limit
violated
[FS1]
[FS1]
Active spindle mode
390x 2002
(Spindle)
Control
mode
Oscillation
mode
Positioning
mode
[FS1]
[FS1]
[FS1]
390x 2003
Rigid
tapping
SUG active
[FS1]
[FS1]
Const.
cutting
velocity
active
[FS1]
Spindle in
position
Signals from PLC axis
3900 ... 3905
Signals from spindle [r]
Data block
Interface NCK > PLC
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
390x 3000
Positioning
axis active
Position
reached
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Error during
traversing
Axis cannot
be started
Bit 1
Bit 0
390x 3001
390x 3002
390x 3003
Error number
Signals from drive
3900 ... 3905
Data block
NCK interface > PLC
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Pulses
enabled
Speed
controller
integrator
disabled
Drive
ready
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
390x 4000
390x 4001
[F A2]
[FA2]
Active parameter set [FA2]
[F A2]
[FA2]
[FA2]
390x 4002
nact = nset
nact<nx
nact<nmin
Md<Mdx
[FA2]
[FA2]
[FA2]
[FA2]
Ramp-up
p p
completed
l t d
[FA2]
Temperature prewarning
Heat sink
Motor
[FA2]
[FA2]
390x 4003
Uzk<Uzkx
7-212

6FC53975CP100BA0
PLC User Interface

7.9
Signals from technology functions
3900 ... 3905

Data block
Byte

Interface NCK > PLC
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
ESR reaction initiated
Acceleration warning threshold reached
Velocity
warning
threshold
reached
Overlaid
movement
Max. acceleration reached
Max. velocity reached
Synchronization running
Axis accelerated
Reciprocating motion
active
Sparking
out active
Error during
the reciprocating motion
Reciprocation cannot
be started.
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Axis 2
Axis 1
390x 5000
390x 5001
390x 5002
390x 5003
390x 5004
(grinding)
(reciprocating)
Reciprocation active
OscillAxExt
Reversal
active
390x 5005
390x 5006
390x 5007
390x 5008
Active additional axis

Axis 6

6FC53975CP100BA0
Axis 5
Axis 4
Axis 3
7-213
PLC User Interface

7.10
PLC machine data
7.10
PLC machine data
7.10.1
INT values (MD 14510 USER_DATA_INT)
4500
Signals from NCK [r16]
Data block
NCK interface > PLC
Start byte
4500 0000
Int values (WORD/ 2 Byte)
4500 0002
4500 0004
up to
4500 0062
7.10.2
HEX values (MD 14512 USER_DATA_HEX)
4500
Data block
NCK interface > PLC
Byte
4500 1000
Hex value (BYTE)
4500 1001
Hex value (BYTE)
up to
4500 1031
7.10.3
Hex value (BYTE)
FLOAT values (MD 14514 USER_DATA_FLOAT)
4500
Data block
NCK interface > PLC
Start byte
4500 2000
Float value (REAL/ 4 Byte)
4500 2004
up to
4500 2028
7-214

6FC53975CP100BA0
PLC User Interface

7.11
7.10.4
Reading and writing PLC variables
User alarm: Configuration (MD 14516 USER_DATA_PLC_ALARM)
4500
Data block
NCK interface > PLC
Byte
4500 3000
Alarm reaction/ deletion criterion Alarm 700000
4500 3001
up to
4500 3031
Note: Information on PLC alarms, including configuring user alarms, can be found in:
References: Installation and Start-Up Guide, Section PLC alarms
7.11
Reading and writing PLC variables
4900
PLC variables [r/w]
Data block
PLC interface
Byte
4900 0000
Offset[0]
4900 0001
Offset[1]
up to
4900 1021
...
4900 1022
Offset[1022]
4900 1023
Offset[1023]
Note: The application programmers of NCK and PLC themselves are responsible for the organization of this data area. Data type, position offset and meaning of the variables must be
agreed. The memory range limits per data type must be observed (1, 2 or 4 byte types).
Further information can be found in:
References: Operation and Programming, Section Reading and writing PLC variables

6FC53975CP100BA0
7-215
PLC User Interface

7.12
7.12
Change signals for tool management functions
5300
Tool management functions [r]
Data block
NCK interface NCK PLC > PLC
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
5300 0000
Bit 1
Bit 0
Tool limit
value
reached
Tool
warning
limit
reached
[FW1]
[FW1]
Transferred tool management functions
5300
Tool management functions [r32]
Data block
NCK interface > PLC
Byte
5300 1000
T number for tool warning limit (DINT)
[FW1]
5300 1004
T number for tool limit value (DINT)
[FW1]
Axis actual values and distancestogo
5700 ... 5704
Signals from axis/spindle [r32]
Data block
NCK interface > PLC
Byte
570x 0000
Axis actual value (REAL)
570x 0004
Axis distance-to-go (REAL)
Axis actual values and distances-to-go can each be requested separately:

V2600 0001.1
Request for axis actual values
V2600 0001.2
Request for axis distances-to-go
Once the respective request has been set, these values are provided by NCK for all axes.
Note:
7-216

6FC53975CP100BA0
SINAMICS Parameters
Note for reader

For the SINAMICS parameters, please refer to the documentation SINAMICS S, Lists Manual.

6FC53975CP100BA0
8-217
SINAMICS Parameters
8-218

6FC53975CP100BA0
Index
Index
A
Interface signals, 6-127

Activate referencing, 6-144
Acceleration (B2)|MD for axial jerk, 4-95
Active spindle control mode, 6-180
Acceleration (B2)|MD for the default setting of the axial
Active spindle mode oscillation mode, 6-180
jerk limitation, 4-95
Active spindle positioning mode, 6-180
Address ranges, 7-183
Actual direction of rotation clockwise, 6-179
Auxiliary function transfer from NC channel, 6-134
Actual gear stage A to C, 6-170
Axis/spindlespecific setting data, 5-123
All axes referenced, 6-158
Axis/spindlespecific signals, 6-162
Change gear stage, 6-177
Axisspecific machine data, 1-49 , 4-90
Clamping in progress, 6-165
Encoder limit frequency exceeded, 6-174
Gear switchover, 6-170
C
Hardware limit switches plus and minus, 6-169
Channelspecific machine data, 1-38 , 4-82
Invert M3/M4, 6-171
Channelspecific setting data, 5-121
Oscillation speed, 6-172
Channelspecific signals, 6-143
Oscillation via PLC, 6-171
Compensations (K3)|MD for activating feedforward
Probe activated, 6-138
control from the program, 4-96
Reference point approach delay, 6-169
Compensations (K3)|MD for the equivalent time conReferencing active, 6-155
stant of the speed control loop, 4-97
Resynchronize spindle during positioning, 6-171
Continuouspath control mode, exact stop and LookARevolutional feedrate active, 6-155
head (B1)|MD for exact stop coarse, 4-108
Rigid tapping active (no compensation), 6-180
Continuouspath control mode, exact stop and LookASecond software limit switch plus or minus, 6-169
head (B1)|MD for exact stop fine, 4-109
Set gear stage A to C, 6-177
Cross reference, 1-17
Setpoint direction of rotation, counterclockwise/
Cyclic signal exchange, 6-128
setpoint direction of rotation, clockwise, 6-172
Setpoint speed increased, 6-178
Setpoint speed limited, 6-178
Speed limit exceeded, 6-178
D
Spindle in setpoint range, 6-179
Data description
Spindle reset/Delete distancetogo, 6-165
channelspecific machine data, 4-82
Spindle/no axis, 6-174
general machine data, 4-78
Velocity/spindle speed limiting, 6-166
Setting data, 5-119
Data types, 1-20
Default values, 1-21
M
Display machine data, 4-75
Machine and setting data, Explanations, 1-17
Machine data
axisspecific, 1-49
G
channelspecific, 1-38
General machine data, 1-29 , 4-78
Display, 1-23
General selection/status signals to HMI, 6-132
General, 1-29
General setting data, 5-119
list, 1-23
General signals, 6-137
Machine data, setting data
General signals from NC, 6-138
activation, 1-18
General signals to NC, 6-137
areas, 1-22
Manual traversing and handwheel traversing (H1)|MD
for axis velocity in JOG mode, 4-94
I
Manual traversing and handwheel traversing (H1)|MD
Identifier, 1-17
for rapid traverse in JOG mode, 4-94

6FC53975CP100BA0
Index-219
Index
Manual traversing and handwheel traversing (H1)|SD

for JOG speed for the spindle, 5-120
for JOG velocity for linear axes (for G94), 5-119
for JOG velocity for rotary axes, 5-119
for the size of the variable increment with INC/
handwheel, 5-119
Mode group, channel, program operation (K1)|MD for
circle end position constant, 4-84
Mode group, channel, program operation (K1)|SD for
dry run feedrate, 5-121
Mode signals, 6-140
N
Number, 1-17
P
PLC user interface, 7-183
Axis/spindle signals, 7-207
Channel signals, 7-201
PLC machine data, 7-214
User alarm, 7-188
User data, 7-185
PLC/NCK interface, 6-127
Programcontrol signals from HMI, 6-129
Protection levels, 1-21
Index-220
R
Range of values, 1-21
S
Setting data, 2-65 , 5-119
axisspecific, 2-71
channelspecific, 2-67
overview, 2-65
Signals from axis/spindle, 6-174
Signals from HMI, 6-130
Signals from NC, 6-131
Signals from operator panel, 6-131
Signals from the channel, 6-154
Signals from/to HMI, 6-129
Signals to axis/spindle, 6-163
Signals to channel, 6-143
SINAMICS parameters, 8-217
T
Tool management functions from NC channel, 6-182
Transferred axisspecific M and S functions, 6-162
U
Unit, 1-17
Unit system, 1-17

6FC53975CP100BA0
To:
SIEMENS AG
A&D MC MS
Postfach 3180
Suggestions
Corrections
For publication/manual:
SINUMERIK 802D sl
D91050 Erlangen
(Tel. +49 (0) 180 5050 222 [hotline]
Fax +49 (0) 9131 98 63315 [documentation]
Email: motioncontrol.docu@siemens.com)
Lists
From:
Order No.: 6FC53975CP100BA0

Edition 02.2006
Name
Company/Dept.
Address
Zip code:
Manufacturer Documentation
City:
Telephone:
Telefax:
Suggestions and/or corrections
Should you come across any printing

errors when reading this publication,
please notify us on this sheet. Suggestions for improvement are also welcome.

802Dsl LIS 0206 en PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

802Dsl LIS 0206 en PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SINUMERIK 802D sl

Machine / Setting Data

PLC User Interface -

Copyright Siemens AG 2006.

SINUMERIK 802D sl Lists (LIS), 02/06 Edition

Time zones Europe and Africa

Questions regarding the Manual

Internet address for SINUMERIK

SINUMERIK 802D sl Lists (LIS), 02/06 Edition

Machine and Setting Data Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17

Specifications in the list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Overview of the machine and setting data areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

List of Machine Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23

Display machine data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General machine data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Channelspecific machine data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Axisspecific machine data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Setting Data Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65

Channelspecific setting data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Axisspecific setting data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Machine Data Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75

Display machine data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General machine data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Channel-specific machine data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Axis-specific machine data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Setting Data Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-119

General setting data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-119

Channel-specific setting data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-121

Spindle-specific setting data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-123

Interface Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-127

Signals from/to HMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Auxiliary function transfer from NC channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-134

NCK signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-137

Mode signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-140

Channel-specific signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-143

SINUMERIK 802D sl Lists (LIS), 02/06 Edition

Tool management functions from NC channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-182

PLC User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-183

Address ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-183

Retentive data area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-187

Signals from/to HMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Auxiliary function transfer from NC channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Channel signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-201

PLC machine data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Reading and writing PLC variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-215

Tool management functions from NC channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-216

SINAMICS Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-217

SINUMERIK 802D sl Lists (LIS), 02/06 Edition

List of Machine and Setting Data

List of Machine and Setting Data

10814 |EXTERN_M_NO_MAC_CYCLE, 2-32

10000 |AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB, 2-29

10815 |EXTERN_M_NO_MAC_CYCLE_NAME, 2-32

10816 |EXTERN_G_NO_MAC_CYCLE, 2-32

10074 |PLC_IPO_TIME_RATIO, 2-29

10817 |EXTERN_G_NO_MAC_CYCLE_NAME, 2-32

10088 |REBOOT_DELAY_TIME, 2-29

10818 |EXTERN_INTERRUPT_NUM_ASUP, 2-32

10200 |INT_INCR_PER_MM, 2-29

10820 |EXTERN_INTERRUPT_NUM_RETRAC, 2-33

10210 |INT_INCR_PER_DEG, 2-29

10880 |MM_EXTERN_CNC_SYSTEM, 2-33